Government of Barbados Permanent Secretary Ministry of the Environment and Drainage, Environment Division Warrens Tower 2 9th and 10th Floors Warrens, St. Michael Barbados T: +1 (246) 467 5721/5700 F: +1 (246) 437 8859 E: [email protected] www.gisbarbados.gov.bb Scoping Study
University of the West Indies Office of the Pro Vice-Chancellor and Principal University of the West Indies Cave Hill Campus St. Michael Barbados T: +1 (246) 417 4030-32 BARBADOS F: +1 (246) 417 0246 E: [email protected] www.cavehill.uwi.edu
UNEP Division of Technology, Industry & Environment Economics and Trade Branch 11-13, chemin des Anémones 1219 Châtelaine / Geneva Switzerland T: +41 (0)22 917 8243 F: +41 (0)22 917 8076 E: [email protected] www.unep.org/greeneconomy
Job No. DTI/1801/GE Citation Moore, W., Alleyne ,F., Alleyne, Y., Blackman, K., Blenman, C., Carter, S., Cashman, A., Cumberbatch, J., Downes, A., Hoyte, H., Mahon, R., Mamingi, N., McConney, P., Pena, M., Roberts, S., Rogers, T., Sealy, S., Sinckler, T. and A. Singh. 2014. Barbados’ Green Economy Scoping Study. Government of Barbados, University of West Indies - Cave Hill Campus, United Nations Environment Programme, 244p.
Copyright © 2014 United Nations Environment Programme
This publication was produced in close cooperation with the Government of Barbados and the University of West Indies – Cave Hill Campus. Barbados’ This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part and in any form for educational or non-profit purposes without special permission from the copyright holders, provided acknowledgement of the source is made. The copyright holders would appreciate Green Economy Scoping Study receiving a copy of any publication that uses this publication as a source.
No use of this publication may be made for resale or for any other commercial purpose whatsoever without prior permission in writing from the copyright holders.
Disclaimer The designations employed and the presentation of the material in this publication do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the United Nations Environment Programme concerning the legal status of any country, territory, city or area or of its authorities, or concerning delimitation of its frontiers or boundaries. Moreover, the views expressed do not necessarily represent the decision or the stated policy of the United Nations Environment Programme, nor does citing of trade names or commercial processes constitute endorsement.
Printed by COT Printery, 16 Newton Industrial Estate Christ Church BB 17047, Barbados
Cover photo credits: From left to right: Beach: Creative Commons/Marc Connell; Small-scale agriculture plot: Travis Sinckler; Bus: Creative Commons/Munir Squires; Harrison’s Cave sustainable reconstruction project: Travis Sinckler; Traditional fishing boats: Creative Commons/myheimu june 2014
(Rev. January 2015)
UNEP promotes environmentally sound practices globally and in its own activities. This publication is printed on eco-friendly paper. Our distribution policy aims to reduce UNEP’s carbon footprint. BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
47 2 tRansformation to a green economy Table of contents 48 2.1 Concept of green economy 53 2.2 Relationship between regional and international environmental framework and green economy 55 2.3 applicability of the green economy concept to small open economies 57 2.4 Barbados’ definition of a green economy
59 3 the potential for greening various sectors
60 3.1 Agriculture 60 Key messages x Acknowledgements 61 3.1.1 Background vi List of annexes 66 3.1.2 Resource use and efficiency measures vii List of figures 67 3.1.3 Investment gaps vii List of tables 71 3.1.4 Potential returns in terms of economic growth, development and poverty reduction viii List of boxes 72 3.1.5 Potential for green jobs creation and transmigration ix List of acronyms 72 3.1.6 Potential for environmental improvement xii Forewords 72 3.1.7 Conclusions 73 3.1.8 Summary 1 Executive summary 76 3.2 Fisheries 76 Key messages 2 The genesis of Barbados’ Green Economy Scoping Study 77 3.2.1 Background 2 Transformation to a green economy 83 3.2.2 Resource use and efficiency measures 3 The potential for greening various sectors 85 3.2.3 Investment gaps 3 Agriculture 87 3.2.4 Potential returns in terms of economic growth, development and poverty reduction 4 Fisheries 90 3.2.5 Potential for green jobs creation and transmigration 6 Building/Housing 91 3.2.6 Potential for environmental improvement 7 Transportation 92 3.2.7 Conclusions 8 Tourism 92 3.2.8 Summary 10 Analysis of enabling conditions for a transition to a green economy 96 3.3 Building/Housing 10 Finance 96 Key messages 10 Development, access and transfer of clean technology 97 3.3.1 Background 11 Trade, tariffs and investment 104 3.3.2 Resource use and efficiency measures 11 Taxation, incentives and fiscal reform 106 3.3.3 Investment gaps 12 Education, training and capacity enhancement 112 3.3.4 Potential returns in terms of economic growth, development and poverty reduction 12 Standards and regulation 113 3.3.5 Potential for green jobs creation and transmigration 12 Government procurement 114 3.3.6 Potential for environmental improvement 13 Considerations for a green economy policy roadmap 116 3.3.7 Conclusions 117 3.3.8 Summary 15 1 Introduction 120 3.4 Transport 120 Key messages 16 1.1 Country profile 121 3.4.1 Background 16 1.1.1 Geography and demography 125 3.4.2 Resource use and efficiency measures 18 1.1.2 Ecosystem services 128 3.4.3 Investment gaps 19 1.1.3 Water 131 3.4.4 Potential returns in terms of economic growth, development and poverty reduction 23 1.1.4 Waste 134 3.4.5 Potential for green jobs creation and transmigration 25 1.1.5 Energy 135 3.4.6 Potential for environmental improvement 32 1.1.6 Economic review and outlook 136 3.4.7 Conclusions 34 1.1.7 Sustainable development policies, plans, legislation and projects 137 3.4.8 Summary 37 1.2 Barbados’ Green Economy Scoping Study 140 3.5 Tourism 37 1.2.1 Basis of a scoping study 140 Key messages 37 1.2.2 Defining Barbados’ scoping study 141 3.5.1 Background 38 1.2.3 Terms of reference of Barbados’ scoping study 145 3.5.2 Resource use and efficiency measures 38 1.2.4 Methodological approach and process 149 3.5.3 Investment gaps 44 1.2.5 Structure of the report 153 3.5.4 Potential returns in terms of economic growth, development and poverty reduction iv v BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
156 3.5.5 Potential for green jobs creation and transmigration List of figures 156 3.5.6 Potential for environmental improvement 22 Figure 1 Development of control zones 156 3.5.7 Conclusions 25 Figure 2 Fuel imports (% of merchandise imports) 157 3.5.8 Summary 26 Figure 3 Electricity consumption by industry (2009, in GWh)
27 Figure 4 CO2 emissions from electricity generation by sector, 2009 161 4 analysis of enabling conditions for a transition to a green economy 28 Figure 5 Nitrous oxide emissions in Barbados 28 Figure 6 Methane emissions in Barbados
162 4.1 analysis of existing macro enabling conditions 29 Figure 7 Annual CO2 emissions in Barbados 162 4.1.1 Finance and investment 31 Figure 8 Commercially-viable renewable energy technologies 165 4.1.2 Development, access and transfer of clean technology 32 Figure 9 Human Development Index in Barbados 168 4.1.3 Tariffs and trade policy 34 Figure 10 Inflation and key components of the retail price index 169 4.1.4 Taxation, incentives and fiscal reform 39 Figure 11 Relationship between cross-cutting issues and industry analysis 172 4.1.5 Education, training and capacity enhancement 41 Figure 12 Integrated Assessment Process 174 4.1.6 Standards and regulation 45 Figure 13 Umbrella methodology utilised for the Green Economy Scoping Study 177 4.1.7 Government procurement 48 Figure 14 Elements of sustainable development 177 4.1.8 Governance and Institutions 142 Figure 15 Number of rooms at various accommodation establishments 179 4.1.9 Data, information and communication 165 Figure 16 Facilitating technology transfer 182 4.2 Enabling conditions for identified sectoral opportunities 175 Figure 17 Core principles of Collaborative Standards Initiative 183 4.3 Conclusions 189 Figure 18 Strategic roadmap for Barbados
187 5 Considerations for a green economy policy roadmap List of tables 20 Table 1 Legislation aimed at protecting ecosystem services 189 5.1 Operational principles of sustainability for building a resource efficient 21 Table 2 Breakdown of available water resources green economy 21 Table 3 Estimated water consumption 190 5.2 policy cohesion, governance and institutions 26 Table 4 Energy supply in Barbados (GWh) 192 5.3 public sector leadership and public procurement 27 Table 5 GHG emissions for fuel types 193 5.4 private sector commitment 30 Table 6 Electricity tariffs in Barbados 194 5.5 public education 30 Table 7 Renewable energy technology potential of Barbados 195 5.6 partnerships and synergies 33 Table 8 Key macroeconomic indicators of Barbados 198 5.7 periodic monitoring 35 Table 9 Labour market statistics 199 5.8 promote SIDS-SIDS Knowledge transfer of green economic policies and 54 Table 10 Barbados’ participation in MEAs practices 62 Table 11 Estimated production of selected crops (‘000 kgs) 200 5.9 Capacity building 62 Table 12 Livestock and dairy production (‘000 kgs) 202 5.10 Building a science policy research platform 63 Table 13 Initiatives aimed at enabling sustainable agriculture development 68 Table 14 Strengths and challenges in greening the agriculture sector 205 6 Conclusions 69 Table 15 Assessment of selected challenges in the agriculture sector 70 Table 16 Investment gap analysis of the agriculture sector 210 7 Notes 71 Table 17 Assessment of opportunities in the agriculture sector 77 Table 18 Fish landings by type (tonnes) 212 8 Works cited 78 Table 19 Stakeholder composition by fisheries sub-sector 78 Table 20 Registered fishing fleet composition and associated characteristics 79 Table 21 Value added for different fisheries (US$) 79 Table 22 Initiatives aimed at enabling the sustainable development and management of the fisheries sub- List of annexes sector and marine environment 217 Annex 1 Terms of reference of Barbados’ Green Economy Scoping Study 86 Table 23 Strengths and challenges in greening the fisheries sub-sector 220 Annex 2 Methodology sheet for stakeholder discussions 87 Table 24 Assessment of challenges facing the fisheries sub-sector 221 Annex 3 Green accounting 88 Table 25 Investment gap analysis of the fisheries sub-sector 222 Annex 4 Synergies between enabling conditions for a green economy and MEA implementation 89 Table 26 Assessment of opportunities in the fisheries sub-sector 97 Table 27 Selected indicators of the construction industry, 2002-2008 98 Table 28 Composition of dwelling units, 2000 102 Table 29 Summary of regulatory agencies with responsibilities for the housing/building industry 108 Table 30 Strengths and challenges in greening the building/housing sector 109 Table 31 Assessment of challenges to greening the building/housing sector 110 Table 32 Investment gap analysis of the building/housing sector 112 Table 33 Benefits of green buildings 113 Table 34 Assessment of opportunities in the building/housing sector vi vii BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
114 Table 35 Green jobs progress to-date and potential for the future List of acronyms 121 Table 36 Registered vehicles (January to July 2011) ACS Association of Caribbean States ipcc inter-governmental Panel on Climate 126 Table 37 Summary of regulatory agencies with responsibilities in the transport system Bcci the Barbados Chamber of Commerce Change 129 Table 38 Strengths and challenges in greening the transport sector and Industry LEED Leadership in Energy and Environmental 129 Table 39 Assessment of challenges in greening the transport sector BNSI Barbados National Standards Institution Design 131 Table 40 Investment gap analysis of the transport sector BPOA Barbados Programme of Action MBSS modernisation of Barbados Statistical 132 Table 41 Impacts of the transport sector on sustainability BRT Bus Rapid Transit Systems 132 Table 42 Assessment of opportunities in greening the transport sector BTA Barbados Tourism Authority MEA multilateral Environmental Agreement 134 Table 43 Progress and potential of green jobs BWA Barbados Water Authority MIF multilateral Investment Fund 143 Table 44 Initiatives aimed at enabling development of sustainable tourism CAricom caribbean Community Mmbtu million Metric British Thermal Units 144 Table 45 Impacts associated with the tourism sector CCRIF caribbean Catastrophe Risk Insurance mot ministry of Tourism 150 Table 46 Strengths and challenges in greening the tourism sector Facility NCSA national Capacity Self Assessment 150 Table 47 Assessment of challenges in greening the tourism sector CFL compact Fluorescent Lamp Project 151 Table 48 Investment gap analysis of the tourism sector CGEF caribbean Green Economy Forum NGo non-Governmental Organization 152 Table 49 Assessment of opportunities in the tourism sector CPS country Programme Strategy NTESc national Trade and Environment Sub- 153 Table 50 Potential tools for greening the tourism sector CSi collaborative Standards Initiative Committee 163 Table 51 Summary of existing and recommended enabling financial mechanisms CSme cARICOM Single Market and Economy OAS organization of American States 164 Table 52 Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, cto caribbean Tourism Organization oecd organisation for Economic Cooperation opportunities and relative effectiveness – Clean technology (development, access and DFid department for International and Development transfer) Development, United Kingdom PV Photovoltaic 166 Table 53 Summary of existing and recommended changes to trade, tariffs and investment policies EAF ecosystem Approach to Fisheries RETIC The Resource Efficiency and Technology 170 Table 54 Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, ECLAc the Economic Commission for Latin Innovation Centre opportunities and relative effectiveness – Taxation, incentives and fiscal reforms America and the Caribbean SCORE Strengths-Challenges-Opportunities- 173 Table 55 Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, EMAS eco-Management and Audit Scheme Responses-Effectiveness opportunities and relative effectiveness – Training and capacity (educational) enhancements EMLup environmental Management and Land SIAF Sustainability Policy Impact Assessment 176 Table 56 Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, Use Project Framework opportunities and relative effectiveness – Standards and regulations epd environmental Protection Department SIDS Small Island Developing States 178 Table 57 Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, eu european Union SIDS-TAP SIDS Technical Assistance Programme opportunities and relative effectiveness – Government procurement FAC Fisheries Advisory Committee SMEs Small and Medium Enterprises 179 Table 58 Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, FDI Foreign Direct Investment SWH Solar Water Heaters opportunities and relative effectiveness – Governance and institutions FTC Fair Trading Commission SWOT Strengths-Weaknesses-Opportunities- 181 Table 59 Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, GBI Green Building Initiative Threats opportunities and relative effectiveness – Data, information and communication GDP Gross Domestic Product TBBA the Barbados Bankers’ Association Inc. 184 Table 60 Synoptic table of an assessment of opportunities identified at the sectoral level with respect to GEF Global Environment Facility tcdpo town and Country Development Planning required and available policy support mechanisms GEF-SGP Global Environment Facility Small Grants Office 197 Table 61 Recommended national focal points for existing partnerships Program TEEB the Economics of Ecosystems and 203 Table 62 Further areas of research proposed by stakeholders GESS Green Economy Scoping Study Biodiversity 208 Table 63 Prioritisation of recommendations GETSC Green Economy Technical Steering udc urban Development Commission 223 Table 64 Multilateral environmental agreements and green economy Committee unep united Nations Environment Programme GIS Geographical Information System UNEP-Fi unep Finance Initiative GISS Geographic Information Services and UNEP-ROLAC UNEP Regional Office for Latin America List of boxes – Best practices Solutions and the Caribbean 81 Box 1 Good governance to support a sustainable fisheries policy framework in Barbados GOB Government of Barbados UNWto united Nations World Tourism 99 Box 2 Sustainable energy framework – 30 years of solar water heater industrial development through ict information and Communication Organization policy reforms Technologies UWI-CH university of the West Indies - Cave Hill 101 Box 3 Sustainable land management in a small island green economy IDB inter-American Development Bank WTO World Trade Organization 105 Box 4 The Solar House. Demonstrating future sustainability in social housing initiatives - Lessons for ILAc initiative for Latin America and the WTO TRIPS WTO’s Agreement on Trade-related the tropics Caribbean Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights 123 Box 5 Beyond engineering – Sun-powered transport and works 133 Box 6 Sustainable transport – Enabling entrepreneurial innovation towards solar technology development in a small island economy 147 Box 7 Engineering coastal ecosystem protection for sustainable tourism – 28 years of green technological intervention, institutional development and legislative reform
viii ix BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Ministry of Health Desmond A King Ecoisle Consulting Inc. Raquel Clement Acknowledgments Ministry of Housing and Lands Eddison Alleyne, M. Anne Electrical Engineering Department Heather Sealy Belgrave, Nicole Johnson Fisheries Advisory Committee Felicia Corbin Ministry of Transport and Works Lionel Nurse, Frank Fisheries Division, Ministry of Agriculture, Food, Fisheries and PREPARED FOR the Government of Barbados Coastal Zone Management Unit, Ministry of the Environment Thornhill, Jason Bowen and Ryan Lorde Water Resource Management Joyce Leslie, Christopher and Drainage Leo Brewster and Allison Wiggins Ministry of Tourism Andrew Cox, Francia Jordan, Nicole Parker and Roderick H. Sobers PREPARED BY the University of the West Indies (UWI), Environmental Protection Department, Ministry of the Alleyne, Gale Yearwood, Ronnie Griffith, Folkestone Marine Park, National Conservation Commission, Cave Hill Campus in association with the United Environment and Drainage Anthony Headley and Ingrid Jacqueline Pollard Ministry of the Environment and Drainage John Nicholls Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) Lavine National Housing Corporation Ian Foster Future Centre Trust Lani Edghill Government Information Service Carol Gaskin and Nikillia National Petroleum Corporation Jamal Squires Grapefruit and Molasses Foodies Inc. Marva Eversley-Archer * AUTHORS Hutchinson Urban Development Commission Ewald Mullin and Sonia Ministry of Agriculture Elvis Bryan, Nicole St. Hill, Robert Economic Specialists Winston Moore, Macroeconomist Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Foreign Trade Jovan Reid and King Saul and Wynelle Savory (Co-Chair, Technical); Nlandu Mamingi, Resource Trecia King Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Foreign Trade (Foreign Affairs Economist; Frank Alleyne, Agricultural Economist; and Natural Heritage Department, Ministry of the Environment and Special thanks to the following members of the private Division) Joy-Ann Skinner and Nicole Parris Andrew Downes (Co-Chair, Technical) Drainage Steve Devonish and Rosene Reid sector and governmental and non-governmental Ministry of International Business and International Transport Sector Specialists Frank Alleyne (Agriculture), Yolanda Public Investment Unit, Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs organizations, for their enthusiastic participation in the (International Affairs Division) Angela Brandon-Hall Alleyne (Housing and Transport); Robin Mahon (Chair- Avery Green stakeholder consultation process: Ministry of Transport and Works Lovell and Antonio Seale Administration); Patrick McConney, Maria Pena and Sanitation Service Authority, Ministry of the Environment and National Capacity Self-Assessment Project of the Ministry of the Katherine Blackman (Fisheries); and Sherma Roberts Drainage Stanton Alleyne and Dianne Dennis Abelian Consulting Services Ryan Straughn Environment and Drainage Reginald Burke (Tourism) Barbados National Standards Institute Fabian Scott and Accra Beach Hotel and Spa Nikki McChlery Project Discovery Inc. Tyrone King Crosscutting Issues/Resource Efficiency and Management Hadyn Rhynd Atlantis Seafood Inc. David Waithe Rural Development Commission Sam Onyeche Team Adrian Cashman (Water and Waste), Thomas Congress of Trade Unions and Staff Associations of Barbados ADC Building and Maintenance Dane Howell Southern Palms Beach Club & Resort Hotel Jenni Wilson Rogers (Energy) and Yolanda Alleyne (Land) Mary-Anne Redman Barbados Agricultural Society James Paulf Steve’s Building Works Ltd. Lester Leacock and Ricardo Technical Research Support Team Shawn Carter, Carol- Caribbean Policy Development Centre Gordon Bispham Barbados Community College (Architectural Studies) Samuel Williams Anne Blenman and Hadley Hoyte Bowen Sustainable Land Management Project of the Ministry of the INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS Boat Owner and Fisherman Anderson Kinch Environment and Drainage Mark Brathwaite GREEN ECONOMY TECHNICAL STEERING COMMITTEE Delegation of the European Union to Barbados and Barbados Fruit and Vegetable Growers Association Keeley The Fairmont Royal Pavilion Lloyda Springer Ministry of the Environment, Water Resource Management the Eastern Caribbean, CARICOM Secretariat, Inter- Holder The Travel Foundation Charmaine Sealey and Drainage Lionel Weekes (Chair), Gayle Francis- American Development Bank and the Organization of Barbados Hotel and Tourism Association Colin Jordan Urban Development Commission Cyprian R Yearwood Vaughan, Donna Cadogan, Sarah Brathwaite, Travis American States Barbados Investment and Development Corporation Michael Walkers Dairy & Beef Association Paul Davis Sinckler, Rickardo Ward, Amrikha Singh, Sean Sealy, Piggot Donna King-Brathwaite, Lisa Sandiford Cupid, Ron CONTRIBUTORS Barbados Land Surveyors Association Michelle St. Clair UWI PROJECT MANAGEMENT Goodridge and Javier Reid (NCSA Project) Ministry of the Environment, Water Resource Management and Barbados Light & Power Company Ltd. Stephen Worme The project was managed by Robin Mahon (Oversight, Ministry of Transport and Works Jonlyn Harewood Drainage Lionel Weekes, Travis Sinckler, Sean Sealy Barbados National Oil Company Richard Goddard Liaison and Administrative Chair), Professor Andrew Ministry of Housing and Lands Nicole Griffith and Amrikha Singh Barbados National Standards Institute Renate Sealy Downes and Winston Moore (Technical Chair) for Ministry of Agriculture, Food, Fisheries, Industry and Small United Nations Environment Programme Steven Stone, Mark Barbados National Union of Fisherfolk Organizations Vernel the Office of the Principal, and Shawn Carter (Green Business Development Ralph Farnum, Dwayne Nurse and Griffith, Ben Jones, Asad Naqvi, Jyotsna Puri, Jaime Nicholls and Alvin Cummins Economy Project Office). Administrative support was David Bynoe Severino and Elisa Tonda Barbados Renewable Energy Association Mark Hill provided by Carol-Anne Blenman, Hadley Hoyte, Economic Affairs Division, Ministry of Finance and Economic Barbados Town & Country Planning Society A.W. Lolly Jennifer Hurley and Lisa-Ann Rollins. Affairs Derek Gibbs and Antonio Alleyne We wish to thank the following government and quasi- Blackett and Leonard St. Hill Ministry of Tourism Allan Franklin and Kerry Layne government entities that participated in the client Barbados Road Safety Association Meesha Roland and UNEP PROJECT MANAGEMENT Energy Division, Office of the Prime Minister Brian Haynes, interview process: Sharmaine Roland-Bowen The project was managed by Jyotsna Puri and Asad William Hinds, Claire Corbin and Horace Archer Barbados Transport Authority Trevor Clement Naqvi, under the overall supervision of Steven Town and Country Development Planning Office Mark Barbados Agriculture and Development Corporation Andrew Barbados Transport Board Malcolm Bovell and Desmond Stone, Chief of the Economic and Trade Branch. Cummins, Paula Smith and Carolyn Dyal Skeete and Edmund Brathwaite Sabir Moustapha Kamal Gueye provided valuable inputs Barbados Chamber of Commerce and Industry Roger Energy Division, Office of the Prime Minister Cora Richards Boat Owners and Fisheries Association Henderson Inniss and suggestions for the project. Ronal Gainza- Blackman and Andre Gibson and Keisha Reid Bougainvillea Resort Avril Clarke Carmenates and Azzam Khan provided research Barbados Investment and Development Corporation Basil Fisheries Division, Ministry of Agriculture, Food, Fisheries and Building Standards Authority Emil Trotman and Kevin assistance. Administrative support was provided Lavine and Carol Lynch Water Resource Management Stephen Willoughby Broomes by Desiree Leon, Fatma Pandey and Rahila Somra. Barbados Sustainable Finance Group Horace Cobham and Ministry of Agriculture, Food, Fisheries and Water Resource Calidad Financial Services Jerry Blenman Communications support and final editing was Rae Skinner Management Barton Clarke, Ralph Farnum, Charleston Caribbean Hotel Energy Efficiency Action Project (CHENACT) undertaken by Diwata Hunziker and Leigh Ann Hurt. University of the West Indies – Cave Hill Campus Robin Lucas, Michael James (Plant Pathology), Colin Wiltshire Loreto Duffy-Mayers Design and layout by Thomas Gianinazzi. Mahon, Winston Moore and Shawn Carter (Food Crop Research), Timothy Drakes (Services Unit), Caribbean Tourism Organization Gail Henry Thomas Taylor (Animal Nutrition Unit), Rosina Maitland Coastal Zone Management Unit, Ministry of the Environment UNEP is grateful for the generous funding support provided Associate members of the Steering Committee (Veterinary Services), Gregory Payne (Markets Division), and Drainage Ramon Roach by the Government of Norway for this project. Barbados Water Authority, Minister of Agriculture, Food, Edme Henry (Soil Conservation Unit), Beverley Wood Concordia Design and Management Mark Brathwaite Fisheries and Water Resource Management Denis Yearwood (The Agricultural Health and Food Control Programme) Dover Beach Hotel Marcia Yarde
*Team members are from the University of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus unless stated otherwise. x xi BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
honorable I also wish to thank the University of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus for their Freundel J. Stuart, q.c. unwavering support to the completion of the Green Economy Scoping Study Final Prime Minister of Report. It was particularly pleasing to see how that institution, my alma mater, asserted itself in ‘unravelling’ the green economy concept, and thereafter in contextualising its Barbados application to an island state, such as Barbados. I believe that the expertise gained, and the methodologies applied throughout the scoping exercise, have great potential for application to other SIDS in the Caribbean and beyond.
Deep gratitude is also owed to the Cabinet-approved Green Economy Technical Steering Committee, led by the Ministry responsible for the environment. That body, comprising government agencies, the trade unions, the private sector and other non-governmental organisations, was critical to the success of this enterprise and I therefore salute those agents for providing the necessary governance and technical leadership in support of the Green Economy Scoping Study.
I wish to assure our stakeholders that the policy, investment and research proposals contained in the Green Economy Scoping Study Final Report will not be confined to a In June 2012 world leaders gathered in Brazil for the UN Conference on Sustainable shelf. Evidence of this can be witnessed in the budgetary and fiscal measures adopted in Development, also known as Rio+20, marking the 20th anniversary of the United Nations 2012 and 2013, as well as the integration of the green economic policy proposals into the Conference on Environment and Development. The Rio+20 outcome document, dubbed new Barbados Growth and Development Strategy, particularly regarding the birthing of a The Future We Want, was important for Barbados and other Small Island Developing new renewable energy sector. Major investments in consonance with our green economic States (SIDS) because therein the international community reaffirmed its commitment by goals are also being mobilized in areas such as agriculture, tourism, waste, and water. acknowledging that SIDS remain a special case for sustainable development in view of our unique vulnerabilities. I commit my Government to continuing to work assiduously with our local, regional and international partners to ensure that Barbados stays on the path of sustainable Also significant on that occasion was the agreement on a broad policy framework on “The development. Green Economy in the Context of Sustainable Development and Poverty Eradication”, one of two themes of the Rio+20 Conference.
The issue of green economy is of particular importance to Barbados given our national commitment to advance an inclusive sustainable development paradigm – in the process creating a Barbados that is socially balanced, economically viable and environmentally sound. These outcomes are, and will continue to be, at the centre of the local discourse regarding the pursuit of greening the Barbados “small island open economy”.
At this juncture, I wish to laud the support provided by United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) as evidenced by this report. The continued partnership of UNEP and other UN System organizations will certainly be sought as the Government of Barbados moves ahead in building a resource-efficient green economy. xii xiii BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
DR THE HONORABLE Professor Hilary Beckles, K.A. DENIS LOWE Pro-Vice Chancellor and Ministry of Environment and Principal of the University Drainage of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus
Almost six years ago, the Government of Barbados took yet another major national step Barbados’ developmental record since independence is remarkable, with a high level of towards sustainable development by articulating a vision for Barbados to become the human development, quality public services and a stable political climate. This record “most environmentally advanced green country in Latin America and the Caribbean”. That has been achieved despite its limited size, access to natural resources and opportunities pronouncement was pivotal for Barbados becoming the first Small Island Developing State for economic diversification. A green economy has the potential to reduce these (SIDS) to undertake and complete the production of a Green Economy Scoping Study limitations. (GESS). Important in that journey was the gathering of views of Barbadians in how such a vision might be achieved. The University of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus was therefore a very willing partner in this Green Economy Scoping Study, which focuses on the potential for `greening’ five I am pleased to have been personally involved in the life of Barbados’ (GESS) exercise key industries: tourism, agriculture, fisheries, building/housing and transportation. The that began in 2009 with discussions with the United Nations Environment Programme analysis also addresses the cross-cutting issues of water, energy, waste and land-use. One Executive Director on Barbados’ green economy thrust. That dialogue was also placed in of the features of the report is its integrated approach. All stakeholders were consulted the context of Barbados’ engagement with other Caribbean Member States in shaping the during this study, which is as a result firmly grounded in their views. This should enhance international policy framework to promote Sustainable Consumption and Production. the support for implementation.
Formal collaboration on green economy was thereafter crystallized in 2010 with Cabinet’s The Cave Hill Campus was an ideal partner for this Green Economy Scoping Study. For adoption of a formal partnership between the Government of Barbados and UNEP for some time now, The University of the West Indies has been at the vanguard in relation to Building a Resource-Efficient Green Economy in Barbados. issues of resource efficiency. Furthermore, given the important role of human resource development in enabling a green transition, The University of the West Indies has a critical Beyond the GESS, the partnership was also responsible for convening the first Caribbean role to play. This Green Economy Scoping Study report not only reflects The University of Green Economy Forum in March 2012. The latter included the formal hand over of the the West Indies’ commitment to the Green Economy transition, but also the beginning of GESS Synthesis Report. a fruitful partnership on this new path of sustainable development in Barbados and the Caribbean. It would be remiss of me not to acknowledge the efforts of my Ministry, the University of the West Indies-Cave Hill Campus and the Green Economy Technical Steering Committee. I wish to offer heartfelt thanks to all those who played roles in this very important national exercise.
Looking forward, I commit my Ministry to work to the further elaboration of the GOB-UNEP partnership as well as to advance the environmental sustainability agenda in Barbados. xiv xv 1.
Achim Steiner Executive Director of the United Nations Environment Programme
“Looking beyond the environmental
The government and people of Barbados, a Caribbean island at the cutting edge of the fight against the impacts of climate change, and champions of UNEP’s “Raise your Voice, not benefits, green economy will also open the Sea Level” campaign, are forging new pathways to sustainable economic growth. business growth opportunities in areas As the world marks the International Year of Small Island Developing States (SIDS), such as energy services, water and waste renewed and sustained action is needed by the international community to urgently address the natural, economic and social challenges that climate change is placing on these management, low carbon transport and countries. ‘clean’ technologies. Sustainability and green Moving towards a green economy offers SIDS an opportunity to better adapt to the impacts industries are expected to be among the of climate change, manage natural capital, protect fragile ecosystems, create green jobs and achieve sustainable development. most significant business growth sectors
Home to 62.3 million people, the world’s 52 SIDS are custodians of 30 per cent of the this century.” world’s 50 largest exclusive economic zones and play an important role in protecting the oceans. Mr Roger Blackman, Chairman of the Green Committee, Barbados Chamber of Commerce & Industry SIDS contribute little to climate change – emitting less than one per cent of global greenhouse gases. However, they suffer disproportionately from its effects due to their small size, remote locations and low economic resilience. Address during the Launch of the Government of Barbados – United Nations Environment Programme Partnership for a Resource Efficient Green Economy in Barbados Many adaptation efforts are well underway in Barbados. Since it was first launched in the and the Green Economy Scoping Study, 9 March 2011 1970s, the Barbados Solar Water Heater programme has netted between US$ 133.5 and US$ 137 million in energy savings through the installation of 40,000 solar water heaters.
Through a step-by-step approach, this timely Green Economy Scoping Study provides a practical roadmap for policymakers and businesses for the greening of Barbados’ five key industries: tourism, agriculture, fisheries, building/housing and transportation. Its commitment and leadership to advancing a green economy provides a model for not only the Caribbean but for the world. xvi EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The genesis of Barbados’ Green Economy Scoping Study
The potential for greening various sectors
Analysis of enabling conditions for a transition to a green economy
Considerations for a green economy policy roadmap
The parliament of Barbados – celebrating its 375th anniversary in 2014. Photo: Commonwealth Secretariat BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
philosophical underpinnings of the concept are still “an integrated production, distribution, consumption simultaneously enhance farm productivity, reduce The genesis of the subject of a great deal of discussion. UNEP and waste assimilation system that, at its core, negative externalities, and rebuild ecological (2011e) defines a green economy as “one that reflects the fragility of our small island ecosystems resources such as soil, water, air, and biodiversity. results in improved human well-being and social as the basis for natural resource protection policy Conventional farming practices, on the other hand, Barbados’ Green equity, while significantly reducing environmental intervention, business and investment choice, human tend to have major negative impacts, including risks and ecological scarcities”. The definition development programming, and for the facilitation of damage to soil structure, environmental damage, Economy Scoping seemingly harks back to the three pillars of export market development strategies”. creation of potential health hazards in food, sustainable development (environmental protection, reduction in food quality and high use of energy. It Study social development and economic development) Notwithstanding, while the efficient management of also involves intensive animal production systems that were popularised by the Rio Earth Summit in our natural resources should remain a fundamental that are ethically unacceptable and generate 1992. Given this similarity, the Group of 77 and goal, the country’s transition to a green economy exorbitant social costs. China saw no valid reason to abandon the concept. faces a daunting task as it addresses the The inclusion of green policy objectives in It is also unclear as to what constitutes ‘green’, challenges faced by small island developing states. Over the past two decades, the industry has Barbados can be traced to the National Strategic with definitional difficulties arising in relation to benefitted from several initiatives aimed at Plan (2006-2025) and the Budget Speech of green production and green jobs. In this regard, enabling sustainable agricultural development. New 2007. The process was given further impetus in some commentators therefore suggest breaking the legislation passed included the Fisheries Act, Plant 2009 when the then Prime Minister laid down the concept into a family of ideas surrounding a low Protection Act, Soil Conservation and Scotland challenge of committing Barbados to become the carbon economy, a circular economy, sustainable District Act, among others. Incentives have been “most environmentally advanced green country in consumption and production, green growth, The potential for provided for returning idle land to cotton production, Latin America and the Caribbean”. It was against sustainable development and Green New Deal. utilising efficient irrigation systems, implementing this backdrop that the government engaged the greening various soil conservation measures and for underwriting the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) in In spite of the concerns raised in relation to the costs of obtaining organic farm certification and the establishment of a partnership to support the concept, the pursuit of a greener path to economic components for greenhouses and hydroponics, as country’s transformation. development is very attractive to Barbados, given sectors well as numerous other areas. The results of the its limitations in relation to size and dependence analysis done as part of this study suggest that After an initial scoping mission, the government on fossil fuels. A green economy approach would the key critical challenges facing the sector relate and UNEP commissioned a Green Economy give consideration to the level of available natural to the lack of an acceptable level and quality of Scoping Study (GESS), conducted in partnership resources and ensure that they are used in a Agriculture research and development infrastructure, inadequate with the University of the West Indies, Cave Hill sustainable manner, as well as contribute to the Campus. The goals of the study were to consider maintenance and rehabilitation of important Agriculture in Barbados is by and large dominated the steps that would be necessary to move towards environments. While the island is a very small net by the sugar cane industry, with production trends a greener economy and the resulting net benefits contributor to global greenhouse gas emissions, the for most of the other non-sugar crops being erratic. that might accrue. The project focused on five utilization of renewable energy and the promotion The industry is dependent on water as a primary sectors – agriculture, fisheries, building/housing, of energy efficiency would address vulnerabilities in input into its production processes and, given the transportation and tourism – and four cross-cutting relation to energy supplies and price. scale of agricultural activity worldwide, it is easy to issues: waste, water, energy and land. From its see why it appropriates between 60 to 70 per cent of inception, an integrated approach to assessment was In a green economy, land use policies would seek to the world’s water resources. In an effort to conserve applied. One of the key actions of this process was prioritise uses that contribute to the maintenance water and reduce input costs in the local industry, the establishment of the Green Economy Technical of natural resources and ecosystem services. This the focus has been on drip irrigation. However, there Steering Committee (GETSC,) whose role was to approach to land use would be complemented is a need to train farmers in relation to matching undertake the technical oversight of the study. The with a green approach to the built environment water application to growth stages and crop needs. Committee consisted of members of the technical and the adoption of alternative means of ground Energy, on the other hand, is primarily used for team, government, NGOs and business. Data transportation. The green economy concept also the operation of irrigation systems, agricultural gathering involved consultations with key government complements several international and regional machinery/equipment and animal husbandry. agencies and stakeholders in the five sectors and conventions as well as Multilateral Environmental Agriculture also produces waste material such as four crosscutting issues. In addition, a series of Agreements (MEAs) that Barbados has ratified. At animal waste and waste from sugar processing, the technical seminars were held to facilitate the the national level, the Barbados Programme of Action disposal of which can be problematic in some cases articulation of the requisite enabling environment. (BPOA) also integrates some of the ideas at the (animal waste and waste from sugar processing. heart of the green economy concept such as energy Land preparation and tillage practices in agriculture resources, tourism resources and management of have impacts on groundwater recharge, surface Transformation to a wastes as well as coastal and marine resources. water run-off and ponding/flooding, erosion and loss of topsoil. green economy More importantly, the island has advanced its own definition of a green economy that integrates many It is envisioned that green policies to support While green economy has been placed at the core of the special challenges faced by small island agriculture would be characterised by increasing of the Rio+20 Conference, the definition and developing states: use of farming practices and technologies that Small-scale agriculture plot. Photo: Travis Sinckler
2 3 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
financial capacity of regional and international larceny also needs to be tightened promptly. harvested to meet the needs of today’s generation suggest that greater investment in institutional institutions, and the problem of praedial larceny. The growth of a vibrant agricultural industry without compromising the ability of future strengthening, development of standards for the To close the huge investment gaps identified in can lead to economic growth both within the generations to harvest fish for their needs. Greening industry and eco-labelling would be required to this report, public and private sector investments agricultural sector and most other sectors of the fisheries sub-sector requires an ecosystem- address the outlined challenges. in the critical areas highlighted should enable Barbados’ economy. The sector plays a significant based management of coastal, marine and the sector to meet domestic demands for fresh role in maintaining green spaces and the overall socioecological systems that enhance livelihoods There are also opportunities for greening fisheries produce (conventional and organic) and other value- environment that visitors to the island expect of a and well-being within the fishing industry and in relation to the greater utilisation of clean added products, including packaged and graded tourist destination. Indeed, this has been one of related marine economic sectors, while allowing technologies, processing fish offal into high value produce along with processed mixed vegetables. the reasons advanced for the continued support individuals and communities to maintain their added products and the use of Dolphinfish skin Such investments would also increase exports, provided to the sugar (cane) industry. Green policies social and cultural heritage. Given that most as fish leather. In this regard, water conservation and provide greater support to the agro-processing to support agriculture also create avenues for growth Caribbean coastal resources are considered to be measures are currently being implemented at the industry. The results of this study also suggest in energy production and waste management. To under stress from overexploitation, degradation of fish markets following a directive from Cabinet to that there is an urgent need to address related support this growth, a comprehensive and integrated coastal and marine ecosystems, limited or poor install infrared sensors on taps at the processing investment gaps in the following areas: access to green agriculture development plan will be required. management and climate change, the concept of bay at the Bridgetown Public Market and other capital for upgrading of technology, physical plants greening fisheries holds significant potential for the markets across the island. This is particularly and animals; delays experienced due to manpower important in promoting economic efficiency in shortages in the Attorney General’s Office with operations by reducing water utility costs. In terms respect to upgrading of the regulatory framework to Fisheries of waste, the Bridgetown Public Market, the island’s meet international standards; shortage of trained largest, produces about two to three tonnes of fish manpower in the sector; weak extension services; Fishing and fish have historically been an important offal daily. Fish offal has tremendous potential as a inadequate laboratory facilities for testing, research part of the social and economic fabric of Barbados. fertiliser, compost or dried and made into pellets for and development; inefficient marketing systems; These resources are often used to supply food, feed. The Barbados poultry industry already has the and minimal technical capacity for planning by the recreational opportunities, ecosystem services, jobs, technology to convert its waste into a commercial Barbados Agricultural Society. income and tax revenues. asset, so it is possible for the fishing industry to follow suit as long as they receive the necessary In relation to opportunities for growth, the greening The fishing industry serves as an important social technical assistance and funding required to recycle of a restructured sugar cane industry is likely safety net, providing work for those unable to find its waste into viable products. to reverse the negative outlook for this industry. other employment, and supplements the incomes of While such a venture will require both public those employed in other activities. The total value Greening the post-harvest fisheries sub-sector and and private sector investment in infrastructure, of local fisheries was estimated at about US$ 25 implementing best practices will have no economic training, research and development and marketing, million in 2006 (Mahon et al., 2007), and includes impact on the industry if the resource base and its green policies in support of a sugar cane industry both the ex-vessel value (the value of landed raw ecosystem are not properly managed and protected. would create an environment that recognizes and fish) and the on-shore value-added components In this regard, the control of entry into fisheries responds to the high average age of workers and such as deboning, filleting and processing into fish (additions to the island’s fishing fleet) to achieve the competitiveness of the industry. Other growth fingers and other convenience products. In terms of sustainable levels of harvest must be considered, as opportunities identified include the increased overall value, Flyingfish and Dolphinfish account for well as the establishment of a marine management production of fertilizers, soil conditioners and more than 80 per cent of the total value of fisheries. Managing small scale fisheries: a major sustainable agency and a code of conduct for responsible animal feeds. Indeed, the adoption and promotion development challenge in Barbados and other SIDS. fishing should both be given priority. of organic agriculture would require the substitution Fish processing, particularly fish harvesting Photo: Robin Mahon of imported inorganic fertilizers and products with operations, consumes significant quantities of In addition, consideration must be given to the locally produced organic alternatives. Therefore, energy, while the post-harvest process consumes complexity of the Caribbean region and the fact such a shift to organic farming, supported by locally large quantities of water resources. The island region. that most resources, exploited and non-exploited, produced fertilisers and agricultural products, would has more than 30 landing sites, with facilities The institutional and governance framework for are shared across different marine jurisdictions buttress economic growth in the local agricultural of varying standards. These sites are usually sustainable fisheries on the island is enshrined and resource-use regimes. Although few marine sector and contribute to poverty alleviation. categorized as primary (markets), secondary (sheds) in the Barbados Fisheries Act of 1993, which boundaries have been negotiated, it is clear or tertiary (beaches) based on the type of physical was designed to manage and develop fisheries in that there must be considerable discussion and One of the government’s major roles in relation to infrastructure or lack thereof. The majority of the Barbados. The main objective of this legislation collaboration among people from the various supporting the transition to a greener agricultural country’s catches are landed at seven primary sites: is to ensure the optimal utilisation of fisheries territories on issues that cross jurisdictions due to industry is in the area of policy implementation. Bridgetown Public Market, Oistins Fish Market, resources in the waters of Barbados. Nevertheless, close geographical proximity. Furthermore, there Some effort should be made to harmonize public Skeete’s Bay Fish Market, Conset Bay Fish Market, there are still numerous challenges in relation must be a collective recognition that greening policy with respect to commerce and domestic Payne’s Bay Fish Market, Weston Fish Market and to greening fisheries, such as conservation of fisheries, particularly the ecological and harvesting production in agriculture. In addition, government Speightstown Fish Market. marine resources, capacity building, finance, aspects, is a transboundary matter, even if certain support to facilitate the raising of capital from the communication and coordination among economic aspects are undertaken as a national initiative. private sector will be essential to ensure the success It is envisioned that greening the fisheries industry sectors, and collaboration in managing and of this new direction in agriculture. The enforcement would be based on the notion of sustainable developing transboundary marine resources. The of measures to minimize the incidence of praedial fisheries, which implies resources that can be results from the analysis conducted in this study
4 5 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
expertise of local building professionals (architects, highlighted in this study. Building/Housing engineers and contractors) should be developed, and an overarching policy framework be formulated. Transportation The building or construction industry is a major In addition, it was also felt that greater efforts contributor to the country’s economic growth and should be directed towards educating the public on Barbados’ road network consists of more than development. The total value-added of the industry the various greening incentives (i.e. provisions in 1,600 km of public paved roads, two active main in 2010 was US$ 185.5 million or about 5 per cent the Income Tax Act) and grants (i.e. by the Energy ports (Bridgetown Port and Port St. Charles) and of GDP. In addition, it employs about 15,000 Division) that are already available because they one airport (Grantley Adams International Airport). persons, almost 2,000 more than tourism, Barbados’ could contribute positively to achieving the green Statistical data from the Barbados Licensing main industry. Over the years, there has been an economy objectives in the building/housing sector. Authority reveals that in 2009, the number of expansion of the built environment through the Furthermore, stakeholders noted that the country has vehicles on the island numbered 131,680, which construction of transportation infrastructure along a good contingency of building professionals whose implies that there is approximately 1 vehicle for with private and public buildings. Urban residential expertise should be enhanced through retraining and every two persons on the island. The main causes of housing is located within a continuous linear coastal technology transfers in order to improve the built air pollution are fuel mixes used by some vehicles urban corridor that extends along the entire length environment and quality of new housing stock. It and the absence of equipment to enforce a national of the west and south coasts. Traditionally, most was also indicated that the building code should be air emissions standard. Noise pollution by vehicles people lived in wooden and chattel houses, which updated to include high-rise housing, and calls were is also a matter of concern but, as with air quality, was estimated to be 73 per cent in 1970. This ratio, Traditional accommodation on the east coast of Barbados. made for private lending agencies to play their part enforcement of a national standard is being stymied. Photo: Anne Gonsalez however, has fallen dramatically in recent years due by approving or underwriting loans that contain an The Environmental Protection Department, the to rising standards of living. In 2000, when the most elevated element of environmental risk. official department responsible for setting national recent estimate was made, 45 per cent of houses and enhancing water efficiency and sustainable standards to mitigate air and noise pollution, were made entirely of concrete blocks. site development. It also offers the possibility of Greening construction not only has environmental relies on standards produced by international raising the consciousness of both practitioners in benefits, but it also helps to improve employee organizations, but its work lacks efficacy for the The construction of commercial and residential the construction industry and homeowners, thus productivity and work quality as well as public reasons stated. There are three types of operators buildings puts a strain on natural and human allowing them to use more green materials when health, in general, along with decreasing air and involved in public transport on the island, of which resources through energy use, land use, removal building, as well as the opportunity of experiencing noise pollutants. In this regard, four key opportunities two are privately owned. of natural materials, transport of construction an overall improvement in indoor environmental for greening the industry were identified: 1) materials, liquid and solid waste generation, poor quality. Most stakeholders in the industry have conversion of derelict sugar factories into waste- Greening the transport sector should address utilisation and recycling of building materials, a strong desire to realise the potential social to-energy plants, 2) education and technology, 3) existing issues in relation to emissions without and use of hazardous building materials. In 2009, and financial benefits from improved quality in government provisions and subventions, and 4) harming economic activity. Green policies the single largest category of electricity usage was community living, increased cost savings accruing recycling communities. Community-based recycling that support transportation should integrate a residential users, accounting for 32 per cent of total from greater efficiency in energy usage, and from programmes, in particular, encourage reuse of sustainable transportation policy into the overall sales or 306.6 million kWh. The country, however, energy efficient building design and construction. construction and other forms of waste and could lead has an enviable record in relation to the penetration to growth and savings. In the process of the green of solar water heaters, with an estimated 40,000 The constraints in relation to greening the industry transition, there is the potential for green jobs in systems in operation, 75 per cent of which are in have not changed since Barbados’ First National areas of retrofitting, lighting, sales and maintenance residential use. Communication on Climate Change was presented of efficient appliances, and the provision and use of to the United Nations Framework Convention on low energy construction materials in a sustainable The island is divided into five water protection Climate Change in 2001. Then, the challenges to the building/housing industry. areas, with Zone 1, which is closest to the implementation of renewable technologies were listed production wells and has the most stringent as follows: lack of financial and economic resources, The country, however, requires a parallel strategy restrictions on development activities, and lack of awareness of newer technologies, higher local and policy for on-going education, outreach Zone 5, which is farthest and has the least operational costs of newer technologies, the non- and information sharing in order to encourage restrictions. Protection of the country’s water inclusion of environmental costs when considering behavioural change. Given the island’s high literacy resources is undertaken by the Town and Country the extent of reliance upon and use of fossil fuels, rate, such a strategy would be highly effective. The Development Planning Office through enforcement and lack of training and regional expertise in launch of private-public sector building projects of development restrictions, with support given newer technologies. Today, two other challenges that integrate environmental and social benefits by the Environmental Protection Department and have surfaced, namely: the perception by industry into their housing/building solutions would result the Barbados Water Authority. Development on the managers that low-cost housing is in direct conflict in efficiency gains in natural resource usage, island is guided by the Physical Development Plan, with sustainable housing, and cultural preferences lower waste production and the creation of a which matches the demand for land to the island’s for the detached housing unit, which hinders the healthier indoor environment. In 2010, the Urban development objectives. design and sale of alternative dwelling arrangements Development Commission (UDC) launched a “Go that would contribute to land conservation. Green” community project that was well received Green policies that support building offer the by community residents. While this project was possibility of improving resource efficiency, To address these challenges, stakeholders felt largely focused on beautification, it could be scaled reducing waste and the use of toxic substances, that training programmes to further enhance the up to include the green building/housing principles Public transport in Barbados. Photo: Anne Gonsalez
6 7 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
planning process for the sector, and could include It is anticipated that opportunities in Barbados for erosion, displacement of residents, inflation, significant potential. The island has resources the following measures and actions: reduction of green jobs would revolve, primarily, around the sale excessive foreign ownership accompanied by dating back several centuries that can be readily private vehicles as the main mode of transport; and maintenance of fuel-efficient vehicles, and the foreign exchange leakages, loss of culture, cultural packaged as facets of the country’s heritage for promotion and improvement of existing public management of integrated public transportation commodification, and extensive changes in visitors to the island. The exploitation of these transport; introduction of mode switching; utilisation systems. A more specific analysis is limited by the societal norms. Barbados’ tourism products are strengths is, however, dependent on the country of existing vehicular infrastructure; building of absence of detailed studies that point to the most also highly energy intensive since most rooms are addressing a number of challenges in relation to comprehensive infrastructure for pedestrians and appropriate mix of green modes of transport for the air-conditioned and many of the other amenities greening the industry. One of the main challenges cyclists; reduction of vehicle emissions through Barbadian context. In relation to road construction provided are driven by electricity. Domestically, the is the low occupancy rate that characterises the enforcement of standards and by facilitating the activity, the construction and demolition waste industry consumes about 17 per cent of the total industry. These low rates reduce profitability switch to greener vehicles; and contribution to the generated can be used to reclaim quarries and/or be electricity generated on the island, almost as much and limit the ability of the industry to finance development of guidelines for the recycling, recovery reused in the construction process, itself. as commercial activities, and much larger than the green initiatives. In addition, the dynamism in and reuse of old vehicles and their components. needs of the manufacturing industry. In addition, the external tourism market with which the local The transportation sector, as considered, consists of aircraft which operate on long-haul flights that industry competes and the cost of inputs, present a The main challenges identified in relation to the various forms of transport (e.g., private and public bring most tourists to the island from the United challenge to the future development of the country’s transportation vision outlined above include traffic vehicles, cars and lorries) as well as roads and Kingdom, the United States or Canada need to be tourism industry. Furthermore, access to tourism congestion, high fuel costs, public attitudes to highways, trails, sidewalks and the fuels consumed refuelled. Furthermore, water consumption in hotels statistics, a necessary input for both planning and green initiatives, lack of investment and inadequate by motorised vehicles. The introduction of green is determined as much by the amenities offered and budgetary allocations, is still relatively limited human resource capacity. The retraining and approaches would yield, among others, environmental the market it operates in as by its occupancy rate. because data collection is largely underdeveloped. retooling of workers to take up jobs in retrofitting benefits associated with a lower level of emissions The use of water in the accommodation sector is and maintaining greener vehicles would involve and discharge of fewer toxic contaminants into the also highly correlated to the volume of wastewater it Investments in sustainable tourism solutions can technology transfer and capital expenditure. The atmosphere than as obtains with the current reliance generates. Notwithstanding, it has also been shown contribute significantly to transforming national vulnerability of the transportation system is another on gasoline and diesel vehicles. It is anticipated, that factors such as the level of awareness of staff and regional economies to green economies. challenge and is heightened by the reality that the therefore, that the use of alternative fuel vehicles and management about resource management and One important investment gap urgently requiring two main coastal highways are barely above sea would reduce negative impacts on air quality, the use efficiency are important to the reduction of closure is in the area of reducing dependence on level. To address these challenges, therefore, further environment, public health and the economy as a wastage, generally. Hotels are significant producers imports, in particular, food, manufactures, labour investment would be required in the areas of air whole, and would increase Barbados’ contribution to of solid waste and, as a consequence, require and technology. The creation of business models and noise pollution standards, traffic management, the reduction of global warming. regular municipal waste services. A portion of the for sustainable agro-tourism and the adoption of mode mixing, disaster management and climate waste is of an organic nature and other portions of it internationally recognised production standards for change adaptation. It is believed that the provision are potentially recyclable or recoverable. agricultural products, are equally critical. Moreover, of fiscal incentives and development of public- Tourism the region faces risks of higher fuel prices and private partnerships within the transportation sector Greening tourism is largely focussed on green taxes that originate in source markets. would contribute significantly to the successful integrated planning and management, but is very realisation of the espoused vision. Barbados is one of the more mature Caribbean tourist concerned about inter and intra-generational Undoubtedly, the greening of tourism is likely to destinations, with large-scale tourism dating back equity, and acknowledges that there are limits be one of the key strategies used in the future to Another opportunity to green transportation to the late 50’s and early 60’s. Over the years, the to the environment, economy and society, presents itself through the pursuit of an integrated various entities specifically responsible for tourism which, if breached, can have serious detrimental transportation strategy, an approach that takes into product development, the Ministry of Tourism (MOT) consequences. The Caribbean Regional Sustainable account all the contributing elements to increase and the Barbados Tourism Authority (BTA), have Tourism Development Programme (CRSTDP) effectiveness. For instance, in order to reduce the worked tirelessly to diversify the product by creating developed a Regional Framework for a more number of vehicles on the road, there will be a more competitive niche offerings, such as sports Sustainable Tourism Development in the Caribbean need to enhance the quality and quantity of public tourism, heritage tourism, gastronomic tourism and, in 2007. This policy framework has six thematic transport. The result would be a greater utilisation more recently, health and wellness tourism. Total areas – tourism management capacity; marketing; of public transport, which will, in turn, reduce visitor expenditure in 2010 was estimated at US$ transportation; the environment; linkages with other traffic congestion and the costs of the country’s 1.2 billion and was about 6.3 per cent higher than economic sectors; and health, safety and security. fuel imports. Furthermore, since fuel mixes impact in 2009. The average daily expenditure of stay-over Given the inherent vulnerability of the tourism engine performance and, concomitantly, fuel visitors from the UK and other European countries product in small island states, a green approach to efficiency, there is a potential to set standards for tends to be higher than that of tourists from any other tourism development holds significant potential in fuels that focus not just on environmental standards region. Hotels supply most of the accommodation relation to sustainable development. but also on quality and performance. Congestion available on the island, but current average within Bridgetown is also caused by on-street occupancy rates tend to be low (about 56 per cent). Barbados has a number of inherent strengths that parking due to limited off-street parking facilities. can be built upon in order to pursue a green growth In this regard, a system of on-street parking charges The tourism industry tends to have a significant strategy. Indeed, the island was ranked 30th out of and regularisation of length-of-stay in authorised negative impact on a country’s resources, 133 countries on the global competitiveness index parking areas should be considered as measures to environment, economy, people and society, and 2nd in terms of the attitude of its population address the problem as well as to finance initiatives particularly in small states. The main impacts towards tourism. It should also be noted that to green the transportation industry. are pollution, depletion of natural resources, soil heritage and community-based tourism hold Heritage Tourism – George Washington house. Photo: Dave Quan/Inkstone Design/Calgary Canada
8 9 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Analysis of ensure the future sustainability of the industry. Identified opportunities in this area include marketing Barbados as a green destination, enabling development of heritage tourism sites, building relationships between the tourism industry and conditions for firms providing inputs, development of agro-tourism products and the creation of marine protected a transition to a areas. In relation to heritage tourism, the Barbados Sugar Trail Tour and the Defence of Barbados Tour are products that can be easily marketed and that green economy can yield significant growth benefits. In addition to the island’s heritage potential, its rugged coastline, spectacular views and unique plant and wildlife hold some potential for further nature-based tourism Finance development through the development of hiking trails around these resources. The country also One of the most important aspects of the needs to ensure that its already existing nature- emergence of green economy will be the Promoting macroeconomic stability through sound monetary policy – The Central Bank of Barbados. based tourism products (Harrison’s Cave, Graeme exploitation of existing financing schemes Photos: Central Bank: Creative Commons/Winston Edghill; Coin: Creative Commons/Mark Morgan; Bill: Creative Commons/AJBurgess Hall Nature Sanctuary and the Folkestone Park and and the development and adoption of new Marine Reserve) are maintained and enhanced. approaches to finance green investments. During stakeholder discussions, it was recommended that treatment systems, and the removal of barriers to environmental taxes, pollution charges, green The opportunities for hotels to improve their consideration be given to a series of projects that their adoption would facilitate the transfer of clean subsidies, elimination of environmentally harmful resource use efficiency are well articulated consider the construction of green communities. technology. subsidies and public expenditure on infrastructure. and many of the strategies have proven to be The idea was also floated that resource use fees, The country’s fiscal regime has focussed largely cost-effective with short payback periods. The which attempt to capture some of the willingness- on environmental taxes and green subsidies. For approaches include: carrying out a resource and to-pay of the users of protected areas, should also Trade, tariffs and seven years, Barbados has had fiscal incentives energy use audit to identify potential areas for be given consideration. Given the potential that supporting renewable energy initiatives under the savings; organizational change in the importance Barbados has in relation to heritage, community investment Fiscal Incentive Act, while, under the Income Tax and support for carrying out audits and setting and nature-based tourism, these fees could be a Act, taxpayers were encouraged to purchase ‘green’ objectives, implementing recommendations, and useful means of financing other green initiatives Trade is an important part of Barbados’ economy; devices as such expenditures were made deductible monitoring and reporting on progress; behavioural throughout the entire economy. it contributes more than 96 per cent of GDP. The for tax purposes. Further initiatives were introduced change in the way the use of resources are use of trade policy to hasten the transition to a in 2007 in relation to green homes, composting regarded by management and staff through greener economy and to elicit behavioural change and recycling while the 2011 Financial Statement training, encouragement and team building; and Development, access holds significant potential. Traditionally, the country and Budgetary Proposals outlined an even wider technological change that allows the introduction of has tended to focus on green trade liberalisation array of incentives for renewable energy and energy resource efficient equipment, fixtures and fittings, and transfer of clean (resource efficient goods usually attract duty-free efficiency. and the search for ways in which operations can be access or reduced tariffs) rather than punitive reconfigured to maximise resource use. technology tariffs. If trade policy is used to facilitate a green Nevertheless, the existence of these incentives transition, it will have to be consistent with the is unlikely to impact on consumer behaviour Tourism, since the 1970s, has been a key driver For technology transfer to take place, issues country’s commitments to CARICOM and the high unless they are aware that they exist. Indeed, of economic growth in Barbados. The potential related to intellectual property will need to be upfront cost of upgrading, despite duty-free access. stakeholders identified publicising the availability advantages of pursuing a green growth strategy in confronted on an ongoing basis. The country For this reason, stakeholders, during consultations, of tax incentives as a key challenge. The take-up tourism can enhance the long-term sustainability already has fairly comprehensive legislation in recommended that Barbados consider the possibility rate for energy efficient technologies might also be of the industry as well as act as a catalyst for relation to the protection of intellectual property, of trading in carbon credits and the continued use of hindered by the relatively large upfront costs which the adoption of green processes and practices in is itself in compliance with the WTO’s Agreement lower tariffs or duty-free access for resource efficient act as a constraint on the number of persons able to supporting other related industries. For example, on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property products. make the investment. Rather than more incentives, the continued development of green hotels could Rights (TRIPS), and is a signatory to numerous fiscal reform should now focus on efficiency and add further impetus to the adoption of organic other treaties relating to intellectual property. increasing access. For example, it should be a farming practices on the island to supply the needs The main challenge to technology transfer is that Taxation, incentives requirement for access to government incentives of these hotels. In addition, green transportation existing industrial standards are not strong enough that applicants demonstrate that theirs is a sound and building practices must be adopted if the to encourage firms to adopt cleaner technology and fiscal reform case for support. In order to encourage the reuse country is to differentiate its product from upgrades. Consequently, the demand is great for and refurbishment of existing buildings, especially traditional mass-market tourism. This process has legislation to be drafted and enacted to support The use of green fiscal policies is another demand- those of some historic, cultural or aesthetic value, already started. However, there is a need to further clean technology transitions and partnerships. In side tool that can be employed to elicit behavioural consideration must be given to launching a revolving enhance the enabling conditions in order to promote addition, there are also opportunities in relation to change and facilitate a green transitioning. UNEP fund rather than developing greenfield sites. This continual growth in this area. the creation of rainwater harvesting and wastewater has identified five broad fiscal policy options: initiative could be coupled with a greenfield tax
10 11 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Considerations scheme to support the fund. While new taxes are of products. Through the CROSQ/IDB-MIF project, a controversial issue, many states have introduced a project to promote small and medium enterprise green taxes to elicit behavioural change, on the one competitiveness in the Caribbean through technical for a green hand, and finance the transition to a green economy, standards, and which is financed in part by non- on the other. In Barbados, excises on motor fuel use reimbursable funds allocated by the Multilateral economy policy were recently increased, but exemptions still remain. Investment Fund (MIF) through its Technical It was estimated that the introduction of a new tax Cooperation Facility with the Inter-American roadmap or a further increase in the excise tax to bring the Development Bank (IDB) along with counterpart price of fuel in line with that in the UK would net an funding by the CARICOM Regional Organisation for additional US$ 45 million. Standards and Quality (CROSQ), BNSI is seeking to enhance the competitiveness of enterprises A green economy offers hope for further diversifying through standardisation. Moreover, many hotels have Barbados’ economy, increasing resource efficiency already obtained Green Globe Certification, while and supporting the goal of sustainable development. Education, training major manufacturers have obtained various ISO Based on the analysis provided in this report, there and capacity certifications. exists tremendous potential for greening agriculture, fisheries, building/housing, transportation and enhancement Nonetheless, the benefits of standardisation could tourism. To exploit these potential opportunities, be limited by Barbados’ capacity to enforce these the island will need to address various sector Investment in training and education helps smooth technical standards. For example, implementing a specific challenges. Given the importance of the the transition to a green economy and also allows green building code and regulating the operation above-mentioned sectors and the already existing the population to exploit its potential benefits. of wastewater treatment plants, and the market legislation that supports behavioural change by During discussions with stakeholders, it was noted for reused and recycled products will all require consumers, it is likely that there could be spillover that there is a significant gap between the awareness enforcement. This would require the testing of effects to other industries in the economy. In the A greener path. Photo: Travis Sinckler and the availability of requisite skills and expertise standards, facilities and diagnostic capabilities in 1950s and 1960s, Barbados embarked on a plan to meet the needs of green economy. Undoubtedly, place, and meaningful legislative support. to diversify its economy away from sugar towards there is a need for investment in the labour force to tourism. This vision resulted in the transformation 4. Greater public sector leadership via support support its acquisition of pertinent skills. In some of the island and provided its citizens a relatively for innovative projects and green procurement areas, this process has already begun: Experts are Government comfortable standard of living. A green economy policies;Support for private sector initiatives currently teaching solar PV installation courses portends a similar such moment in history, whereby that advance the country’s green economy and renewable energy modules are being offered procurement the country can enable the next great economic transition; by UWI. Notwithstanding, there are other gaps in transformation that benefits both current and future 5. Implementation of a public education campaign important sectors that were identified which still With a budget of about 20 per cent of GDP, the generations. that promotes green economy; need to be addressed – agro-industry, agriculture government is by far the single largest purchaser 6. Enhancement of partnerships with stakeholders and fisheries. Moreover, professionals that possess of goods and services on the island. This therefore Based on the sectoral recommendations and the and international partners (e.g., FAO/UNEP Agri- the understanding of sustainable principles and the implies that the government can, through its enabling conditions articulated above, the following food Task Force on Sustainable Consumption knowledge to apply them to new projects are still in procurement policy, act as a catalyst for change. considerations are offered for the development and Production, Partnership for Clean Fuels, short supply in the housing and building industry. In this regard, steps have already been taken to of a strategic roadmap to Barbados achieving an UNEP Global Partnership for Sustainable In general, there will be a need for a variety of modernise the Central Purchasing Department and environmentally advanced green economy (cf. Tourism, UNEP Sustainable Building and knowledgeable technicians, engineers and skilled enhance the procurement process. In addition, there Conclusions for a more detailed presentation of the Climate Initiative, Marrakech Task Force on tradesmen. is a Public Sector Energy Conservation Programme roadmap): Sustainable Public Procurement, and the (begun in 2006) that mandates an increase in Partnership for Education and Research about the fuel efficiency of public sector vehicles, 1. Establishment of a set of operational principles Responsible Living); Standards and the installation of energy efficient lighting and as the basis for policy development, education, 7. Development of a system of indicators that appliances, and energy audits. monitoring and evaluation; allows for the monitoring and evaluation regulation 2. Granting umbrella responsibility to the of green economic policies and broader Going forward, one of the main challenges to the Social Partnership for monitoring, reviewing developmental goals; Consumer demand for new technologies is partially pursuit of a green procurement policy is the use of and reporting on Barbados’ green economy 8. Promotion of Barbados’ success in relation to dependent on reliability of the technology and the the least-cost approach to procurement. Since some roadmap, supported by a GETSC and a research greening the economy through the publication after-sale service. In this regard, standardisation green technologies are relatively more expensive, secretariat; and dissemination of best practice examples; provides consumers with confidence in relation to this would imply that they would always lose out 3. Drafting and enactment of legislation on 9. Building of capacity in appropriate skills and what are, sometimes, large upfront investments. to less resource efficient technologies. A further environmental management, water reuse, knowledge that supports the green economy The Barbados National Standards Institute (BNSI) challenge is that procurement is usually seen as groundwater provisions and solid waste transition; and is currently drafting standards in relation to various simply an administrative function, which limits the management, and the incorporation of ‘green 10. Making use of the science-policy platform, green technologies such as solar heating systems, utilisation of more technical approaches. A green policies’ in the building code along with as reflected in the GESS, to conduct further methods for the thermal testing of solar collectors, approach to procurement will also require addressing strengthening of the policy guidelines in the research that supports sustainable development energy management systems and energy labelling issues in relation to governance mechanisms. Physical Development Plan; and green economy priorities.
12 13 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
introduction
1.1 Barbados – Country profile 1
1.2 Barbados’ Green Economy Scoping Study
14 15 “pride of Barbados” (Caesalpinia pulcherrima) – national flower BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY 1.1 country profile moving across the Atlantic Ocean, along with the McElroy (1999). The converted tourist population Inter-Tropical Convergence Zone (I.T.C.Z.), which added to local population gives rise to what is called shifts northwards on occasions, especially during the the resident equivalent population. The new trend Caribbean Sea passage of tropical waves. using the resident equivalent population gives an implied population growth rate of 0.4 per cent, In addition to the above, heavy showers and with the projected population in 2025 is just above thunderstorms sometimes develop, mostly over 300,000 persons (308,054 persons). This projected 1.1.1 Geography and central and western areas, when strong daytime outcome when compared to that using the Barbadian Demography heating, along with light winds and an abundance of population alone (residential equivalent rate of moisture, are present. This type of weather is more growth versus national residential rate of growth) prevalent during the wet months, and leads to flash indicates a likely additional population impact Barbados, the most easterly of the islands of the flood conditions over low-lying areas sometimes of about 8,000 persons on the environment and Lesser Antilles, is a small island developing state resulting in damage to roof tops, downed trees and ecosystems over and above that resulting from actual of area 431 km², located in the Caribbean at 13° electricity poles, damage to roads, erosion of soil population growth. 4’ north latitude and 59° 37’ west longitude. It is from agricultural land and coastal erosion. bordered by the Caribbean Sea on the west coast bridgetown Although the current carrying capacity of the and the Atlantic Ocean on the east, and has a The last hurricane to hit Barbados directly was country’s ecosystems is not known, the trend total coastline length of 97 km, with an exclusive Hurricane Janet in 1955. Since then, Barbados has computed above, taking tourist arrivals into account, economic zone of about 167, 000 km². Barbados not received any direct hits from any major storm provides us with some idea about the relative has been likened to a ‘ham bone’ in shape, with systems. sustainability of Barbados’ population growth rate. a broader mass at the south that tapers towards Indeed, a casual observation seems to indicate
the north. The island is divided into eleven (11) n ti c o ce a atla The island has one of the lowest population growth that the actual population growth rate trend seems parishes. Barbados has an estimated population of rates in the world, largely attributed to the level a reasonable fit for the country’s economic and 272,000 persons making it one of the most densely of economic development and a family planning social development. Indeed, the fact that the stable populated countries in the Western Hemisphere. programme that has been in place since the 1950s. population growth rate has not jeopardized the The mid-year population estimate for Barbados in development status of Barbados in the context of the Of all of the islands that comprise the Lesser 2011 was 286,705 with a population growth rate of Human Development Index (HDI) rankings seems to Antillean chain, Barbados is the only entirely 0.3 per cent. The sex ratio for the total population confirm that point. It should be noted, though, that non-volcanic, sedimentary rock island. The rocks Satellite image of Barbados. Source: http://eol.jsc.nasa.gov was 0.94 male(s)/female and 1.013 male(s)/female the HDI does not capture the environmental aspects underlying Barbados consist of sedimentary at birth. As a reflection of the aging population, of development. deposits, including thick shales, clays, sands, and the proportion of the population under 15 years old conglomerates, laid down approximately 70 million Barbados has mainly residual soils, including clays, has declined from 21.5 per cent of the population Since population affects the environment and the years ago. Above these rocks are chalky deposits, which are rich in lime and phosphates. Soil type in 2000 to 18.9 per cent in 2011. The trends in pace of development, there is a need for a clear which were capped with coral before the island rose varies with altitude: thin black soils occurring on the population aging being experienced by the island is formulation of population policy. However, this to the surface. coastal plains, and the more fertile yellow/brown or likely to continue in the future as fertility rates are needs to be placed in the context of the medium- red soils being found predominantly in the highest likely to remain low and life expectancy, currently term demographic population projections that The topography of Barbados is marked by a complex parts of the island, where the coral limestone cap estimated at 74 years, to rise. suggest that total population will peak around 2030 series of gullies running mainly from the higher, has cracked to reveal the mixed sediments below. (UNDESA, 2010). Nonetheless, some progress has eastern portion of the island to the west coast. These If the recent rate of population growth is maintained, been made in terms of immigration policy, but this gullies are giant cracks in the limestone cap of the Barbados enjoys a tropical, oceanic climate with then Barbados’ population size will be just below must not be perceived as a substitute for an overall island, which act as conduits of recharge of rainfall an average temperature of 26.8°C. Despite the fact 300,000 persons in 2025. Added to this figure, or full population policy which needs to be devised. to the limestone aquifer, and transport water via that there are no drastic changes in either seasonal however, is the annual inflow of tourists to the Successive administrations have unswervingly placed underground streams to discharge into the sea at or daily temperatures, it is noteworthy that there island. While tourism may help the country achieve an emphasis on the education of Barbadian citizens. the west coast. These ground water streams are the appears to have been a general increase in the its developmental objectives, tourist activity can Government support for education is essentially fully main source of the domestic water supply. There recorded air temperature over the last forty years or also affect the environment (for example, through subsidised from the primary to the tertiary level and are no major rivers or lakes on Barbados and only a so, by perhaps 0.5 to 1.0°C. Weather seasons can waste generation and infrastructural damage), so education expenditures are one of the largest few streams, springs, and ponds, the very existence be classified as either wet or dry. The wet season particularly if concentrated in one period and at one categories of government’s annual budget. As a of which is often contingent upon of level of annual coincides with the Atlantic hurricane season and focal point. The Medium-Term Strategy of Barbados result, the literacy rate in the island (99 per cent) is seasonal rainfall. runs from June to November. The wettest month is (GOB, 2010b) projects that by 2014, long-stay one of the highest in the region. October with an average rainfall of approximately tourist arrivals in the island will be about 626,000 The highest point on the island is Mount Hillaby, of 168.4 mm (6.63 in). The dry season lasts from in comparison to 568,873 in 2010. It is therefore Governance standing at 340 meters above sea level. The rest December to May, the driest month being March, useful to compute the total population of Barbados of the island is low-lying. The majority of the with an average rainfall of approximately 39 mm. including tourists. Barbados has a relatively stable political climate island’s population resides within the so-called with general elections constitutionally due every ‘urban corridor’, a narrow zone along the west and The island is affected by a number of weather The yearly resident equivalent of the tourist five years. The Westminster-style parliament is one southwest coasts within two kilometres of the shore, systems during the year. During the wet months, population (long-stay and cruise visitors) was derived of the oldest in the Western Hemisphere, being in which is below the 25-meter contour line. most of the rainfall is derived from tropical waves using the approach outlined by de Albuquerque and existence for 369 years. It should be noted, however, 16 17 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
that under the practice of parliamentary democracy, from coastal erosion, tourism and fishing. In order which cover issues ranging from the protection of elections could take place within a five-year period. to address this critical concern, the government water resources to the requirement for beverages to recently signed a US$15 million loan from the be sold in returnable containers. As a former colony of the United Kingdom, the island IDB to support a Coastal Risk Assessment and has retained The Monarch as the head of state, Management Programme designed to preserve represented on the island by the Governor General. the island’s beaches. While many measures in 1.1.3 Water The government is headed by the Prime Minister, this domain would need to be publicly funded, who is the leader of the party holding the majority potential gaps in the fiscal framework may exist: of parliamentary seats. The legislative branch of the Folkestone Marine Park, for example, is one of Barbados lies in the humid tropics and as such has a government is made up of two houses; an elected the few such reserves in the Caribbean region not marked wet and dry season. Rainfall occurs primarily Green monkey (Cercopithecus aethiops). Photo: Dave Quan/ House of Assembly (Parliament) and an unelected Inkstone Design/Calgary Canada subject to a user charge. between June and November and varies considerably Senate (chosen by the Governor General on the with elevation. Rainfall may average 1875 mm per advice of the Prime Minister and the Leader of the undertaken to mainstream a comprehensive Barbados participates in CARICOM’s weather year in the higher central area as compared with Opposition). The executive branch of the government ecosystem approach to development- the most insurance scheme. Launched with donor support in 1275 mm in the coastal zone. Wet season rainfall constitutes the Prime Minister and the Cabinet. The recent being the Environmental Management and 2007, the Caribbean Catastrophe Risk Insurance accounts for approximately 60 per cent of average judicial branch, the Supreme Court of Judicature, Land use Planning for Sustainable Development. Facility (CCRIF) brings together CARICOM countries annual rainfall. Rainfall distribution varies with the oversees the court system. That initiative produced Barbados’ Physical and provides cover to farmers and other producers season such that during the dry season rainfall is Development Plan Amended (2003) (GOB, 2003).1 from hurricane related damages (paying out in highest at the centre of the island, while during the the event, for example, that wind speeds exceed wet season the western side of the island receives Unlike many of its neighbours in the Eastern a certain threshold). Diversification is achieved more rainfall. Although there is substantial rainfall, 1.1.2 Ecosystem Caribbean, terrestrial biodiversity is limited largely through sovereign issue of catastrophe bonds (for most of the rivers in Barbados are dry due to the Services due to Barbados’ isolation relative to the islands of which principal is forgiven if disaster strikes). permeable nature of the underlying coralline karstic the Lesser Antilles, and to the removal of natural limestone. Water finds its way into the underground vegetation during the initial settlement of the island A fairly comprehensive legislative network manages aquifers via gullies and sinkholes. In the eastern side, The economy and quality of life in Barbados are in 1627. At present, it is estimated that there are the impact of the aforementioned developmental due to the relatively impermeable bedrock, much of largely dependent on the capacity of its terrestrial 700 species of flowering plants, 201 species of objectives on the integrity of ecosystems (Table 1), the rainfall is lost through run-off to the sea. and marine ecosystems to continue to provide birds, 15 species of mammals, 8 species of reptiles ecosystem services. Ecosystem services (TEEB, and 2 amphibians. Less than 2 per cent of the 2009) take many forms: provisioning from natural island is covered by primary forest (GOB, 2005). systems (seafood, wood and plants from gully However, the number of secondary growth areas has ecosystems) and altered agro-ecosystems; seashore been rising as areas previously utilised for sugar protection services of reefs and coastal vegetation; production revert to tree cover. There are two coral sand generation by reefs; non-extractive use services reef systems: an inner reef system (largely located that support income generating activities such as near shore) and an outer reef system, as well as snorkelling, SCUBA diving, hiking and sightseeing; approximately 50 hard coral species and 600 fish and, finally, the creation of opportunities for species that inhabit the island’s marine waters. recreation, a critical component of human well- being, that is afforded Barbadians through healthy Most of the islands resources are stressed from terrestrial and marine ecosystems. economic activities: arable land is largely utilised in sugar production, coral reefs and beaches are Some of the ecosystems upon which Barbados used to support the tourism industry. In addition, depends are in good condition. In these cases their there is quarrying of limestone, sand, shale and conservation must be ensured. In other cases, clay, as well as natural gas and oil extraction. Most ecosystems are degraded and their rehabilitation of the limestone mines are located in the north, must be a priority. Attention to ecosystem west and southeast of the island, while sand and rehabilitation and conservation must be the clay are found largely in the east. Hydrocarbons foundation of any green economy initiative. are found in the southeast and central parts of the island. In the medium-term, it is expected that these Ecosystem rehabilitation and conservation require a resources could be further stressed in the future as broad-based, long-term, comprehensive approach. the economy continues to be largely dependent upon The various national development plans such as tourism and related construction. the National Strategic Plan (GOB, 2006) and the Medium-Term Development Strategy, provide Managing coastal and marine resources is a key considerable insight to Barbados’ approach to priority for the GOB, which could have an impact on address ecosystem management. In fact, there its fiscal measures. Coastline and marine resources have been deliberate systematic planning efforts in Barbados are also under substantial pressure Chancery Lane Swamp in Southern Node of the Barbados System of Protected Areas. Photo: Anne Gonsalez
18 19 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 1: Legislation Aimed at Protecting Ecosystem Services Table 2. Breakdown of available water resources
Legislation Provisions Agency Barbados Territorial Waters Act (1979) Prohibition of pollution by foreign vessels Ministry of International Business and 1978 Study 1997 study in Barbados’ waters International Transport Average rainfall Barbados Water Authority Act (1980) Management of water resources Barbados Water Authority Average rainfall 1 in 15 design drought conditions [1524 mm] year conditions [1424 Coastal Zone Management Act (1998) Preservation of marine areas and dis- Coastal Zone Management Unit mm] Source charge standards (m3/day) Environment Levy Act (1996) Levy on non- biodegradable imports Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs Groundwater 205 773 137 182 202 591 The Fisheries Act (1993) Preparation of fisheries management Fisheries Division Surface water 32 682 13 136 15 909 plan, protection of marine life (including coral reefs) Spring water 8 182 5 909 5 455 Health Service Act and Regulations (1969) Removal and disposal of refuse Ministry of Health Wastewater n.a. n.a. 30 018 Income Tax Act Energy conservation and renewable Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs Runoff 2 409 0.0 1 455 energy deduction Total 249 046 156 227 225 410 Marine Boundaries and Jurisdiction Act 200-mile exclusive zone within which Ministry of International Business and (1979) Barbados will protect the marine environ- International Transport Source: Klohn-Crippen Consultants Ltd, 1997. ment Ponding – Capturing surface water for local use. Photo: Anne Gonsalez Marine Pollution Control Act (1998) Control of marine pollution Coastal Zone Management Unit Pesticides Control Act (1973) Regulates import and handling of pesti- Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Fisheries cides Petroleum Winnings Operations Act Obliges licensee to prevent pollution of Natural Resources Department of the in Barbados is greatly hampered by the amount only 30 wells out of the total were metered, there is (1951) territorial waters Energy Division and quality of data available for use in making the uncertainty over the precise figure abstracted. estimates of both water supply abstractions and Returnable Containers Act (1987) Beverages to be sold in returnable Ministry of the Environment, Water Re- containers sources and Drainage consumption (Table 2). Except for rainfall data, The last formal estimate of Barbados’ water demand there is very little other data that has been collected was undertaken in 1997, building on a 1993 Sanitation Service Authority Act Removal and disposal of refuse Ministry of Health on an on-going basis. Table 2 provides a breakdown study (Klohn-Crippen Consultants Ltd, 1997) (see Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act (1994) Prevention of pollution by oil Ministry of International Business and of the water resources according to the 1978 and Table 3). The report also suggested that by 2016 International Transport 1996 Water Resources Studies. Soil Conservation Act (1959) Utilisation of lands in the Scotland District Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Fisheries
Standards Act (2006) Standards for pesticide application in Department of Commerce and Consumer The water resources of Barbados have been Table 3. Estimated water consumption homes Affairs estimated to be 59 Mm3 per year (1996) based Town and Country Planning Act (2003) Control of development Town and Country Planning Department on average rainfall, though this differs from the Item Year Amount Mm3 estimations provided in Table 2 (82.3-90.9 Mm3). Underground Water Control Act (1953) Control of use of underground sources Barbados Water Authority However, as Jones and Banner (2003) have shown, Domestic consumption Source: Ministry of Environment and Drainage, Government of Barbados inter-annual variation of recharge fluctuates in Metered 1993 5.043 response to El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), Un-metered 18.022 though the relationship is complicated by other Government institutions 1993 1.294 Groundwater is the only source of potable water on There is little apparent response of water levels to factors. In other words, estimates of Barbados’ water the island and is often located in large collection rainfall during years with average or below-average resources and especially groundwater resources must Statutory corporations 1993 0.265 areas or “reservoirs” within the aquifer. These rainfall. Jones and Banner (2003) report that most be treated with care. Commercial and industrial 1993 3.552 aquifers are serviced by natural underground recharge is rapid and only takes place during the Hotels 1993 1.466 streams and have periodic connection to the surface wettest 1-3 months a year. Recharge events are The Barbados Water Authority (BWA) operates 22 via sinkholes. The aquifers are divided into two more likely to occur when soil moisture is high. public supply wells, and two spring sources, and in Cruise ships 1997 0.300 hydrologic zones, referred to as the stream and sheet Monthly rainfall less than 195 mm is likely to be 1996 and 1997 production was 0.160 Mm3 per day. Sub-total consumption 29.942 3 water zones, depending on whether the aquitard taken up by evapo-transpiration processes and thus Out of this some 0.055 Mm per day is abstracted Leakage estimated 27.264 lies above or below sea level. The stream water make an insignificant contribution to recharge. The from just one source – the Belle Pumping Station BWA production 1993 57.206 zone constitutes the bulk of the areal extent of the variation in recharge over time is related more to the in St Michael’s Parish. Over the last several years, aquifer with the freshwater lenses of the sheet water distribution of rainfall throughout a given year than water production from the public supply wells Golf courses 1997 3.200 zone primarily occurring within 1-2 km of the coast variations in total rainfall. Recharge is higher when has averaged around 48 Mm3 per year. A brackish Agricultural irrigation (Jones & Banner, 2003). In the stream water zone, rainfall is concentrated in a few months of the year, water reverse osmosis desalination plant was Private 1993 11.300 groundwater forms a thin layer a few metres thick at which usually peak during the wet season months of commissioned in 2000, with a capacity of 30,000 the base of the limestone. In the sheet water zone, August, September and October. m3 per day (11 Mm3 per year) to augment the public Public 4.900 the water table lies close to sea level and water level water supply. In addition, in 1997, there were some Industrial demand 1993 2.600 variations are typically due to tidal effects, whereas According to the 1997 Water Policy proposal 111 active private wells primarily used for irrigation Total 79.206 on the more landward side level variations are (Klohn-Crippen Consultants Ltd, 1997), knowledge purposes. The amount licensed for private water associated with influxes of stream water flows. and understanding of the water resources situation abstraction is 36,400 m3 per day; however, since Source: BWA and author’s estimates
20 21 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Figure 1. DEVELOPMENT CONTROL zones
the annual water demand could reach 89.4 Mm3, costs and revenues since 2005, but is reported to of which BWA would produce 64.5 Mm3, and the have issued bonds and received loans (backed by balance would be from private wells. This amount N the GOB) in the order of US$150 to US$200 million included an allowance for leakage at an estimated since the last annual report. Reflecting the weak level of 60 per cent of domestic consumption, financial position of the BWA, the Medium-term though more recent work suggests that the figure Fiscal Strategy (MTFS) established the objective to ZONE 1 for losses could be nearer to 50 per cent. Since ZONE 2 eliminate transfers to the BWA. To this end, water this report was produced domestic metering has ZONE 3 tariffs were increased by 60 per cent in July 2009 increased to virtually 100 per cent. It can also ZONE 4 (no explicit charge applies to cover waste water be noted that there have not been any further ZONE 5 recovery), and reduced costs by encouraging water published figures of water consumption by sector or conservation. However, payment arrears (particularly any future demand projections. among residential customers) remain a persistent problem. Future rate rises, and improved revenue In terms of trends in water demand, it can be The Belle Pumping Station. Photo: Travis Sinckler collection, are therefore likely to be needed to meet expected that there will be increases in domestic existing and projected liabilities from private sources and hotel consumption. In the first instance, (given the weak fiscal position). this is due to increasing living standards and in the second, it would be related to the increase to look into a possible review and overhaul of the Managing associated distributional consequences in number of stay-over tourists. The number of Groundwater Protection Zoning Policy and System. is likely to be challenging. The distributional golf courses has also increased and is expected consequences of tariff reform in water markets are to contribute to an increase in the overall level of The review made a number of recommendations market specific, and therefore warrant detailed demand. With respect to the other sectors, there is including revising the zoning such as to provide consideration in the Barbadian context. Available no sufficient information to estimate whether their effective protection against emerging threats and studies for Brazil, for example, show that lower consumption would have increased. 4 0 4 8 miles to move towards a system where contamination income households spend a higher income share of the groundwater is controlled at source. This on water than high-income groups under the An analysis of the balance between water demand would entail prohibiting the use of suck wells as prevailing tariff structure (Ruijs, 2009). Managing and the available renewable resources indicates a primary means of wastewater treatment and the distributional concerns is thus likely to bear on tariff that within the limits of what can be estimated, a serious concern. It should be noted, however, development of communal wastewater treatment setting decisions, responsibility for which is soon to the resources are being fully exploited. If the that climate change makes a discussion of ‘normal’ facilities as well as guidance for the development of fall on the Fair Trading Commission (an agency in potential effects of climate change are taken into conditions somewhat difficult. wastewater treatment. The recommended measures charge of overseeing fair business practices, with consideration, such as a decrease in rainfall, were noted by Cabinet in 2011 and, if implemented, an expanding remit over utilities). In general, it may increased rates of run-off or a decrease in aquifer In 1963, a groundwater protection policy was would constitute a significant contribution to be preferable to make adjustments elsewhere in the recharge, then mining of the available resources introduced and has formed the basis for aquifer creating conditions supportive of the aims of a fiscal framework, rather than supply resource below is quite likely. This is potentially a very serious protection to prevent contamination of water green economy that recognise the importance of the cost. situation and would have consequences for the supply wells. Under the Development Control environment. economy of Barbados. It is therefore imperative Zones legislation, the country is divided into five that steps be taken to reduce the level of losses zones around existing and proposed public supply Meeting future water service needs is a major 1.1.4 Waste from water supply systems, reduce the level of unit sources (Figure 1). The boundaries of the zones were environmental and fiscal challenge. Water use on consumption and increase the level of water use selected such that no wastewater would reach a the island is highly inefficient, partly due to the There are four operational solid waste disposal efficiency. public well within 300 days travel time, sufficient to ageing condition of the main pipes: loss (so-called sites in Barbados: (1) Mangrove Pond Landfill and ensure that any contamination would have died off “non-revenue water”) rates are estimated in the the associated Vaucluse waste transfer station; (2) With respect to water quality, it is both the source before reaching the intake. The policy was initially range of 25 to 60 per cent although as noted above Bagatelle Bulky Waste Disposal Site; (3) Rock Hall and supplied water qualities that are of interest. developed with a bias towards bacteriological a study carried out in 2010 calculated losses at Asbestos Disposal Site; and, (4) Lonesome Hill Generally, the supplied water quality delivered to protection rather than chemical protection and approximately 50 per cent. This places a significant Blood and Grease Disposal site. There is also the homes and businesses conforms to World Health thus there was little protection from agricultural additional burden on water and other resources Greenland Landfill site, which has not yet been Organization (WHO) standards for drinking water activities, chemical contaminants, industrial waste used in supply and distribution (including energy brought into operation. In addition, the Edgecombe quality. There are occasional problems associated and some of the emerging pharmaceutical products. for pumping and desalination). Capital costs for and Parsons disposal sites are used for construction with ‘brown water’ in some locations that are The Town and Country Development Planning Office mains replacement, desalinization capacity and and demolition waste while sludge generated by connected with either repairs after bursts or with Development Order (1964) was amended to ensure waste treatment (waste water is largely not recovered the BWA’s Bridgetown wastewater treatment facility the remobilisation of sediments in pipes. Source or that the water protection policy restrictions on currently) are highly significant, potentially is disposed of in agricultural area of former sugar groundwater quality presents more of a problem. In land use were incorporated and controlled through exceeding US$500 million in the coming decade. lands at Spencers (since May 2007). The Vaucluse the early 2000s, there was concern over saltwater the Physical Development Plan. Although the facility has a chemical waste handling facility that intrusion into the production wells on the west coast. protection measures have generally been successful Although some limited pricing reform has been is awaiting certification by Environmental Protection following a series of very dry years in which recharge in protecting public health, there are a number undertaken to meet the current and capital costs of Department (EPD) before being brought on-stream. to the aquifers were below normal. Since a return to of issues associated with the protection policy. service provision, the financial and fiscal framework more ‘normal’ conditions, this problem is no longer As a result, a study was commissioned in 2008 remains weak. The BWA has not publically reported
22 23 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Figure 2. Fuel imports (% of merchandise imports)
The Mangrove Pond is the main landfill site on the The estimated annual amount of waste entering island. The site was originally designed to operate the Mangrove Pond site was 348,000 tonnes all World Barbados until 2007. However, due to a lack of consensus on of which went to landfill, or the equivalent of 950 20% the location and development of a new landfill it was tonnes per day. 18% redesigned to operate until the end of 2009. The site is still in operation. It is an engineered site, meaning The amount of solid waste being sent for disposal 16% that the currently used Cell 3 and Cell 4, which is is estimated between 1,000 to 1,300 tonnes per 14% being excavated and prepared, have been designed day. The figure would be some 300 tonnes per day 12% to minimize contamination of the groundwater by higher without the reduction due to recyclers (R. 10% leachates. There is also a system of groundwater Marshall, pers. comm.). Most recyclable materials quality monitoring wells in place operated by EPD are shipped overseas. The Vaucluse Waste Transfer 8% to check for any groundwater pollution. The other Station (materials recovery, composting facility and 6% environmental hazard has been the odour emanating chemical waste management) came into operation 4% from the site, which resulted in a court action (1993) in 2011 and as a result, the amount of solid waste 2% by residents of the neighbourhood adjacent to the going to landfill has been reduced by a reported 70 landfill. Since then, efforts have been made to limit per cent. This includes construction and demolition 0% and manage the odours. waste, green waste, wood pallets, plastics, glass and 1990 1992 1994 1996 1988 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 metals. Toxic waste is usually exported, under the More recently, the section of the site which stores stipulations of the Basel Convention, to Canada. Source: World Bank, World Development Indicators (Online Edition). used tyres caught on fire and it took two days to bring the fire under control. The management of Another area of concern is illegal dumping of the Rock Hall Disposal site came under criticism waste and littering in gullies and remote areas. The in a 2008 report (Forrest Associates, 2008), which reasons for this behaviour are unclear given that In this regard, a deposit refund scheme has supply and making the further development of these noted that much stricter management and current every household in Barbados has waste collection been in operation for over 20 years to encourage supplies sustainable. methods of disposal needed to be improved as at least once a week and thus there are alternatives reuse of beverage containers: wholesalers and they posed an environmental hazard. According to dumping. In addition, there are information and distributors pay a deposit on beverage containers, The country’s sole commercial electricity provider to Forrest Associates, no particular environmental awareness activities which inform the public of the which is refunded on return and disposal of these is the Barbados Light & Power Company Limited concerns have been identified in connection with impact of such behaviour and the alternatives. Some containers. Current refund values are US$0.05 for (BL&P). BL&P is a vertically integrated electric the other disposal sites listed above. reduction of these activities has been achieved PET bottles and US$0.10 for glass bottles. The utility company responsible for the generation, through recycling efforts of the private sector. Returnable Containers Act (1987) covers glass, supply and distribution of electricity. Apart from a Several studies on the volumes and characterisation Littering is a persistent problem that has been metal, aluminium, steel or plastic bottles, cans or change in name and some changes in shareholder of waste generated in Barbados have been carried addressed by providing litterbins and community jars of one gallon or less used for carbonated drinks, and corporate structure, the utility has an unbroken out over the last 25 years. LH Consulting (2005) activities such as clean-ups and townhall meetings non-carbonated soft drinks, mineral water, soda history going back to before 1909. The ultimate reports that the average per capita waste generation to promote clean-up events. water, beer and other malt beverages. However, the shareholders in the utility are Emera Inc. of Canada was 3.43 kg per person per day. This was up from Act is not properly enforced and there are a number with 38 per cent of the shares, the Barbados a figure of 1.7 kg per person per day in 1994 and Land is a scarce commodity in Barbados, making of items that are covered for which a refundable National Insurance Board with 23 per cent of the 3.0 kg per person per day in 2002, indicating solid waste management a critical issue. The country deposit is not made. Amendments to the Act have shares, and approximately 2,800 other Barbadian a significant increase over time. These rates is a densely populated island with limited land been proposed to address this such as the use of investors. Emera Inc., a Canadian energy company are comparable with waste generation rates of available. The Environmental Levy, a major solid refundable deposits as a means of encouraging that has overseas shareholding interest in electricity industrialized developed countries. waste management charge levied on a wide range recycling, principally for bottles. The closing of generation, transmission and distribution, as well as of imported products, was withdrawn in 2010 at a loopholes in current legislation and ways in which gas transmission and energy marketing, bought their What has been noted is a change in the composition fiscal cost of around US$15-20 million per year.2 deposit refund schemes could be extended need to shares in BL&P in May 2010. of solid waste. Over time, there has been a decrease However, the GOB is believed to be considering be considered. in the contribution of organics (64 per cent) and the scope for a landfill tipping charge. The use The Fair Trading Commission (FTC) regulates BL&P. an increase in plastics to the overall composition of tipping fees has been advocated as a means of The FTC was established in January 2001 under (14 per cent). Construction and demolition material reducing the amount of material going to landfill 1.1.5 Energy the Fair Trading Commission Act. It took over utility waste has not shown any decrease due to the by increasing the disposal costs. Such costs are regulation from the previous Public Utilities Board, economic downturn and, along with waste from generally passed on to customers who are therefore and also has responsibility for competition law hotels, has seen growth in the volumes generated. motivated to recover, reduce and recycle their waste Energy policy is the responsibility of the Energy and general consumer protection. The FTC is an Domestic waste represented only 35 per cent of products. As long as there are effective means to Division within the Ministry of Finance, Investment independent government entity. It obtains budgetary the waste delivered, which suggests that domestic/ prevent illegal (fly) tipping, such measures can be and Energy. This unit has the responsibility for support from the government, and from levies on household waste generation is 1.2 kg per person per effective. Tipping fees would also provide some monitoring and regulating energy supply, in the entities regulated by the Commission. A recent day, which is slightly less than the European average fiscal recovery for the government and some of the particular promoting the use of renewable energy World Bank study of regulatory authorities ranked of 1.37 kg per person per day. These figures relate funds could be used to support recovery, reduction technologies,and the efficient use of energy. Broadly the FTC among the top group due to its mechanisms to the Mangrove Pond Disposal Site and do not take and recycling programmes. speaking, over the past few years, energy policy in and procedures for guaranteeing its autonomous into account the contribution of the other sites. Barbados has aimed at ensuring the security of its administration (World Bank, 2007).
24 25 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 4. Energy supply in Barbados (GWh) Figure 4. CO2 emissions from electricity generation by sector, 2009
Item 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 300 Total energy supply (GWh) 4 660 4 791 4 982 5 080 5 080 Residential 258 Supply of renewable 342 351 365 372 372 250 energies (GWh) 200 Commercial Share of renewable 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 179 energies (%) Tourism 150 140 Annual change in total 1.0 2.8 4.0 2.0 0.0 Industrial 99 100 Miscellaneous energy supply (%) 78
emissions (’000 tonnes) Reservoirs
2 Public services Source: Schlegelmilch, 2010. 50 39 35 CO Street lightning There is an increasing uptake of RE technologies 9 such as solar PV in both the domestic and 0 commercial sectors. Photo: Travis Sinckler Source: Authors’ estimates. On the fuel side, three government-owned entities Initially, BNOCL would source and freight are relevant: petroleum products to Barbados, and ownership would pass to BNTCL at the ship’s flange. 1. The National Petroleum Corporation (NPC) sells BNTCL would then store and sell products to papers have been sent for approval, which cover reaching 167.5 MWh. Figure 3 shows the electricity piped natural gas for domestic, commercial, users. The commercial relationship between areas such as: renewable energy, energy efficiency consumption by sector for 2009. There has been a and industrial use. Its mission is to provide BNOCL and BNTCL changed in 2005; today policy, legislative recommendations as it relates steady increase in electricity generation in recent an adequate, reliable, safe, and efficient gas BNTCL is only responsible for storage of to renewable energy, opportunities for sustainable years, increasing by 19.6 per cent over seven years. service to customers at reasonable cost. products. The new arrangements mean that energy within the sugar industry, and policies/ However, the electricity consumption per customer 2. The Barbados National Oil Company Limited BNTCL operated only as a terminal facility, recommendations as regards to the Smart Fund. (commercial and residential) peaked in 2007 and has (BNOCL) produces about 1,000 barrels per charging a throughput fee for product moved been slowly decreasing since. Most of the generators day of crude oil from onshore wells located at through its facilities. BNTCL moves the fuel oil The primary energy for a country is the initial energy used for producing electricity are diesel-electric units Woodbourne in St. Phillip. This crude is sent product through the ESSO Holborn terminal, source before conversion has taken place. The main that run on heavy fuel oil. Some gas turbines are kept to PETROTRIN, the state-owned oil refinery that it is leasing, and a newly installed pipeline. primary energy sources for Barbados are the different in reserve for peak loads and emergencies. of Trinidad and Tobago, to be refined in an BNTCL has also built a pipeline between Fairy types of imported fossil fuels prior to their use in the exchange arrangement for refined product. Valley Terminal and BL&P’s generation facility transport and electricity generation sectors (Table Electricity generation accounted for 56.8 per cent
The fuel oil received in exchange for the crude at the Seawell generation station. This new 4). Total primary energy consumption for Barbados of the island’s CO2 emissions in 2000. This represents only about 10 per cent of Barbados’ pipeline became operational early in 2006. increased by almost 30 per cent between 2002 contribution rose to 61.4 per cent in 2005.
fuel requirements. BNOCL purchases fuel for and 2007, while the energy intensity (per cent Figure 4 shows the CO2 emissions from electricity
electricity generation and sells it to BL&P. Imported fossil fuels cover most of the country’s of GDP) decreased by 7 per cent over the same generation by sector for 2009, whereby the CO2 3. The Barbados National Terminal Company primary energy requirements, including electricity period. This reduction is significant and suggests a emissions were calculated based on BL&P’s plant
Limited (BNTCL) is a subsidiary of BNOCL. generation. This import bill, however, makes the cautious move from energy-intensive manufacturing CO2 emissions factor and energy generated. The
island highly vulnerable to the volatile international industries towards service industries. Data for total CO2 emissions from electricity generation that Figure 3. Electricity consumption by industry energy market. Between 1993 and 1999, fuel energy consumption per capita is only available year were 837,000 tonnes. As the largest source of (GWh), 2009 imports were 8.5 per cent of merchandise imports since 2005 and shows no significant development CO2 emissions, reducing emissions from electricity (Figure 2). Since this period, fuel imports have in either direction. The source of renewable energy generation will have a significant impact on the Miscellaneous 9% averaged 12 per cent of merchandise imports, in the primary energy mix originates mainly from country’s emissions profile Based on 2005 data,
Reservoirs reaching as high as 19 per cent in 2006 and 17 the use of solar water heaters, as well as bagasse reducing CO2 emissions from electricity generation 5% per cent in 2005 as well as 2008. co-generation during the sugarcane-harvesting period by 1 per cent can reduce the country’s CO2 Residential Public services (approximately 50-50 share between the two). emissions by 0.614 per cent. CO emissions tracked 31% 4% 2 With few possibilities of expanding its own limited the electricity consumption from 2000 to 2004; production of fossil fuels (although offshore fossil Electricity generation (50 per cent) and transport both grew at around 4.5 per cent per year. fuels are being explored), the most effective (33 per cent) are by far the two largest consumers Tourism alternative to a balanced demand and supply of the fuel imported into the island. Of the electrical 4% is to: (1) contain demand growth by increasing energy generated in 2010 (1,036 GWh), domestic Table 5. GHG emissions for fuel types energy efficiency, and (2) expand production from consumption was the major user at 34 per cent. GHG emissions alternative energy sources and natural gas. Although The commercial sector was the second largest Emissions of GHG Fuel type (kgCO e/kWh) savings from using much progress is now being made, neither of these consumer with 23 per cent, closely followed by the 2 natural gas (%) Street Lightning 1% two areas has an established policy/regulatory hotels and public buildings, each with 15 per cent Natural gas 0.183 NA framework for the promotion of public or private of the share. The manufacturing sector consumed 5 Commercial Industrial Bunker C 0.268 31 21% 12% investments. At the time of the study, policy and per cent of the electricity generated. legislative recommendations were planned for Diesel 0.253 27 administrative approval. Detailed information is The total installed electricity generating capacity Source: Government of Barbados, Social and Economic Report, 2012. currently unavailable, nevertheless, six cabinet in 2010 amounted to 239.1 MWh, with peak load Source: Government of Barbados, First National Greenhouse Gas Inventory, 2001.
26 27 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Figure 5. Nitrous Oxide Emissions in Barbados Figure 6. Methane Emissions in Barbados Figure 7. Annual CO2 Emissions in Barbados
Manure Total CO2 emissions CO2 emissions from electricity generation Livestock Solid Waste Disposal management 1 600 1.1,1% 8.0,10% 0.010,6% 1 400 Wastewater 1 200 0.20,13% 1 000
800
600
400
emissions (’000 metric tonnes) 200 Wastewater 2
74.3,89% CO 0 Fertilizer 0.130,81%
Wave energy along Barbados’ East Source: UN Statistics Division, 2007. Source: Government of Barbados, First National Greenhouse Source: Government of Barbados, First National Greenhouse Coast – Electricity generation potential Gas Inventory, 2001. Gas Inventory, 2001. requires research. Photo: Dave Quan/Inkstone Design/Calgary
The emissions data given in Table 5 is for the direct data on GHG emissions for the island is from cement production at that plant, which can vary solid waste disposal sites may produce substantial
combustion of the fuel, the emissions per kWh of Barbados’ First National Greenhouse Gas Inventory substantially from year to year. There is locally amounts of CO2 and NMVOCs (Figure 5). The electricity produced would be higher. (GOB, 2001), which reports on a complete significant production of alcoholic beverages (beer process of wastewater treatment can produce assessment of anthropogenic emissions and and rum) and limited production of foods, which, NMVOCs, methane and nitrous oxide. Since the commissioning of the new low-speed removals of GHGs (in accordance with the United during the three years it was monitored, was diesel plants, which have the lowest emission Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, responsible for generating small emissions of non- Since 1997, no detailed estimations of GHG
factor in BL&P’s current plant mix, CO2 emissions Article 4.1a). Estimations of GHG emissions were methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOCs). emissions by sector have been made. However,
have been growing at a much slower annual rate made for the following sectors for the years 1990, as CO2 emissions are one of the Millennium of 0.62 per cent, while electricity demand has 1994 and 1997: The agricultural sources of GHGs in Barbados Development Goal (MDG) indicators, annual been growing at around 3 per cent per year. BL&P come from the rearing of domestic livestock country data is available for Barbados and is shown currently generates most of its electricity from a mix • Energy (enteric fermentation and manure management) in Figure 7. Also, BL&P operating statistics are of Bunker C (heavy fuel oil, the same as used for • Industrial processes and agricultural soils (Figures 5 and 6). There is available from 1999 and from these, emissions from large ships and cruise liners) and diesel. Aviation • Agriculture no official burning of agricultural residues and electricity generation can be deduced. Throughout fuel is used on occasion to meet peaking demands. • Land use changes and forestry although this activity may take place at the scale of this period, the share of electricity generation
A move towards a natural gas dominated fuel mix • Waste the individual farmer, documented information was towards Barbados’ CO2 emissions has slowly risen
in the electricity sector would help to decrease CO2 unavailable from which estimates of GHG emissions from 48 per cent in 1999, to 59 per cent in
emissions. The reason for this is that natural gas The report shows that, unsurprisingly, the greatest activity could be made. CO2 emissions from the 2008. However, the share is lower than the 1990,
produces less CO2 per kWh of energy generated from source of CO2 emissions came from the combustion agricultural sector are minimal, with emissions 1994 and 1997 figures, which is likely due to a its combustion (see Table 5). of fuel used for the generation of electricity, of methane from domestic livestock forming the large share in transportation due to more cars on an average of 71 per cent for the three years main source of GHGs (1,120 tonnes), and nitrous Barbados’ roads.
Typically conversion efficiencies for oil-fired plants investigated. This was followed by CO2 emissions oxide from manure management and soil fertilizer are around 33 per cent, while those for combined- from combustion of fuel for road transportation, also contributing 140 tonnes. As seen in Figure 6, There is an extensive natural gas network on the
cycle gas fired plants are up to 50 per cent. This which on average accounted for 14 per cent of CO2 fertilizer is the biggest contributor of nitrous oxide. island that supplies approximately 16,700 customers,
would suggest that emissions per kWh of electricity emissions. CO2 emissions from fuel combustion The country’s average annual nitrous oxide emissions of which 16,100 are residential. Alternately, bottled
produced would be 0.37, 0.81 and 0.77 kgCO2e per in the manufacturing/industrial, commercial/ for the three years it was monitored were 160 tonnes liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) is used by many kWh electricity for natural gas, bunker c and diesel, institutional, residential and agricultural sectors in per year. households for cooking. The GOB has mandated respectively. The greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions Barbados were relatively small, together making up the National Petroleum Corporation (NPC) to make
savings from using natural gas, rather than Bunker C an average of 9 per cent of total CO2 emissions. Disposal and treatment of industrial and municipal natural gas available to the entire island. NPC
and diesel, would be 54 per cent and 52 per cent, Based on the data collected, the CO2 from the wastes can produce substantial emissions of the has embarked on some initiatives to facilitate this respectively. industrial processes sector contributed an average most detrimental GHGs. The most important gas mandate and to use the natural gas more efficiently. of 7 per cent of total emissions. There is little heavy produced in this source category for Barbados Barbados is heavily dependent on the importation industry on Barbados and the most significant is CH4 from solid waste disposal to land fill and The possibility of the wide spread introduction of fossil fuels for energy and transportation source of GHG emissions in the industrial sector wastewater treatment. Barbados’ average annual of Natural Gas Vehicles (NGVs), also known as requirements, thus making fuel combustion the is the island’s lone cement plant. Therefore methane emissions for the three years monitored Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) vehicles, to its
main source of GHG emissions. The only detailed emissions from this sector are closely linked to were 82,300 tonnes per year. In addition to CH4, vehicle fleet is being explored (to date the NPC
28 29 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Figure 8. Commercially-viable renewable energy Table 6. Electricity tariffs in Barbados technologies Tariff Type Domestic General Secondary Large power Time use is to build a 600-mile (970 km) long network of business voltage undersea pipelines stretching from the generation Solar water heaters for Fixed fee ex VAT 3 – 7 4 – 7 10 150 150 point in Tobago, northward to other islands including homes (US$ /month) Barbados, Saint Lucia, Dominica, as well as both of the French overseas regions of Martinique and Seawater Unit charges ex VAT 0.075 – 0.112 0.092 – 0.145 0.069 0.059 On-peak: 0.110 air Biomass (US$ /kWh) Off-peak: 0.031 Guadeloupe. These two islands would be considered conditioning cogeneration Fuel surcharge (approx.) Varies with anchor markets because Martinique and Guadeloupe give the pipeline a good ratio of total population (US$ /kWh) market fuel RE price, currently served in comparison to the total distance covered. TECHNOLOGIES around 0.135 The natural gas pipeline importation project is run by a committee chaired, and headed by the Economic Source: Barbados Light and Power. Policy Committee and representatives of a wide cross- Municipal solid waste Wind farm section of both public and private sector interests, - to- projects including BL&P, Ministry of Commerce, Ministry of energy Foreign Affairs and Foreign Trade, NPC and BNOCL, Hybrid Table 7. Renewable energy technology potential of Barbados among others. At this time BNOCL is the entity with PV/thermal systems lead responsibility for the importation of the product. Energy source Technologies Units in operation Technical potential Application Hot Water ~ 1/3 of buildings High Water heating The pipeline connection points with Barbados would Source: Castalia Ltd., Sustainable Energy Framework for Barbados, 2010. Photovoltaic ~ 400kWp installed High (> 50 MW) Electricity and pumping be at Checker Hall, St Lucy and Spring Garden, St Solar Solar drying Few High Crop drying Michael. The pipeline would carry Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG), which would have the potential to both Any increase in the price of oil, or a reduction in Hybrid photovoltaic/ None High Heating and electricity decrease the cost of energy for Barbadians, and the manufacturing costs of RE technologies (both thermal reduce the emission of CO and other GHGs, as of which are more than likely), means that further Some (used in sugar High (30MW plant 2 Bagasse co-generation Heating and electricity discussed earlier. groups of technologies will become viable in the very processing industry) under consideration) near future. These include. certain types of small- High (13.5 MW plant Waste-to-energy None Heating and electricity Some tariff reforms have taken place, but various scale and commercial solar PV technologies (thin-film under consideration) fiscal measures artificially hold down production PV, high concentrating PV with two-axis tracking, low Biomass Medium (Livestock costs. Responsibility for setting tariffs now resides concentrating PV with single-axis tracking); and solar Biodigesters Several but unsuccessful farming + sewerage Electricity with the Fair Trade Commission, and the most recent water heaters for commercial and industrial use. treatment) price reform took effect in 2010 (a fuel surcharge Some biodiesel from Transport (inc. fishing Biofuels Medium is automatically adjusted in response to changes in The GOB has begun to introduce measures designed cooking oil fleet) the oil price). The current rate schedule is set out to increase the share of renewable energy supply and Medium (~0.5MW Small-scale Few Electricity in Table 6, and shows that domestic users generally energy conservation measures, reflecting concerns Wind capacity) pay lower rates than business. However, output about the GHG emissions and the terms of trade Large-scale None High (50MW for 2025) Electricity costs are reduced by a range of fiscal policies, risks from fuel import costs. In an effort to utilize the Medium (requires undermining incentives for demand conservation islands wind and solar resources, the GOB introduced Wave power None resource investigation) Electricity and greater use of renewable sources. Critically, fuel a two-year trial, which is effectively a feed-in-tariff, to Marine 2 MW oil, the principle generating input, remains exempt lower the costs of renewable generation. The current High potential – 2MW from excise taxation. In addition, the utility enjoys payment is 1.8 times the fuel related element of the SWAC3 None Cooling at Needhams point relatively highly favourable treatment under the electricity tariff (currently around US$0.24 per kWh). corporate tax regime. Barbados Light and Power’s The customer is billed for their electricity use, as Source: Castalia Ltd., Sustainable Energy Framework for Barbados, 2010. (BL&P) debt servicing costs are also anchored by the usual, on a monthly basis, and then receives credit GOB’s financial guarantees. at the end of the year for the amount of electricity generated from their solar PV or wind system. Note has three such vehicles, with a further eight NGVs However, the expansion is limited because of the low Table 7 gives an indication of the potential for that this measure has no direct fiscal impacts since on Barbados’ roads). Also being explored is the volume of natural gas supply from Barbados National different renewable energy (RE) options in Barbados, the costs are passed on to consumers by BL&P expansion of natural gas air-conditioning technology, Oil Company Limited (BNOCL). The recent decline with solar power, wind and biomass (including (although there may be indirect effects for example which for the past ten years has been used to cool in local reserves coupled with a growing demand for waste-to-energy) providing the most immediate on receipts from income and profit taxes). the lobby, hallways, meter work shop and cashier natural gas has prompted government to institute potential. The Sustainable Energy Framework for station of the NPC’s office. Additionally, there further research on the viability of allowing the Barbados (GOB, 2010) suggests that RE could In addition, a Smart Energy Fund, financed through are two major installations of natural gas air- importation of natural gas into Barbados; either by produce 30 per cent of the island’s total energy needs a loan from the IDB Bank, has been established, conditioning units in operation in the island with liquefied natural gas (LNG) tankers, or by pipeline. by 2029. The report also identifies six renewable with external financial support, and to promote a scope for further development in the hotel and energy technologies that are already economically renewable energy and energy conservation. Of commercial sectors. Since 2007, the idea of an Eastern Caribbean Gas and commercially viable in Figure 8. This figure the US$10 million total funding envelope, US$6 Pipeline has been under consideration. The proposal assumes the price of oil to be US$ 100 per barrel. million is set to be allocated to renewable energy
30 31 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Figure 9. Human Development Index in Barbados Table 8. Key macroeconomic indicators of Barbados
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 42 42 42 87.5 Production 37 37 GDP at basic prices (US$ million) 3 598.6 3 852.7 3 723.0 3 721.2 3 665.2 31 Finance and business services 1 103.6 1 144.4 1 103.6 1 176.7 1 140.9 82.1 Hotel and restaurants 561.5 621.6 624.5 565.1 553.7 79.3
Rank Government services 411.8 467.7 473.4 530.5 530.6 20 76.5 76.5 76.5 Percentile Wholesale and retail trade 399.4 385.6 376.6 354.6 376.2 75.1 Other 1 122.4 1 233.4 1 145.0 1 094.4 1 063.9 Expenditure (US$ million) GDP at market prices 4 197.8 4 485.3 4 345.4 4 393.0 4 264.4 Consumption 3 570.2 3 773.9 3 929.2 3 899.0 3 861.9 - Personal 2 958.4 3 015.2 3 084.9 3 003.5 3 027.4 - Government 611.9 758.8 844.3 895.6 834.5 Rank Percentile Gross capital formation 834.4 932.7 750.8 661.6 601.2 Source: Human Development Report (various years). Exports of goods and services 1 938.7 2 043.9 2 090.4 1 861.9 1 945.6 Less imports of goods and services 2 131.9 2 216.2 2 433.5 2 039.7 2 153.4 Electricity consumption (‘000 kwh) 903 398.0 940 845.0 937 983.0 949 878.0 958 100.0 loans, while the remainder is being used for schoolchildren. Parking rates in the Bridgetown city Domestic consumers (‘000 kwh) 292 570.0 297 751.0 296 969.0 305 906.0 308 400.0 grant finance, including the promotion of energy centre are low, at around US$4 to US$5 per day, efficient technologies which comprise lighting, air depending upon which parking centre is used. All Notes: conditioning and other appliances. passengers are charged for aviation services through Nominal GDP (% change) n.a. 6.9 -3.1 1.1 -2.9 a departure tax of US$27.50 payable for persons Nominal GDP (ratio to electricity 9.3 9.5 9.3 9.3 8.9 Temporary price support measures introduced in above the age of 12 years old. consumption) 2008 entitle farmers, fisherman and manufacturers to a US$0.11 per litre rebate on diesel. Privately- Barbados has a limited endowment of onshore oil Source: Central Bank of Barbados; IMF’s World Economic Outlook. Note: US$ 1=BBD 2 owned public service vehicles (PSVs) are eligible and gas resources, for which resources are shared for a separately administrated rebate of US$0.04 with the GOB though a tax and royalty based fiscal per litre. A total budget of US$9 million was regime. A royalty of 3 per cent applies to the value allocated to such subsidies in 2010. However, the of all output. In addition to the standard corporate Part of the reason for the island’s enviable record The slowdown in economic activity reported distributional consequences of current fuel pricing income tax rate, an additional 30 per cent tax is in relation to HDI has been the diversification of its between 2008 and 2010 had a negative effect arrangements are to some extent unclear. In terms applicable in the event oil prices exceed US$60 per economy from primary production to, essentially, on investment. Table 8 shows that gross capital of environmental consequence, by way of a crude barrel (for natural gas, this ‘trigger rate’ is US$6 per a services-driven economy, in which the two main formation declined from 20 per cent of GDP in indication, such measures could artificially increase mmbtu of extracted natural gas. Withholding taxes foreign exchange earning services are tourism and 2006 to just 14 per cent in 2010. The slowdown in fuel demand by around 130,000 litres a year (and of 15 per cent (and 5 per cent for preferred trading international business and financial services. investment can largely be attributed to a significant associated import costs of around US$100,000 per partners) are repatriated profits. Like most economies around the world, Barbados fall-off in foreign direct investment. In 2006 and annum [at US$100 per barrel]). has been severely affected by the global financial 2007, the Central Bank of Barbados (CBB, 2011) and economic downturn. Nominal GDP in 2010 was reported that the island received a cumulative Vehicle excises have indirect environmental 1.1.6 Economic review estimated at US$3.7 billion, about 3 percentage US$0.9 billion in foreign direct investment. impacts, for example, through incentives for lower points lower than in 2009, and just barely above However, total foreign direct investment flows over vehicle ownership (although their impact on vehicle and outlook the level of output obtained in 2006 (Table 8). the next three years fell to just US$313.7 million, use is effectively zero). Imported vehicles are This is in contrast to the relatively strong growth with foreign direct investment flows for 2009 and subject to excise rates of 46 to 120 per cent on The island’s social market model, which is reported in 2006 and 2007, when the average 2010 at US$18.6 million and US$78.8 million, all vehicles (graduated according to vehicle size characterized by extensive social welfare provisions change in GDP was approximately 5 per cent per respectively. and import value). There are reduced excise tax – especially in the areas of health and education – year. Since this period, total nominal value-added rates (20 per cent) on hybrid and solar, LPG and a steadfast commitment to democracy, enterprise has declined on average by about 1 per cent per Government’s capital expenditure – a key component compressed natural gas powered hybrid vehicles and gradual liberalisation, has resulted in enviable year. The International Monetary Fund’s (IMF) World of domestic capital formation – also contracted (as compared to the lowest rate of 46.9 per cent economic and quality of life statistics. Figure 9 Economic Outlook (September 2011), however, over the period, as authorities attempted to restore on regular cars). Public transport subsidies are in provides the Human Development Index (HDI) expressed the view that economic activity should fiscal equilibrium. At the end of the fiscal year place for bus transportation, but have recently been ranking as well as percentile score for the island rebound in 2011 and 2012, with real GDP growing 2010/2011, the fiscal deficit was estimated at subject to a number of minor revisions. The price of over the period 1990 to 2010. Throughout this by 2 per cent per annum over this period, and 8.8 per cent of GDP, marginally higher than that bus tickets was increased from US$0.75 to US$1 entire period, the island had one of the highest returning to its long-run mean of 3.5 per cent in for the previous fiscal year. Due to the continued in 2010. However, free bus travel was extended to ranking HDI for any developing country. 2015 and 2016. deterioration in the fiscal accounts, the national debt
32 33 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Figure 10. Inflation and key Components of the retail price index Table 9. Labour market statistics
30% Labour force Unemployment rates Participation rates Year (‘000) (%) (%) 25% Male Female Total Male Female 20% 2006 143.4 7.7 9.8 8.7 73.6 62.8 15% 2007 143.7 6.5 8.5 7.4 74.3 61.9 10% 2008 143.8 6.9 9.5 8.1 73.3 62.5 5% 2009 142.7 10.1 9.8 10.0 72.3 62.2 0% 2010 142.1 10.9 10.6 10.8 71.7 62.0 -5% Source: Central Bank of Barbados Online Statistics -10% 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Food Housing Fuel and light Transportation Overall inflation were to be supported by reduced energy costs, development and the environment, and the Source: Central Bank of Barbados Online Statistics productivity-based pay schemes and diminished need to make wise consumption and production bureaucratic impediments to doing business. choices.
In 2010, the long-term strategic development plan GOB (2010c), however, notes that the at the end of 2010 was estimated at 96.8 per cent was supplemented by medium-term development implementation of these objectives has not of GDP, with the majority of this debt held by 1.1.7 Sustainable and fiscal strategy documents. The content of the progressed as expected due to numerous challenges, domestic institutions and individuals (67.5 per cent development policies, medium-term development and fiscal strategy which include limited capacity in relation to of GDP). The government’s Medium-Term Fiscal documents (GOB, 2010a; GOB, 2010b) are largely human, financial and technical resources. It was Strategy (2010-2014) envisions a stabilisation and plans, legislation and consistent with the long-term strategic development suggested that the work of the NCSD would benefit recovery of its finances by the end of the planning plan. However, intermediate targets for key economic significantly from the appointment of a dedicated horizon, and so fiscal consolidation is likely to be its projects objectives were provided. Key targets outlined in the staff comprising of both administrative and key objective over the short- to medium-term. Medium-Term Fiscal Strategy (GOB, 2010b) include: technical staff. It was also noted that there were also Barbados’ long-term policy framework since its challenges in relation to sustainable development Between 2006 and 2010, average inflation in independence has been driven by a series of long- • real GDP growth of at least 3 per cent per annum; and environment data, lack of legal authority, as well the island was 5.8 per cent, about 2 percentage term development plans. The Ministry of Finance • debt to GDP ratio of 70 per cent by 2017/2018; as education and communication. points above the historical average for the island and Economic Affairs acts as the key catalyst for and (Figure 10). This figure was largely driven by food the implementation of the policies outlined in • a balanced budget by 2014/15. The Social Protocols, articulated by the Social prices, which account for almost 30 of the basket this study. The most recent document, Barbados’ Partnership comprising government, private sector used to calculate the retail price index for Barbados. National Strategic Plan (GOB, 2005), sets out a The strategy notes that these economic goals should and trade unions, are another key planning- Over this review period, food prices rose by almost 8 vision for the island for the period 2006 to 2025, not be achieved by compromising social policy policy-governance framework guiding Barbados’ per cent per annum, reaching as high as 13 per cent namely “becoming a fully developed society that is objectives or jeopardizing the well-being of citizens, development. The Social Partnership first formalized in 2008. Price increases for most of the other key prosperous, socially just and globally competitive by in general, and the most vulnerable, in particular. their relationship in 1993 by signing an agreement components of the basket used to calculate the the end of the first quarter of this century [2025]”. In 2004, the Barbados Sustainable Development entitled “Protocol for the Implementation of a Prices retail price index remained subdued until 2010, To achieve this objective, a substantial rise in the Policy was laid in Parliament. The policy was the and Income Policy 1993-1995”. This Protocol was when rising oil prices resulted in a spike in the average annual rate of economic growth was set as output of the National Commission on Sustainable designed mainly as a package of measures to reverse transport, fuel and light categories. a key target: at least 5 per cent per annum. Such Development (NCSD), which was appointed in 1994 the gradual erosion of the country’s competitiveness growth was expected to be supported by rising levels and fully formalised in 1996, to catalyse the island’s by addressing specific economic problems and The labour market outcome mirrored its GDP, as of productivity, innovation, entrepreneurship and the sustainable development vision. A highly consultative their social consequences. The Social Partnership mentioned earlier. Unemployment rates have been development of new service export industries. stakeholder process was used to inform the drafting involved a commitment to: rising in the island since the end of 2007, and at of the policy, the major objectives of which are to: the end of 2010 more than one in every 10 persons The vision for the island was also expected to be • maintain an exchange rate of BBD 2 to US$1; was unemployed (Table 9). In contrast to previous pursued through the achievement of a number of • formulate a national definition of sustainable • the expansion of the economy through recessions, males relative to females were affected strategies related to macroeconomic fundamentals. development; competiveness; more significantly, with the male unemployment A central element of this macroeconomic policy • provide a national framework for decision- • the promotion of access to employment; and, rate rising from just under 7 per cent in 2008 to framework identified was fiscal sustainability as making based on agreed principles of sustainable • a reduction in the incidence of social dislocation almost 11 per cent in 2010. This figure largely well as productivity gains. By maintaining fiscal development; caused by high unemployment. reflected the significant slowdown in investment and sustainability, the island should be able to shift • promote principles of sustainable development and construction activity, as mentioned earlier. While public resources from debt service to developmental encourage all persons to adopt and apply these These were the main inducements for developing the female unemployment rate also rose during the objectives. At the heart of this fiscal agenda was principles in every aspect of decision-making; and today’s Social Partnership in Barbados. The protocol review period, the deterioration in the unemployment a targeted debt to GDP ratio not exceeding 60 • sensitise and educate all persons in Barbados committed the partners to improved productivity situation for females was comparatively less severe. per cent. Productivity gains, on the other hand, about key issues and conflicts between and increased efficiency, thereby reducing wastage
34 35 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY 1.2 BARBADOs’ GREEN ECONOMY and enhancing national performance so as to attract should work to secure concessional finance, investment and create employment opportunities. grants and carbon credits; The achievement of these objectives was based on 4. Adopt a stance of technological neutrality – promote SCOPING STUDY the mutual commitment of the parties to clearly policies that increase sustainability and defined initiatives, including the establishment of a reduce costs rather than favouring a particular framework for workers’ security of employment and a technology; and reduction in labour disputes. 5. Build on existing strengths – those elements of and planned initiatives in sustainable finance and the country’s energy system that work should sustainable consumption and production (SCP). Significantly, the recent Protocols, the last being be supported and developed. In relation to The government of Barbados and UNEP reached the signed in May 2011 (Social Protocol VI), underline financing these national development objectives, following broad areas of agreement: the country’s commitment to pursue sustainable regional funding agencies were expected to play development and a green economy. In general, a key role. Since 2009, seventeen projects were • The overall context in which the GESS would the Social Partnership is a critical governance approved for funding by IDB, including the: take place, putting special emphasis on the instrument in propelling Barbados’ current and Barbados National Strategic Plan 2006-2025 future stability, resilience and competitiveness. • Barbados Competitiveness Programme and the Medium-Term Strategic Framework (US$11.8 million); 2010-2014, which already include many green Since 1970, Barbados has produced Physical • Sustainable Energy Investment Programme economy initiatives. The document would focus Development Plans that seek to identify land (US$10 million); on the interface between macroeconomics and use practices, community facilities and physical • Coastal Risk Assessment and Management the environment, providing technical and policy One of the many GESS stakeholder meetings. Photo: Natural recommendations on how to enhance the returns infrastructure that would support the island’s Programme (US$42 million); Heritage Department development goals. The concept of sustainable • Support for Sustainable Energy Framework for and net benefits that might result from making development is explicitly woven into the most recent Barbados (US$45 million); this transition. Physical Development Plan (GOB, 2003), which: • Agricultural Health and Food Control • Defining priority sectors for collaboration on green Programme (US$28 million); 1.2.1 Basis of a scoping economy. The government of Barbados indicated • places an emphasis on the protection of the • Modernisation of the Barbados National the priority areas for inclusion in the scoping natural environment and cultural heritage; Standards System (US$7.29 million); and study study. These included: tourism, agriculture, • establishes procedures and criteria for • Water and Sanitation Systems Upgrade transportation and housing/buildings. In addition, environmental impact assessments; (US$53 million). due to their transversal nature, the government The genesis of the scoping study was a challenge requested including the cross-sectoral issues of • attempts to focus new growth into a defined given by the late Prime Minister, the Honourable urban corridor; In addition, the Caribbean Development Bank water resources, energy and waste in the analysis. David Thompson, in 2009, and builds on goal four These sectors were chosen based on their strategic • protects agricultural lands from incompatible provided loans to finance the Harrison’s Cave of the National Strategic Plan 2006-2025, Green urban development; Redevelopment Project (US$12.85 million), a low- importance to Barbados’ economy and for their Economy: Strengthening the Physical Infrastructure greening potential . Initial meetings were held • seeks to maintain Bridgetown as the primary income housing project (US$36 million) as well as a and Preserving the Environment (GOB, 2006). At that location for doing business; and policy-based loan (US$25 million) received in 2010 with representatives from the respective ministries time, Mr Thompson announced his vision of Barbados to begin determining key priorities and initiatives • promotes tourism by promoting the modernisation to help ease the financial strain of the recent 2008- becoming “the most environmentally advanced, of older beach front properties and by enhancing 2010 recession. The World Bank has only financed within each sector, including potential gains from green country in Latin America and the Caribbean” directed investments or policy reforms. While opportunities for developments that uplift visitor two projects in Barbados since 2001, both of which 4 (GOB, 2011). Against this development goal, the there was interest in including additional sectors, experiences through the creation of national parks. aimed to support the country’s National HIV/AIDS government engaged UNEP in the establishment of a Strategic Plan. it was agreed to maintain the focus on a limited partnership to support the country’s transformation. number of sectors, while keeping the options open In relation to energy efficiency, the National The first phase of the agreed partnership was the Sustainable Energy Framework (GOB and IADB, to expand coverage if additional funding and time undertaking of a scoping mission and the design of a constraints permitted. 2010) identifies a number of strategies to Green Economy Scoping Study (GESS). encourage investments in renewable energy and energy efficiency to reduce energy costs, improve The purpose of the scoping mission was to review 1.2.2 Defining energy security and enhance environmental with the government of Barbados its plans for sustainability. The framework recommends building greening the economy, and to develop a plan of action Barbados’ scoping a sustainable policy framework based on five core for possible UNEP support in the form of advisory principles: services to support this transition. To this end, the study scoping mission aimed to sustain a dialogue with 1. Adopt a win-win approach – measures that government agencies, including ministries of the Essentially a scoping study attempts to provide increase sustainability and reduce the cost of environment and finance, and policy and academic an assessment of the magnitude or importance of energy; research institutions to review their advances and a particular problem and policies that have been 2. Place reliance on cost-benefit analyses – a measure goals for moving towards a low carbon and resource utilised to assess the problem. In most instances, will only be pursued if the sustainability benefits efficient economy in Barbados. Moreover, the mission this is done via a review of relevant literature, an exceed the economic costs; had the objective of exploring synergies between analysis of historical data, and the incorporation of 3. Pursue international support – the government the GESS development process and the ongoing other preliminary data collection techniques that can
36 37 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Figure 11. Relationship between cross-cutting issues and industry analysis be used to develop a set of policies to address the 1. Macroeconomic assessment of the potential to ensure the overall congruence of the document. identified problem. benefits and challenges of investment in priority In addition to these persons, sector specialists were Industry economic sectors (tourism, agriculture, building/ also employed to lead the research and analysis: housing, fisheries and transportation) that offer a resource economist, a resource management 1.2.3 Terms of the largest potential to promote a transition to a and efficiency specialist, an urban planner, a green economy and which includes an analysis of fiscal analyst, an agriculture economist, an energy Land Energy Water Waste reference for the socioeconomic outcomes; specialist and tourism and fisheries experts. 2. Set of policy recommendations to address policy Barbados’ Green and capacity gaps and needs, through specific A programme officer along with two research Economy Scoping Study policy reforms, programmes and projects; and assistants gave support to the technicians. A 3. Contribution to the formulation of a national technical staff from the University of the West Indies • Ministry of Agriculture - general overview; strategy to “build a resource efficient green (UWI) was joined by UNEP experts who provided • Organic cabbage fertility trial; The GESS is undertaken within the parameters defined economy for Barbados” (Stuart, 2011). general guidance, support and feedback. From the • Going green: a guidance framework for a green by the Terms of Reference (TOR) (see Annex 1). project inception, the team met on a monthly basis, economy; The overall objective of the GESS is to support and In order to fulfil the above objectives, an integrated chaired by either the Technical Co-Chair or the • Ministry of Tourism sector presentation to the complement national initiatives towards greening the Administrative Co-Chair. A number of other meetings GETSC; economy through macroeconomic assessments and assessment approach was employed, which involved integrating three interrelated elements: (1) analytical were held for specific technical matters such as • The BIDC – a green corporate citizen; and policy analysis. The GESS is expected to improve review of data requests made by team members, the • Survey on greening in the manufacturing sector. the understanding of how government policies and modelling and analysis; (2) participatory methods; and, (3) the decision-making process. This approach methodology being used and the inception report. public and private investment can help achieve the A number of meetings with key government agencies fundamental macroeconomic objectives of income therefore required the experts, decision-makers and industry experts to interface with each other to arrive The GETSC was established by the Government of were held to provide guidance to the UWI-GESS growth, economic development and/or diversification, Barbados to have technical oversight of the project, team. It was intended that such meetings would be and job creation, following a path that also contributes at an integrated assessment of the particular sector or problem. and monthly meetings were held. The UWI-CH GESS held with the ministries with primary responsibilities to social equity and environmental improvement. Team, the Technical or Administrative Chair, along for the five focus sectors – Agriculture (which with the UWI-CH GESS Programme Officer, attended includes the Fisheries Division), Housing, Transport The specific objectives of the GESS are to: these meetings and reported to the Committee on and Tourism. Moreover, members of the team met 1.2.4 Methodological the progress and obstacles faced with respect to with the Energy Division due to the high level of 1. Analyse opportunities and challenges of a approach and process completing the GESS. A number of presentations activities being undertaken at the national level in green economy focusing on five priority sectors were made to the GETSC members to illustrate the energy sector. (tourism, agriculture, transportation, fisheries and programmatic and policy thrusts within their building/housing); Generally, the GESS was undertaken in the manner prescribed in the TOR. However, during the course of organizations that are relevant to the greening of the In addition to meeting with clients, stakeholders 2. Investigate the cross-cutting issues of water economy. Among them were: from each sector were brought together to discuss resources, energy, and waste; the study, it was determined that the GESS should also cover: their vision of a green economy, the obstacles 3. Evaluate trends, patterns and gaps in green • Housing from a green point of view; to achieving that vision and the strategies for investments by tracking the impacts on GDP of public and private investment expenditures in • The fishing industry as a separate sector; the aforementioned sectors while simultaneously • Land as a cross-cutting resource issue, given taking into account the three cross-cutting issues its scarcity and relevance to the sectors initially indicated above; identified as well as its relevance to resource 4. Quantify the direct and indirect benefits of such issues like waste and water; and green investments, with reference to economic • An assessment of the three (3) Rio Multinational growth, employment creation, and environmental Environmental Agreements in the analysis of the 5 improvement along with other spillover effects; enabling activities. 5. Identify opportunities and challenges (barriers) to green investments, including an estimation of the The essential goal of including the cross-cutting additional investment required to achieve existing issues was to address the resource use problems that or desirable policy targets; and impact on most industries in a holistic manner (see 6. Develop recommendations on key enabling Figure 11). Indeed, these cross-cutting issues are conditions and related policy reforms in order to key inputs/outputs for most industries in Barbados. support and facilitate green investments (inter Green policies to support industry are therefore likely alia, taxation, subsidies, laws, standards, tariffs, to be aimed at one, if not all of these inputs. In this procurement policies), along with its possible way, potential synergies and business opportunities socioeconomic repercussions. could be identified. The project team was composed of a Technical Co-Chair and an Administrative Co- As stipulated in the TOR, the expected outcomes Chair for project oversight, who would be responsible were: for the overall completion of the project. There was Green Economy Technical Steering Commitee consultation – Applying the SCORE also a technical lead for the project whose task was methodology. Photo: Natural Heritage Department
38 39 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Wind power in agricultural landscapes – Part of Barbados’ energy heritage. Photo: Travis Sinckler Figure 12. Integrated Assessment Process
overcoming the obstacles identified. These meetings were meant to focus primarily on moving Barbados towards a green economy. At the same time, consultants were expected to draw on past Analytical methods, modelling, and other current consultative processes in the scenario analysis, various sectors. Technical seminars were conducted Expert panels and aimed to facilitate the articulation of the requisite enabling environment for greening the economy. Moreover, a Panel Discussion Series was Participatory developed with an orientation towards generating methods, focus Decision-making solutions and is meant to engage industry players groups and process – experts and technocrats in both the public and policy exercises private sectors.
The topic areas of the panel discussions were as follows:
• What is a green economy? • Can local production be clean and green? (3) the decision-making process (Figure 12). All • Driving a green economy through public finance three aspects of the process are interrelated and are and fiscal policy reform. fundamental aspects of the assessment process and policy development.
1.2.4.1 Integrated assessment Integrated assessment approaches have a long history of use in relation to climate change. The Carrying out an assessment of the type required of United States Department of Transportation, for this study cannot be done without drawing on skills example, commissioned an inter-disciplinary report and methods from a wide variety of disciplines. on the environmental effects of stratospheric Even though the report has a particular focus flight by supersonic aircrafts (Grobecker, Coroniti on five key sectors of the economy (agriculture, & Cannon, 1974). The project investigated the fisheries, construction, transportation and tourism), impact on people, plants and animals. Teams consideration must be given to the fact that they are of researchers exchanged quantitative data that fundamentally linked to the social, economic and were then used to generate estimates of the environmental fabric of the island. Consequently, environmental and economic impacts of various as argued by Weyant et al in the overview and scenarios of stratospheric flight. The physical comparison of approaches and results to assessing scientists focused on possible depletions of ozone, climate change, an integrated assessment of changes in ultraviolet reach to the surface of the greening the economy seems to be the most planet and variations in the surface temperature appropriate approach to use as it is a convenient of the earth due to the formation of stratospheric framework to combine knowledge from a large aerosols. Biological and economic aspects of number of disciplines (van der Sluijs, 2002a). This the study then focused on the implications for approach enables us to: agricultural, foreshore and marine productivity and the consequent implications for human health and • Study the potential future paths for human and economic outcomes. natural systems, • Investigate important issues of policy formation, One of the criticisms of this expert panel and approach to integrated assessment is that it did • Identify research priorities that enhance the not adequately allow for the consideration of a ability to identify cogent policy solutions. wide variety of policy scenarios and the likely effectiveness of various policy measures. In the Integrated assessments are, therefore, intimately 1980s, therefore, computer simulation models related to the policy development process and were incorporated into the process of undertaking consist of three inter-related processes: (1) the use integrated assessments. These models allow of analytical methods, modelling, scenario analysis the expert panel to evaluate the environmental, and expert panels; (2) the use of participatory economic and social consequences of various policy methods, focus groups and policy exercises; and, options so that optimal values of key policy variables
40 41 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
(i.e. carbon taxes) can be identified. Alcamo, attempt was made to utilize expert opinion in order Shaw & Hordijk (1990) outlines the development to rank alternatives and identify investment gaps. of the Regional Acidification Information and Within the SCORE approach, strengths are Simulation (RAIN) model for Europe, which was those factors, either in the form of resources or used to evaluate the effectiveness of various control capabilities, which can be used to enhance greening strategies. Sub-models in the areas of sulphur of the particular industry. For example, in relation
dioxide (SO2) emissions, costs of control strategies, to tourism, one may argue that Barbados has a good atmospheric transport of sulphur, forest soil and reputation among visitors or a high level of repeat groundwater acidity, lake acidification and the visitors that can be leveraged to add momentum to
impact of SO2 were linked to conduct scenario green economy initiatives. It is important that these analysis. Once costs and disposition goals were strengths are not conceptualized simply as those
identified, the optimal SO2 reduction strategies that Barbados has. It is equally essential to examine were identified. The model played a major role in if there are any shared strengths and support the negotiations leading up to the United Nations originating outside of the country, whether regionally Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air or internationally. The key questions to be addressed Pollution (van der Sluijs, 2002b). therefore are: “The Social Partners fully subscribe to the The computer-based integrated assessment models • What are the key strengths of the country in relation continue to play a key role up until now, particularly to greening the economy? in relation to the international climate policy • What support resources do we have? concept of a low carbon, resource efficient debate (Alcamo, 1994; Hulme, Raper, & Wigley, • What support resources are available from other 1995). However, these models tend to ignore the countries? green economy and the goal of Barbados key role by various stakeholders in relation to the implementation of environmental policies emerging Addressing the questions above is a fundamental becoming the most environmentally at the international level. A participatory approach part of taking advantage of potential opportunities to integrated assessment has therefore become a and developing credible policy options. key aspect in recent integrated assessment. It allows advanced green country in Latin America technical experts to benefit from the knowledge of The second element of SCORE’s analytical stakeholders as well as engender commitment to the framework is the identification of challenges, and the Caribbean ...” project ideals. The participatory approach can be which are factors that are likely to hinder the achieved through the use of focus groups, town hall movement towards greening a particular industry. meetings or, in the case of this project, stakeholder These challenges should go beyond the identification consultation. Within Europe, the European of resource limitations (which is a fundamental Extract from “Protocol VI of the Social Partnership”, 2011-2013 Urban Lifestyles Sustainability and Integrated constraint for all small economies) and consider Environmental Assessment (ULYSSES) Project what processes are in need of change, particularly allows for focus groups of citizens to debate issues with respect to relationships with partners and related to climate change as well as to consider stakeholders. This section of the analysis should mitigation options supported by expert information also attempt to identify the capabilities and services (van der Sluijs, 2002b). required along with what is needed to develop them.
A systematic identification of the challenges can be 1.2.4.2 The SCORE approach done by applying a score based on a 10-point Likert scale in relation to frequency of occurrence and its The main analytical approach used in this report likely impact. The combination of these two factors was SCORE (strengths-challenges-options- then provides a ranking or importance. A challenge responses-effectiveness) analysis (Graves, 2006). would receive a value of 1 if it has a very low The SCORE approach is conceptually quite similar frequency of occurrence, and 10 if the frequency to SWOT analysis, in that it attempts to provide of occurrence is very certain. Impact is based on an assessment of strategic issues. However, it is the expert’s opinion of the likely importance of the more ideally suited to identifying potential gaps. challenge if it becomes manifest in relation to the One further difference between this approach and goal of greening the economy. a SWOT analysis is its application: SCORE analysis is dynamic – comparing each dimension against the In order to identify investment gaps, a systematic others and assessing the success of the strategy in scoring approach is employed. For each identified the future – while SWOT analysis is quite linear. strength or challenge, an importance score is Unlike the traditional SCORE approach, however, an provided based on a 10-point Likert scale, where 1
42 43 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
means not important at all and 10 very important. Such estimates can be based either on research by the The second element of the gap analysis would be to consultant or from previous studies on the subject. Figure 13. Umbrella methodology utilised for the Green Economy Scoping Study assign a score for Barbados’ current performance in The overall methodological approach is depicted in relation to building on its strengths or minimising Figure 13. Pilot sectors chosen – the effects of challenges. Again, a 10-point Likert Recognition of the need for a transition to Consideration given to a green economy – National Strategic Plan, Policy Content economic contribution, natural scale is employed where 1 suggests that the country Economic and Financial Statement has not built on the particular strength/attempted resource use and efficiency 1.2.5 Structure of the potential (energy, water and to address the challenge, while 10 indicates that Technical Partner Partner Engagement and Scoping Mission – waste), employment levels, the performance of the country in some areas has report engaged – UWI-CH Selection of Pilot Sectors and Resources and sector consultations been ideal. Subtracting the performance score from and consensus the strength score then identifies the performance The remainder of this report is structured as follows. or investment gap (a positive value suggests that Government Endorsement: Definition of Partnership for a Resource Efficient Following the introduction, Section 2 examines the Green Economy, Governance Mechanism (GETSC), GESS Partners greater investment is required in relation to building concept of the green economy and its applicability on the given strength or addressing the identified to small open economies. Section 3 then goes on challenge). to examine the potential opportunities for greening GETSC Study Governance and Support Data and Information Reconnaissance selected sectors in the Barbados economy, identifying and Sector Presentation Policy and Literature Review The third and fourth elements of the SCORE investment gaps and potential returns in terms of Industry Interviews – Case Studies approach are the identification of opportunities and growth, while Section 4 provides a discussion of Integrated System Modality: IA – SCORE Framework its effectiveness in relation to greening the economy. the necessary enabling conditions for transitioning Green Economy Solutions The identification of opportunities should attempt to a green economy. Section 5 outlines a potential Client (Sector) Meetings to not only identify the opportunities in relation to, Stakeholder Consultations Panel Series Experts Forum roadmap for a green economy in Barbados, and – Enabling Conditions for example, greening the construction industry, but Section 6 presents the conclusions of the study. also seek to identify the risks likely to arise from Analysis and Technical Visioning Phase pursuing these opportunities, and, if possible, what Sessions GESS Draft Final Report and opportunities could arise from these apparent risks. Synthesis Report Effectiveness, on the other hand, relates to whether or not an opportunity maximizes the use of resources. GESS PHASE The effectiveness assessment should also attempt UWI-CH Peer Review to examine whether or not the option is predictable, Institutional/Development Partners Review simple, automatically adjusts to the human factor, appropriate and integrated (i.e. it maximizes synergies GETSC Validation Meeting across the various sectors of the economy).
A systematic approach to identifying the most important opportunities can be undertaken by ranking GESS Synthesis Report Formal Submission to Government of Barbados and CGEF each opportunity in relation to its success frequency and attractiveness. Using a 10-point Likert scale, Presentation of Policy Consideration to Social Partners an opportunity receives a score of 10 if it has a high likelihood of success, and 1 if it is not likely to be Public Communication and Engagement successful. Similarly, if an opportunity were likely to be Presentation of Policy Considerations to the Cabinet effective in the pursuit of greening the economy, the initiative would receive a value of 10, or 1 if it were Quantitative Analysis, National Prioritization, not likely to have a significant impact on the goal of Consensus and Formal Endorsement of greening the economy. Elements of the Green Economy Roadmap
The fifth and final element of the SCORE approach is Development of an Investment Plan to the identification of responses to the pursuit of green Support the Green Economy Roadmap economy initiatives. What responses could we expect POST-GESS PHASE POST-GESS from key stakeholders, such as business, citizens, Institutionalization of the Green Economy Roadmap regional partners and international agencies? Such an assessment is important, as would acknowledge that policy changes can often result in perverse incentives and/or an increase in the propensity to avoid regulatory costs if the system is particularly burdensome. It is important that, where possible, the quantitative Source: Schematic diagramme designed by the Policy Research, Planning and Information Unit, Environment Division, Ministry of Environment estimates of these expected responses are provided. and Drainage, Government of Barbados, 2011.
44 45 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
TRANSFORMATION TO A GREEN ECONOMY
2.1 The concept of green 2 economy
2.2 Relationship between regional and international environmental framework and green economy
2.3 Applicability of the green economy concept to small open economies
2.4 Barbados’ definition of a green economy
46 47 Sturges Farmer Mitigating effects of Invasive Species. photo: Travis Sinckler BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
enforce trade protectionist policies that discriminate policy discussions and policy making to promote 2.1 concept of A green against products of developing countries (UNCTAD, sustainable development?”, a select panel of 30 2011). Overall, at the global level, there is a need academics, practitioners and experts manifested to identify the value added by a green economy over significant convergence in their views. Most agreed economy and above that of sustainable development. that the term ‘green economy’ was a useful concept but repeatedly questioned its actual meaning. The topic of green economy has become the a three-pronged approach to achieving sustainable In response to these concerns UN agencies have Of most concern to them was the possibility that object of a great deal of discussion and fostered a development: i) developed countries would change further sought to link green economy not only the social dimension and related aspects of the burgeoning body of literature and research in which their production and consumption patterns (their with sustainable development, but also with economy, such as wealth distribution, could be its concept, definition, philosophical underpinnings economic model); ii) developing countries would contemporary issues such as security. Thus, obscured. and practical implementation are debated. The transition to sustainable development methods and green economy interventions are to be a means multiple interpretations of the concept have attracted paths; and iii) developed countries would enable and of responding “to the multiple crises that are Many emphasised the ecological/environmental questioning as to what exactly is meant by a green assist transitioning developing countries. Sustainable impacting food security, water security, energy basis of a green economy and the associated need to economy, even from people who embrace the concept development would not only involve ecological security, job security and indeed national security” recognise the value of goods and services provided (Sheng, 2010). The growth in discussion could also practices that enabled meeting the needs of future (Chouchani, 2010). by the environment and to incorporate these into be a result of the ‘environmental crisis’ and so it generations, but also a change in production and production and consumption values. A caveat to this is not surprising that the green economy is being consumption patterns whereby resources are used in At its core, nevertheless, a green economy still has was noted by one of the contributors and echoed by placed at the core of the Rio+20 Conference (IISD such a way as to ensure that the needs of everyone to be understood as an economic system – and one Slaper and Krause (2009): care has to be taken as Reporting Services, 2011). The conference had as now and in the future are met. It is evident that that is compatible with the natural environment, to what constitutes ‘green’ and that effort has to be one of its themes “a green economy in the context of in crafting the definition of green economy, there environmentally friendly, ecological and, as added exerted to ensure that ecological impacts are not sustainable development and poverty eradication”. is a conscious effort on the part of the UN system by some, socially just. The problem is that certain merely displaced in space or time. Indeed, Slaper to establish its leadership within the arena of economies, if left to themselves, are not naturally and Krause, in their discussion of what green means The shift to a discourse centred on green economy sustainable development. inclined to be any of the above. Thus, it is argued in an economy, highlight how definitional difficulties is being seen, particularly within UN Agencies, as that there is a need to impose these values on a complicate the measuring of both green production a pathway and driver to sustainable development In spite of all this, the term ‘green economy’ given economy, which could be described as ‘the and green jobs, which are fundamental indicators of (UNEP, 2011e). The perception being held is remains problematic. Some developing country greening of the economy’ (Sheng et al., 2011). growth in a green economy. that the environment is the determining factor of delegations to the first preparatory meeting of economic production, value, stability and long- the Rio+20 process expressed concerns that the The principles on which greening an economy are It is clear from the views of commentators (Sheng term prosperity; that the environment becomes concept may be misused or taken out of context to be based are reasonably well-established, i.e. et al., 2011) that a green economy is made up the enabler of economic growth and, through such at the global level (UNCTAD, 2011). One of the using renewable resources at or below regenerative of many different ideas and that there is a need growth, human well-being (UNEP, 2011e). In other risks identified was that the term ’green economy’ capacity, limiting pollution to within the absorptive to decompose it into manageable parts. It would words, according to this particular conceptualisation, would be promoted in a purely ‘environmental’ capacity of nature, and maintaining ecosystems probably be helpful, therefore, to accept Sheng’s a green economy is nested within and is an integral manner without fully considering development stability and resilience. However, a green economy is suggestion that there is a green economy family part of sustainable development. The convergence and equity dimensions. The Group of 77 and more than a system possessing the aforementioned of ideas, which would include ideas such as a low of a green economy and sustainable development China saw no valid argument for abandoning attributes. It is further conceptualised as comparable carbon economy, a circular economy, sustainable is clearly seen in the various working definitions of the concept of sustainable development for “an to a service economy: an economic system that consumption and production, green growth, green economy enunciated by UNEP: imprecisely defined, abstract concept”. Other is characterised by investment transactions; sustainable development and the ‘Green New Deal’ concerns were that the term ‘green economy’ could production; the provision and consumption of (UNEP, 2009). …. one that results in improved human well-being be inappropriately used by developed countries to not only environmentally friendly, but also of and social equity, while significantly reducing environmentally enhancing goods and services How then does this assist in the definition of environmental risks and ecological scarcities as well. There is a departure, therefore, from its a green economy for Barbados? Two things are (UNEP, 2010a). Figure 14. Elements of sustainable development conceptualisation as being a highly regulated system clear from the literature: transitioning to a green premised on constraints to one that perceives the economy requires the involvement of people and A green economy is a system of economic activities aforementioned attributes as creating opportunities. government. As Bryant states, “The people involved related to the production, distribution and Here, policy tools such as environmental pricing in building local green economies can make consumption of goods and services that results in and standards become instruments to incentivise important contributions to policy discussions and improved human well-being over the long term, economic agents to produce, trade and consume become involved in co-constructing policy” (Sheng whilst not exposing future generations to significant Social equity environmentally friendly and environmentally et al., 2011) . Secondly, the role of government environmental risks and ecological scarcities (UNEP, enhancing goods and services. Nonetheless, as in setting the policy framework and ensuring that 2010b). Sheng et al. (2011) notes, it is not automatic that the necessary incentives are in place is critical. A a green economy would contribute to social goals green economy in itself would be a hollow phrase if These echo the three pillars of sustainable without specific policies and institutions. it is not backed by political signals and incentives development – environmental protection, social and promoted through targets and indicators that development, and economic development (Figure 14). Other commentators have expressed reservations punish polluters and reward sustainable behaviour Protection of Economic Indeed, the United Nations Conference on the environment development over the way a green economy is conceptualised (Sheng et al., 2011). It is for this reason that having Environment and Development in 1992 (also known and presented. Addressing the question posed in an appropriate governance framework that works to as the Rio Earth Summit that helped popularised Viewpoints (Sheng et al., 2011), “is the concept promote, rather than just support, a green economy the concept of sustainable development) foresaw of a green economy a useful way of framing is a necessary transitioning condition.
48 49 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Building on existing literature, the broad components ecosystems and biodiversity should be seen as an economy, water use must be kept within sustainable of Barbados’ green economy should encompass the integral part of Barbados’ transition towards a green limits, while recognising that the environment is also level of available natural resources use, ensure that economy and as a means of monitoring that progress. a legitimate consumer. The concept of closing the such use is not only in a sustainable manner, but In so doing, the government signals its commitment water cycle as a means of resource conservation, also contributes to the maintenance of important to environment and sustainability, and sets an efficient recycling and reuses needs to become an environments and to the rehabilitation of degraded example to the private sector as to how they too integral part of ensuring that scarcity does not lead environments (i.e. coral reefs), where considered should be reporting their activities as good corporate to unsustainable resource exploitation (UN, 2009). necessary. One such component relates to the nature citizens. At the same time, such reporting can form of resources used to create particular types or forms the basis for informing the public and be used as a In Barbados, land, like water, is a factor of of productive capitals (e.g., infrastructure, buildings, means of influencing opinion and behaviour. production, which is also very limited and undergoes homes, machinery), products, goods and services. increasing pressures for use conversion. Land use Then there are the forms of social relationships upon Likewise, the private sector needs to be encouraged and management cannot be viewed in isolation, which productive activities are premised, both the to demonstrate that they are also conducting their especially as conversion can adversely affect the Harrison’s Cave electric tram. Photo: Ken Uyeda/Blackbird Design/Calgary implicit and explicit social contracts. Lastly, there is business in an environmentally friendly and socially availability of other resources as well as productive Canada the consumption component that relates to questions responsible manner. The drawing up of corporate opportunities and options. Thus, in a green economy, of the nature of demand (satisfaction of needs social and environmental responsibility reports is land use policies should seek to prioritise uses that renewable energy sources are maximised, emissions and of wants without entailing excess use) and the a way for them to demonstrate this (Deloitte and contribute to the maintenance of natural resources of pollutants are minimised and non-motorised desirability of products, goods and services as well Touche and World Business Council for Sustainable and ecosystem services. In addition, an approach modes of transport are incorporated while serving as post use behaviour (nature of disposal) (UNEP, Development, 1992). As with sets of national to land use development and planning based on the needs of the travelling public. Any adverse 2011d). accounts, there are numerous models that have industrial ecology principles, where the development impacts would be either mitigated or offset by the been used, and the field of environmental and of productive infrastructure is required, should be derived benefits. The consumption component depends on the corporate accounting is well established (UNCTAD adopted. This ought to include reuse of already adoption of particular social and moral norms that Secretariat, 1998). Thus, the challenge is to developed areas as a priority. With respect to private transport, a green economy privilege certain forms of desirable behaviour over encourage and assist enterprises to adopt such would encourage the use of reliable, safe, and others as well as the use of economic incentives methods. The agriculture and fisheries sub-sectors Furthermore, green land use policies should be comfortable public transport systems to minimise to signal and reinforce what constitutes socially are directly dependent on natural resources, and complemented by a green approach to the built the use of private vehicles by the commuting desirable behaviour. This applies as much to the the environment is a primary input into the tourism environment, whereby features such as prioritising public. In the case of businesses which have to use individual consumer as well as to the producers product. In this context, there is a good case for the minimisation of resource use and exerting ground transport either to source or deliver goods and suppliers, who are themselves intermediate the inclusion of corporate social and environmental efforts by indicating a plan to lower the embodied and services, greening transportation would entail a consumers of input goods and services. One of the accounting and reporting using methods such as the energy6 of materials used in construction. as well commitment to trip consolidation so as to minimise means that could be used to promote the formation Triple Bottom Line (Elkington, 2009). as of the finished building, to use materials from travel distances and the number of journeys. of social and moral norms would be the introduction sustainable resources and to reuse materials become Transport operators, in particular, would need to of requirements for the production and publishing of Given that a green economy incorporates ideas such pre-requisites for new construction. At the same think, behave and work smarter in order to change sets of social, economic and environmental accounts as low carbon usage and sustainable production time, policies should be developed to incentivise the consumption pattern of this sector. both at the corporate and national level as (United and consumption, the realisation of these objectives the retrofitting of the existing built environment so Nations, European Commission, IMF, Organisation depends on the nature of the resources used and the that there is a move towards upholding of the same The above formulation sets out a basic for Economic Co-operation and Development and manner in which they are utilised. This, therefore, standards of resource use and efficiency as for new conceptualisation of what would be some of the World Bank, 2003). should explain why for some a green economy build (UNEP, 2011d). Moreover, adoption of existing primary components of Barbados’ green economy. It must have a focus on renewable energy, water approaches such as the green building certification is clear from this that the role of the public sector At the national level, there are examples of countries management, land management, green buildings scheme, Leadership in Energy and Environmental will be key in not just providing leadership, but also that have embarked upon this. India and Brazil and clean transport. Even though Barbados is a Design (LEED), should be considered. There will in setting the policy framework, putting in place have signalled that they are looking at adopting the very small net contributor to greenhouse gas (GHG) also be a need to develop metrics that can be used incentivising mechanisms and monitoring protocols. approach used in The Economics of Ecosystems and emissions, it should seek to maximise its use of to assess the relative resource use of different Biodiversity Study as a means of developing green renewable energy and promote energy use efficiency alternatives as a means of evaluating trade-offs The Green Economy Scoping Study (GESS) for national accounts, reflecting the value of ecosystems in all sectors of the economy. Thus, ground transport between options. Barbados team has spent some time trying to and biodiversity and their use to their economies in the transportation sector should also be the determine how expansive its scope should be. In (TEEB, 2010). Other countries (e.g., Namibia, the target of such efforts and not merely activities that The adoption of alternative means of ground the narrowest sense, the GESS could limit itself Philippines and the Netherlands) have adopted consume electrical energy. transport that do not rely on the use of fossil to considering a core of commercial activities that forms of the United Nations’ System of Integrated fuels will perhaps be the most challenging of the could be seen as income and revenue generating Economic and Environmental Accounting (SEEA) as Water is a finite resource and is an essential input aspects of a green economy to achieve. This will while promoting greening and reducing human a way of extending their system of National Accounts to almost all productive activities as well as being entail appraising both private and public transport impact on the environment. In the broadest sense, to reflect the impact of resource use on their a necessity in the maintenance of ecosystem systems and transitioning them to more sustainable it could concern itself with the full set of contextual economies (United Nations, 2000). services. In a growing economy, green or otherwise, solutions. With respect to public transport there is activities that must be carried out if all commercial the demand for water is likely to increase. This clearly a need to move away from the current means activities are to be impacted. These contextual Moving towards the development of a set of national creates increased competition for this already scarce of transport based on the use of fossil fuels. A green activities encompass policy development, planning, accounts that reflect the value of natural resources, resource, which will have to be mediated. In a green transportation system would be one in which use of legislation and implementation in all areas related to
50 51 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
2.2 Relationship between and genetic diversity; provision of non-material benefits such as recreation, tourism, spiritual endeavours and aesthetic enjoyment; and playing a Regional and International supporting role for nutrient cycling, photosynthesis and soil formation (TEEB, 2010). Environmental Framework As a small island, Barbados is dominated by marine and coastal ecosystems. A close look at Barbados’ ecosystems reveals that their integrity is at stake. and green economy Two negative forces, external and internal, threaten that integrity. One of those external forces is climate change. Carbon dioxide, the main GHG that methods so as to facilitate resource sustainability; contributes to climate change, although emitted in Another dimension, which must be taken into promote awareness of responsible fisheries greater quantities elsewhere, is increasingly being consideration in the transformation to a green exploitation; recognize the contribution of small generated and emitted within this region and, if economy in Barbados, is the countries obligations scale and industrial fisheries to employment, income Coastal rehabilitation – Climate adaptation technology intervention by the government. Photo: Anne Gonsalez not reduced, will negatively impact the marine and under the various MEAs to which the country is a and food security, nationally and regionally; promote coastal ecosystems of Barbados and the Caribbean. party and how the rights and obligations contained aquaculture as a means of enhancing employment Island nations such as Barbados could experience therein are binding on its nationals. These MEAs opportunities and food security, nationally and sustainable development. Clearly, that is too broad a a loss of marine biodiversity, fisheries and their provide a framework for international cooperation regionally; and encourage the use of precautionary scope for the GESS. It has therefore focussed on core shoreline (Mundayet al., 2009). Coral reefs, in on regional and transboundary environmental issues approaches (Article 5) (CRFM, 2002). In May commercial activities while drawing upon or referring particular, which are among the most bio-diverse as well as protect the rights of Member States, 2011, a draft CARICOM Common Fisheries Policy to contextual activities that are enabling, even ecosystems, are highly sensitive to increases in Barbados included, in international environmental was unanimously approved at the Fourth CRFM though not comprehensive in their ambit and impact. sea surface temperature. In fact, a 20°C increase law. They are underpinned by a number of principles Ministerial Council. Since 2003, this instrument
in sea surface temperature, associated with CO2 of international environmental law (i.e. polluters pay was an evolving work in progress set in motion by the Some countries have been slow to adopt green concentrations of 500 ppm, threatens most coral principle), which are fundamental to the process of CARICOM Heads of Government. economy initiatives given the lingering perception reefs around the world, particularly, those within the transitioning to a green economy. These international that green policies reduce the ability of locally Caribbean (Hoegh-Guldberg et al., 2007). agreements are summarized in Table 10. In accordance with the 2005 Rome Declaration on domiciled firms to compete. Porter and van der Linde Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated (IUU) Fishing (1995) state that this perception arises from a static This means that the bio-diverse ecosystems in the In addition to MEAs, Barbados also endorsed a (IUU, 2005), the members of CRFM in July 2010 view of environmental regulations – in an economy Caribbean are among the most threatened in the number of non-legally binding initiatives. These developed the Castries Declaration on Illegal, without technology, a firm would simply choose the world. In fact, the Intergovernmental Panel on include the: Unreported and Unregulated Fishing.7 The policy production approach that minimizes costs. In this Climate Change (IPCC) predicts a collapse of the declaration highlights the region’s determination static viewpoint, environmental regulations would coral biome during this century. The collapse will • 1992 Rio Declaration on Environment and and commitment to cooperate and protect the raise the cost of doing business and therefore result negatively impact on tourism and fisheries and Development, and Agenda 21; economic interests of the CRFM member states by in a loss of market share of domestic enterprises. increase the vulnerability of coastal zones. In other • 1994 Programme of Action for the Sustainable prevent IUU fishing, which undermines the efforts Porter and van der Linde (1995), however, note words, the collapse will have physical, economic and Development of Small Island Developing States, to conserve and manage fish stocks. In addition to that in the real world the most competitive firms social (poverty) consequences (ECLAC, 2011). also referred to as the BPOA; this, a multi-disciplinary workshop was conducted are not necessarily the largest ones or those with To counter these potential negative effects, • 2002 Johannesburg Plan of Implementation of in April 2011 between CARICOM government the cheapest access to resources, but the firms adaptation and mitigation measures are called for. the World Summit on Sustainable Development, representatives, regional organizations – like the that improve and innovate. In our dynamic world, referred to as the JPOI; and OECS Secretariat, the University of the West environmental standards can lead to innovations At this point in time, to the best of our knowledge, • 2005 Mauritius Strategy for the further Indies, and the recently established Caribbean that more than offset compliance costs. It is even there are no cost estimates for adaptation in the Implementation of the Programme of Action for Network of Fisher-folk Organizations – and CRFM possible that such innovations might result in case of Barbados. However, projections of the the Sustainable Development of Small Island to review, refine and finalize the draft agreement absolute advantages for locally domiciled firms economic impact of hurricane damage due to Developing States. establishing the Common Fisheries Policy for (Montero, 2002). climate change to Barbados’ tourism, infrastructure, CARICOM countries. This policy would allow agriculture, fisheries, public health, and ecosystems In acknowledgement of the importance of fisheries CARICOM countries to collaborate and cooperate There is also the perception that the green economy between 2050 and 2080 varies between US$ 100.4 management and the need for cooperation, in conservation, management and use of marine/ concept is not sufficiently oriented towards million (low scenario) to US$ 566.4 million (high especially regarding trans-boundary fishery aquatic resources, thus achieving their fisheries conservation of ecosystem services, especially scenario). That is, between 3.9 per cent of GDP and resources, the Caribbean states established the development objectives. maritime ones. For recall, ecosystems provide 21.8 per cent of GDP (ECLAC, 2011). The integrity 2002 Caribbean Regional Fisheries Mechanism services that are ultimately important for the of the Barbados’ ecosystems is also menaced by (CRFM). CRFM is designed to establish a regional realisation of a green economy. These services internal evolution (ECLAC, 2011). Undoubtedly, fisheries body to promote cooperation in the include regulation of floods, carbon sequestration, adaptation measures are needed to maintain the sustainable use and management of the fisheries extreme events, soil erosion, fertility and water integrity of ecosystems of Barbados. However, these of member states. The agreement has been guided filtration; provision of food, medicines, fresh water policies could place a significant burden on already by general principles such as the need to maintain and other raw materials, and habitats for species heavily burdened fiscal accounts. biodiversity; manage fishing capacity and fishing
52 53 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 10. Barbados’ participation in Multilateral Environmental Agreements
Agreement Provisions Status Convention of International Trade in Endangered Species Ensures that international trade in specimens of wild A-1992 2.3 Applicability of the green animals and plants does not threaten their survival Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Maintain the ecological character of wetlands R-2005 Waterfowl Habitats economy Concept to Protocol Concerning Specially Protected Areas and Wildlife to the Protect rare and fragile ecosystems and habitats A-2002 Convention for the Protection and Development of the Marine within the Caribbean Environment of the Wider Caribbean Small Open Economies International Plant Protection Convention Prevent spread of pests and diseases Ad-1976 Convention on Biological Diversity Sustainable use of biological resources R-1993 Cartagena Protocol on Bio-Safety Safe handling, transport and use of living modified A-2002 organisms Convention on the Protection and Development of the Marine Protection and development of the Caribbean marine A-1985 Environment in the Wider Caribbean (1983) environment Protocol Concerning Cooperation in Combating Oil Spills in the Wider Relates to oil spill incidents that affects the marine A-1985 Caribbean and coastal environment of the Caribbean Protocol of 1973 to the International Convention for the Prevention Control pollution A-1994 of Pollution from Ships as Amended International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage Liability for damage caused by oil pollution A-1994 Protocol of 1992 to Amend the International Convention on Civil Idem. A-1998 Liability for Oil Pollution Damage International Convention for the Establishment of an International Idem. A-1994 Fund for the Compensation of Oil Pollution Protocol of 1992 and 2003 to the International Convention for the Idem. A-1998 Establishment of an International Fund for the Compensation of Oil Pollution International Fund for the Compensation of Oil Pollution Idem. 2005 International Convention relating to Intervention on the High Seas in Idem. A-1994 Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties Protocol relating to Intervention on the High Seas in Cases of Idem. A-1994 Pollution by Substances other than Oil Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Disposal of waste at sea DI-1994 Wastes and Other Matter 1996 Protocol to the International Convention on the Prevention of Idem. A-2006 Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and Other Matter International Convention for the Control and Management of Ship Idem. A-2007 Ballast Water and Sediment United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea Rights and responsibilities of nations in relation to R-1993 Cheapside Market in historic Bridgetown – A hub of local economic activity. Photo: Dave Quan/Inkstone Design/Calgary Canada the world’s oceans Agreement Relating to the Conservation and Management of Management of marine resources R-2000 Straddling Fish Stocks and Highly Migratory Species Small states – countries with a population of 1.5 small states from diversifying into a wide range of Basel Convention on the Control of Trans boundary Movement of Management of waste A-1995 million or less – share special developmental activities. It also implies that while some green Hazardous Waste and their Disposal challenges that should be taken into account. While technologies might be economically viable in larger Rotterdam Convention on the Prior Consent Procedures for Certain Idem. S-1998 these challenges may make the transition to a green countries, a similar characteristic might not hold in Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade economy even more relevant, they can also hinder small states. United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification Address anthropogenic impacts on the global climate A-1997 the process of greening the economy. In this regard, patterns a green economy transition in these states may take Besides a limited population, most small states Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer Framework for the international effort to protect the A-1992 ozone layer a different path to that followed in more developed are not normally endowed with abundant natural states. resources and even if they do have natural Montreal Protocol on Substance that Deplete the Ozone A-1992 resource endowments, the country may not have United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change Stabilise greenhouse gas concentrations R-1994 As a result of the small size of domestic demand, the capital necessary to exploit the resource. the unit cost of production in most small states will These characteristics also imply that they have Kyoto Protocol Binding targets to reducing greenhouse gas R-2000 emissions be relatively high, as demand restricts the use of to depend on trade with other countries to satisfy a minimum efficient scale or plant. The country’s local consumption and for a large proportion Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants Management of organic pollutants A-2004 size will also likely limit the amount of domestic of inputs used in domestic production. Thus, Convention for the Protection of World Culture and Natural Heritage Protection of world heritage Ac-2002 competition since only a small number of firms although the country might have high tariffs, Source: Compiled by authors. Notes: A (Accession); Ac (Accepted); Ad (Adherence); might find it feasible to engage in a particular area conventional indicators of openness such as exports R (Ratification); RE (Regional MEA); S (Signature) of production. These size limitations might prevent and imports as a proportion of GDP will usually
54 55 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
2.4 Barbados’ DEFINITION OF A exceed world averages. Many small states, for of Small Island Developing States was held in example, are dependent on imported fossil fuels Barbados in April 1994 to evaluate how SIDS to meet most of their energy needs. The adoption could address these issues. The Barbados Plan GREEN ECONOMY of green technologies in the area of energy and of Action (UN, 1994; ECLAC, 2011), the policy other resource-intensive industries can reduce this document adopted by countries represented at that dependence as well as build resilience. Conference, identified specific actions and measures that should be fully embraced at the national, Barbados’ National Strategic Plan (GOB, This definition, as would be expected, is more Small states are usually quite susceptible to natural regional and international level to aid the process of 2005), Goals 3 to 6, planted the seeds for the focused on the key challenges that face SIDS. disasters and other meteorological conditions. The sustainable development in the following areas: conceptualisation of green economy. The seeds were However, it is unrealistic to assume that the recent case of the effects that Hurricane Ivan had on watered when in March 2009, the Prime Minister emerging green economy can address all of these Grenada is a prime example. The IMF, in its 2005 i. Climate change and sea level rise; and Minister of Finance articulated his vision to ills, but could contribute to addressing some of Article IV Consultation Report on Grenada (available ii. Natural and environmental disasters; see Barbados to become “the most environmentally these challenges. As a small island developing state, at www.imf.org), notes that while the average cost iii. Management of waste; advanced green country in Latin America and the the efficient management of the country’s natural of natural disasters is around 2 per cent of GDP, iv. Coastal and marine resources; Caribbean.”9 In this connection, the Government of resources will always be a critical issue and, at its hurricane Ivan in Grenada is estimated to have led to v. Land resources; Barbados (GOB) has defined green economy as: heart, the message is that green economy is one damages valued at over 200 per cent of GDP. While vi. Energy resources; where improvements in economic and social well- a greener economy would not prevent disasters from vii. Tourism resources; an integrated production, distribution, consumption, being can be achieved without adversely impacting occurring, it could help a country bounce back faster viii. Biodiversity resources; and waste assimilation system that, at its core, the environment. after an event. ix. National institutions and administrative reflect the fragility of our small island ecosystems capacity; as the basis for natural resource protection policy One of key advantages of a small state, however, is x. Regional institutions and technical cooperation; intervention, business and investment choice, that they usually possess a greater degree of social xi. Transport and communication; human development programming, and for the homogeneity and cohesion that encourages the xii. Science and technology; facilitation of export market development strategies. formation of social capital that indirectly contributes xiii. Human resource development; and to economic growth. This characteristic helps with xiv. Implementation, monitoring and review. respect to building consensus for green economy and should be leveraged by small states. UNEP (2010)8 also provides numerous examples of SIDS adopting green strategies in order to enhance The characteristics of small states also have direct resource efficiency. For example, in order to reduce implications for monetary, exchange rate and overall its energy dependence, the Government of Tunisia macroeconomic policy. The narrowness of domestic passed a law on energy management and put in output implies that output tends to very inelastic place financing mechanisms for a transition to with respect to relative price changes, as labour and renewables between 2004 and 2005. Consequently, other factors may not be easily redeployed into the between 2005 and 2008, the government saved production of other goods and services. Helleiner US$ 900 million in energy bills, a figure net of (1982) notes that expenditure switching measures, the US$ 200 million initial investment in clean such as changes in the exchange rate, are unlikely energy infrastructure. Further recent initiatives to address any balance of payments difficulties that in this country have focussed on solar energy, small nations may encounter. Armstrong and Read facilitated by the formulation of their first national (1998) add that since currency markets in these Solar Energy Plan, with the goal of increasing the countries are likely to be relatively thin, exchange share of renewables in energy generation to 4.3 rates may be relatively volatile and influenced by per cent by 2014. It is expected that energy savings structural problems. resulting from this Plan is likely to reduce energy consumption by as much as 22 per cent by 2016,
Given the openness of the economy, such volatility with a reduction of CO2 emissions in the order of 1.3 is likely to feed through to the domestic economy million tonnes. and impact on production costs and overall price stability. Exchange rate variations can also result To enable the further spread of this resource in a redistribution of income, as devaluation efficiency green growth strategy, most SIDS tends to benefit exporters and disadvantage the will require assistance in the areas of financing purchasers of imported goods, while an appreciation the transition, particularly given the level of negatively affects domestic exporters and assists the national indebtedness (Cas & Ota, 2008). The consumers of imported goods. transition itself, is not likely to be smooth given the vulnerability of small states to external shocks It is against this backdrop that the first Global (Streetan, 1993) and the limited capacity of markets Conference on the Sustainable Development (Srinivasan, 1986). Children on educational tour of Harrison’s Cave – 2011 Caribbean Excellence in Sustainable Tourism Award. Photo: Dave Quan/Inkstone Design/Calgary Canada
56 57 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
THE POTENTIAL FOR GREENING VARIOUS SECTORS
3.1 Agriculture 3
3.2 Fisheries
3.3 Building/Housing
3.4 Transport
3.5 Tourism
58 59 Photo: Creative commons/TOM BRADNOCK BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
3.1 AGRICuLTURE 3.1.1 Background
Agriculture in Barbados is still, to a large extent, dominated by the sugar cane industry. In terms of acreage planted and the generation of foreign Key exchange and domestic earnings, the sugar industry leads in the agriculture sector. In 2010 the messages contribution of sugar and non-sugar agriculture and fishing was estimated at US$ 5.5 million and US$ 18.7 million, respectively, or combined 1.6 per cent Critiques of conventional farming practices identify the following major negative impacts: Farm to table gourmet – Green economy is promoting the local of GDP. Most of the domestic production of sugar sustainable agri-supply chain. Photo: Travis Sinckler damage to soil structure; environmental degradation; creation of potential health is exported to the EU under the African, Caribbean and Pacific/European Union (EU) Protocol. In 2010, hazards in food; reduction in food quality; high use of energy; intensive animal the island shipped more than 22,000 tonnes of production systems; and exorbitant social costs. raw sugar to the EU or about 88 per cent of total cabbage, okra and tomato fell significantly over the production. period under review. The stakeholders’ vision for greening agricultural industry reflects a desire to During the last three decades, the amount of land In terms of livestock and dairy products production, revitalise the industry as well as enhance resource efficiency, especially with under sugar cane cultivation declined together with this segment is dominated by the production of respect to water, energy, waste and land use. the area harvested; in fact, during the period 1997- poultry, with the island producing about 14 million 2009 the area under sugar cane declined sharply by kgs of poultry per year (Table 12). Unlike the 34 per cent. Sugar exports declined by 47 per cent production of root crops and vegetables, livestock Public and private sector investments can enable the sector to meet during 1996-2009, and production of molasses and dairy production has been fairly consistent domestic demands for fresh produce (conventional and organic) and contracted by 39 per cent during the corresponding over the sample period, with most segments of the period. The conversion ratio of sugar cane to sugar industry reporting growth. other value-added products including, packaged and graded produce, fell sharply during the same period. The yield per processed mixed vegetables, increased exports, as well as provide acre of sugar cane harvested fell from 25.2 tonnes During the past two decades some initiatives were greater support to the agro-processing industry. (2000) to 21.3 tonnes (2008). The industry has undertaken by the government to strengthen the been accumulating losses since 1994 and so its policy framework for sustainable agriculture. These survival depends on government subsidies. The gap measures are summarized in Table 13. The opportunity for forging stronger linkages with the tourism/ between export prices and the cost of production is hospitality and processing/distribution sectors should contribute to increasing yearly as well. The Medium-Term Development Strategy (MTDS) 2010-2014 sets out planned actions by the the strengthening of the economy with respect to foreign exchange During 2005, sugar production costs reached Government of Barbados to reposition the sector: earnings/savings, new employment opportunities, and enhancement in US$ 49.20 per tonne of sugar cane, and by 2009 the skills levels of the sector. field production cost rose to US$ 72 of which • Support for the introduction of new technologies approximately 75 per cent was attributed to labour to expand the production of food for domestic and machinery. Prices paid to farmers have also and external consumption and to add value to the There is a need to develop medium to long-term strategic plans for the been declining consistently since 1994. In 2010 sector through product development; agriculture industry. Policymakers should lead on the coordination of farmers received US$ 50.00 per tonne of sugar • Contribute to the food and nutrition security of cane, at a time when their production cost was US$ the nation through the production of nutritious planning and implementation of such strategies. Improved communication 80.00 per tonne. Accumulated losses by farmers food at reasonable prices and on a consistent between ministries and stakeholders, in addition to reinforcing have conduced to disinvestment and an accelerated basis; implementation, is also required. decline in production. Land used for sugar cane • Protect and reduce the risk to the hardiness of production continues to be relinquished at the rate the agricultural sector and facilitate food safety of 400 acres per year. However, alternative uses of through the provision of adequate infrastructure these lands tend to accelerate soil erosion. and services for testing, monitoring and inspection, as well as for the attainment of Table 11 provides a breakdown of production of certain minimum standards with respect to the selected non-sugar crops. The statistics suggest country’s animal, plant and fish stocks; that the production trend for most of these crops • Facilitate access to domestic and export is somewhat erratic. Indeed, relative to 2006, only markets for agricultural commodities through cassava, eddoes, yam, onion and pumpkin reported the implementation of projects and programmes any significant growth. In contrast, production focussed on providing the infrastructure and of cotton (seed and lint), sweet potatoes, beets, enabling environment necessary for the sale of
60 61 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 11. Estimated production of selected crops (‘000 kgs) Table 13. Initiatives aimed at enabling sustainable agriculture development
Crop 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Area Legislation
Corn 137.0 n.a. 180.6 71.2 74.3 New/Upgraded Plant Protection Act (2007) legislation – Cotton: Animals (Disease And Importation) Act (1999) Institutional capital Seed 101.4 59.5 79.8 11.1 19.6 enhancement Plant Varieties Protection Act (2001) Lint 32.1W 19.2 26.0 3.8 6.0 Fisheries Act (2000) Peanuts 21.3 9.3 23.7 41.4 15.5 Markets and Slaughterhouse Act (under revision) Cassava 374.7 448.1 466.2 625.6 399.5 Soil Conservation and Scotland District Act (1998) Eddoes 156.8 151.4 40.5 19.8 228.3 National Parks Act (1998) Sweet Potato 2 200.9 1 334.6 884.0 888.1 1 176.3 Town and Country Planning Act (2007) Yam 793.8 646.5 279.6 655.7 806.6 Cane Fires Prevention Act (1995) Beans 370.7 252.0 167.7 165.9 222.1 Fiscal incentives to Incentive spur production Beets 92.4 109.8 28.9 51.2 30.5 A rebate of US$ 500 per hectare for the return of idle land for cotton production - applicable to farms 0.2 to 2.0 hectares A rebate of US$ 250 per hectare for the return of idle land for cotton production - applicable to farms over 8.0 hectares Cabbage 641.9 253.5 437.5 292.6 60.4 A rebate of 50% on the cost of certification as an organic cotton farm Carrot 317.7 305.4 252.8 198.0 263.6 A technical assistance fund of US$ 500 000 to assist producers, processors and investors in areas of feasibility studies Cucumber 1 324.2 1 450.0 811.6 1 141.0 1 148.1 and market research Melon 309.6 477.4 185.1 250.5 240.8 A rebate of 50% on the cost of establishing an approved irrigation system to a maximum of US$ 72,000 where two or Lettuce 438.9 417.5 143.6 551.4 339.1 more farmers share common facilities Okra 525.2 658.1 423.6 235.9 302.8 A rebate of 75% on the cost of establishing an approved irrigation and mulching system - applicable to registered agricultural cooperatives and farmers’ organizations Onion 444.2 287.3 333.2 571.9 497.9 A subsidy of US$ 500 per hectare to registered farmers to assist in defraying the cost of returning idle land to production Pepper (Hot) 136.5 114.2 124.4 175.9 76.1 A rebate of 50% for the components of an approved environmental control system for poultry and livestock facilities up Pepper (Swt) 477.5 419.5 220.9 278.7 317.5 to a maximum of US$ 25,000 per unit Pumpkin 120.9 159.5 249.3 185.6 179.7 Resource protection A rebate of 30% on the cost of the establishment of approved soil conservation measures up to a maximum of US$ 5,000 and management Tomato 1 040.6 1 224.2 815.3 718.5 717.5 A rebate of 30% on the cost of the design and construction of biogas digesters up to a maximum of US$ 3,500 per holding to mitigate the effect of livestock production on Barbados’ ground water supply, and to promote a mechanism for Total non-sugar 9 924.8 8 718.4 6 068.5 7 118.8 7 122.5 recycling wastewater, gas, and organic slurry (‘000 kgs) Organic farming A rebate of 50% on the cost of the certification of organic farms up to a maximum of US$ 2,000 per farm. Where two or *Sugar 33.7 34.7 31.6 33.3 25.5 more farmers collaborated to achieve international organic certification a grant of 60% of the cost of certification up to a ('000 tonnes) maximum of US$ 10,000 will be provided A rebate of 30% on the cost of approved organic inputs made from local materials, up to a maximum of US$ 500 per Source: Ministry of Agriculture hectare. The range of products include compost, pesticides, mulches, planting material, fertilizers, soil ameliorants, and compost using local material made available to a registered farmer’s organization or agricultural cooperative upon submission of an acceptable business plan A technical assistance fund of US$ 100,000 to facilitate the development of organic production in Barbados through, inter alia, the development of an internationally acceptable protocol for certification of organic farming in Barbados
Table 12. Livestock and dairy production (‘000 kgs) New crop technology A rebate of 40% on the cost for the components of greenhouses and hydroponic systems for crop or horticultural production up to a maximum of US$ 30,000 in order to stimulate the investment in proven technology that can lead to Commodity 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 increased productivity A rebate of 30% on the cost of an extended life weed fabric or any other mulch system up to a maximum of US$ 2,000 Beef 169.6 136.1 144.4 150.8 161.2 per hectare, whichever is the lesser Mutton 79.0 72.4 85.1 89.3 106.1 A rebate of 25% on the cost of the components of greenhouses and hydroponics systems for crops or horticultural Pork 2 636.9 2 502.0 2 636.8 2 746.7 2 745.4 production up to a maximum of US$ 250,000 per cooperative/partnership Poultry 13 571.2 14 934.0 14 388.0 14 692.8 14 090.9 Provision of US$ 2,000,000 through the Agricultural Development Fund to establish a pilot project at the Home Agricultural Station for research, production and training in agricultural practices such as greenhouses and hydroponic Veal 12.6 6.3 8.3 9.6 5.8 systems Eggs 1 986.6 2 305.0 1 902.5 2 002.2 2 231.0 A grant of US$ 5.00 per approved fruit tree for a maximum of 1,000 trees per holding located within the boundaries of Milk 5 569.9 6 762.3 6 694.4 7 013.5 6 700.9 the Scotland District Turkey 275.4 280.3 239.5 219.0 271.6 A 50% discount for the purchase of a minimum of 300 trees of approved species from the Ministry of Agriculture A rebate of 50% on the costs of the management of trees purchased at discount price in accordance with the guidelines Source: Ministry of Agriculture of the Ministry of Agriculture
Source: Ministry of Agriculture, Food, Fisheries & Water Resource Management.
62 63 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
implementation of the CIRP will require policy agricultural practices and technology employed has productivist system tends to be characterised by a initiatives to drive the following: also been engaged by others in their attempt to high degree of mechanisation, an orientation towards define the ‘greening of agriculture’ UNEP (2011c). a monoculture, as well as significant use of external • Continuing research on cane varieties; According to them, greening of agriculture refers inputs (e.g., synthetic fertilizers and pesticides), and • Research into specialty sugar markets; to the increasing use of farming practices and production for a broader market, including that for • Increase in yields per acre; technologies that simultaneously: exports. • Increase in acreage planted and yield; • Enhancement of best practices; • Maintain and increase farm productivity and Critics of conventional farming practices identify • Increase in factory efficiency; profitability while ensuring the provision of food major negative impacts including: • Attracting skilled youth into the industry; and on a sustainable basis; • Modernization of cultivation technology. • Reduce negative externalities and gradually lead • Damage to soil structure; to positive ones; and • Environmental damage; In light of the challenges noted above it is • Rebuild ecological resources (i.e., soil, water, • Creation of potential health hazards in food; reasonable to conclude that if nothing is done to air, and biodiversity – natural capital assets) • Reduction in food quality; restructure the industry in the medium-term, sugar by reducing pollution and using resources more • High use of energy; production will continue to decline to the point efficiently. • Use of intensive animal production systems which where it cannot be rescued. are ethically unacceptable; and Organic farming is increasingly being viewed as • Exorbitant social costs (Bray, Sanchez, & Murphy, Climatic conditions a solution to several of the negative externalities 2002; Padel, 2001; Tovey, 1997) that are directly caused by conventional farming Sturges local farmers market: important element to promoting Weather has a significant impact on agriculture on methods. Several definitions of organic farming The International Federation of Organic Agriculture food and nutrition security. Photo: Anne Gonsalez the island. Every year, the industry (and the island) exist, but they usually reflect the ideological position Movements (IFOAM) formulated a standards code faces the possibility of devastation during the of the organizations articulating them. The definition that is similar to the USDA definition of organic agricultural produce, in order to increase the hurricane season (June – November). In addition, of organic farming given by the United States farming to:10 returns to farmers; as a water scarce country, a prolonged dry season Department of Agriculture (USDA) embraces key • Enhance the competitiveness and productivity has historically put significant pressure on available aspects of universally accepted green practices: • produce food of high nutritional quality in of the agricultural sector to better enable it to local water resources. sufficient quantity; compete in both the domestic and international Organic farming is a production system that • work with natural systems rather than seeking to markets, and to increase output; A diverse, locally adaptable set of agricultural avoids or largely excludes the use of synthetically dominate them; • Promote sustainable development; techniques, practices and market branding compounded fertilizers, pesticides, growth • encourage and enhance biological cycles within • Ensure the sustainable availability and production certifications, such as Good Agricultural Practices regulators and livestock feed additives. To the the farming system by involving microorganisms, of fish and fish products by assuring the efficient (GAP), Organic/Biodynamic Agriculture, Conservation maximum extent feasible, organic farming systems soil flora and fauna, plants and animals; management and development of the fisheries Agriculture, and food supply protocols exemplify rely on crop rotations, crop residues, animal • maintain and increase the long-term fertility of resources; ways in which green policies can be used to support manures, legumes, green manures, off-farm organic soils; • Facilitate an enhanced level of participation in agriculture. Farming practices and technologies that wastes, and aspects of biological pest control to • use, as far as possible, renewable resources in agricultural production by providing access to are instrumental in greening include: maintain soil productivity and tilth, to supply plant locally organized agricultural systems; critical means of production, e.g., land, water, nutrients and to control insects, weeds and other • work as much as possible within a closed system capital and inputs; • Restoring and enhancing soil fertility through pests. The notion that soil is a living system and with regard to organic matter and nutrient • Develop strong, vibrant rural communities; and the increased use of naturally and sustainably that the farmer, in harmony with nature, should seek elements; • Enhance the capacity of the sector to assist in produced nutrient inputs, crop rotations, and to promote and enhance biodiversity, biological • give all livestock conditions of life that allow them transforming and repositioning itself by, inter livestock and crop integration; cycles, and soil biological activity, is a central to perform all aspects of their innate behaviour; alia, the creation of an appropriate legislative • Reducing soil erosion and improving the feature of the definition (USDA, 1980). • avoid all forms of pollution that may result from framework. efficiency of water use by applying minimum agricultural techniques; The policies outlined in the (MTDS) 2010-2014 tillage and cover-crop cultivation techniques; Two systems of food production are utilised in • maintain the genetic diversity of the agricultural could establish a strong framework for greening the • Reducing chemical pesticide and herbicide use Barbados, the traditional/indigenous and the system and its surroundings, including the sector if they are implemented effectively. by implementing integrated biological pest and conventional/productivist (IAASTD, 2009). The protection of plat and wildlife habitats; weed management practices; and traditional/indigenous system is primarily centred • allow agricultural producers an adequate return The proposed transformation of the sugar industry • Reducing food spoilage and loss by expanding on production for family consumption, with part and satisfaction from their work, including a safe into a sugar cane industry offers bright prospects the use of post-harvest storage and processing of the produce being sold to buyers in the market. working environment; and for the survival of the subsector. The Cane Industry facilities. On these farms there tends to be a high degree • consider the wider social and ecological impact of Restructuring Project (CIRP) focuses on the of biodiversity and some use of outside inputs. the farming system. production of specialty sugar, ethanol, molasses, Hong (2009) defines greening agriculture is However, this segment of agriculture in the region and energy from bagasse through cogeneration based on a production system based on a green has been contracting, however, due to the rising (CIRP, 2008). In the short-term, urgent public environment, in which there are investments price of land as well as the ability of farmers and policy intervention to halt the further transfer of of green materials, energy and capital, and the their children to earn higher incomes elsewhere in land out of sugar is absolutely necessary. Successful application of green technology. The focus on the the economy. On the other hand, the conventional/
64 65 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
The principles outlined by IFOAM provide a sound water usage, including levels of abstraction and biodegradable materials such as biomass, manure, basis for organic farming practice. In Barbados, delivery. Although there are a number of licensed sewage, municipal waste, green waste, plant a small group of local farmers practice organic abstraction wells in Barbados, there is no up-to-date material and crops. Unlike manure, the effluent farming. They operate lots ranging between two to information on their status, characteristics or usage, by-products from the digestion process can also four acres. However, these farmers encounter major no requirement for record keeping, no monitoring be used in the agricultural process to enhance challenges, including a dearth of research and of quantity or quality of water. Furthermore, there plant growth (Holder, 2003). The gas can be used development to support their activities, high cost of is no information on the amounts of water used or for cooking or for electricity generation and would certification, and difficulties insulating their small delivered to crops, or the method of delivery, and so also assist in reducing emissions from the local farms from the impact of contamination by up-wind information on crop water requirements is reliant on agricultural industry, as methane is collected and farm operators and household use of conventional figures from other parts of the world. utilised. chemical herbicides and pesticides. With few exceptions, such as sugar cane, most Agriculture also produces waste material, the crops in Barbados require some form of irrigation. disposal of which can be problematic in some In an effort to conserve water, the focus has been cases, such as animal waste and waste from Biodigestors in a local farm. Complementary fiscal policies can 3.1.2 Resource Use and on promoting drip irrigation and this campaign has sugar processing. However, the solution is not to allow small farmers to convert animal waste to clean energy. Efficiency Measures been successful. However, this has not removed the consider the materials as waste but rather as a Photo: Anne Gonsalez practice of over irrigation and it is certainly the case resource, which, like all raw materials, requires where there is a need to match water application some processing to turn it into a useful product. Given the scale of agricultural activity worldwide to the growing stage and water needs of crops. Solid waste management for the agricultural companies and trade statistics), but ideally data using it as a primary input into agricultural The Ministry of Agriculture has identified this as sector, therefore, requires the development of a on actual usage, inventories, wastage and the like production processes, it is easy to see why water an area that needs attention along with access to supply chain that links farmers with producers, should be provided at the farm level. This would appropriates between 60 to 70 per cent of the dependable supplies of water. It is also the view of creates markets for the waste and the processed allow policymakers to track the effectiveness of policy world’s water resources (WMO, 1997). One of the the Ministry that more needs to be done to develop materials, and facilitates the storage and collection interventions and identify areas for further support. major goals by industry actors and governments rainwater capture systems that specifically support of materials. This has to be supported by the over the past several years has been to increase agriculture. Although there is a need for some necessary testing, certification and standards that the productivity of the agricultural sector, and this experimentation and research, particularly to match ensure quality, reliability and traceability. Animal 3.1.3 Investment Gaps is encapsulated in the slogan ‘more crop per drop localised growing and crop conditions to water needs, manure, depending on the type, can be used either [of water]’. In agriculture, water is required not just most of the techniques and technology required to as a fertilizer or in anaerobic biodigestors to produce in the growing phase but also in the processing, support irrigated agriculture and to improve its water methane as a source of energy and fertilizer (Neves, The stakeholders’ vision for greening agriculture packaging and retail stages. This implies that the use efficiency are relatively well-known and widely Converti, & Penna, 2009). Within a relatively small reflects a desire to revitalise the industry as well as quality of water required could differ, depending available. The barrier to achieving greater efficiency and closed agricultural sector such as Barbados, it enhance resource efficiency. There are a number of on the particular stage. Another issue worth in the use of irrigation technologies, however, is should be possible to promote such linkages. strengths that the industry can leverage in order to consideration is that farming enterprises are often the inability to convince farmers of the benefits of achieve this vision. For many years, focus has been responsible for sourcing, abstraction, delivery transitioning to these technologies through presenting Land preparation and tillage practices in agriculture placed on encouraging the growth of small farming and distribution of water to satisfy their needs a sound economic case to them and the broad have impacts on groundwater recharge, surface as a means of addressing poverty and other social as well as handling the wastewater generated by dissemination of pertinent information to producers water run-off and ponding/flooding, erosion and concerns. In Barbados, incentives to help small their operations. This is especially the case where in the sector. Moreover, greater efficiencies could be loss of topsoil (USDA, 2008). Thus, there is a farmers include: agricultural activity is not highly reliant on rainwater realised if appropriate support services were available need to integrate land and water management in supply. (Dobermann, 2007). order to minimise adverse impacts and maximise • Measures to assist with the sale of fresh yields. The application of fertilizers, pesticides and agricultural produce; Some of the water challenges facing agriculture In Barbados, energy is primarily used for the other compounds to control pests and diseases • A programme to assist cotton production through concern availability and dependability associated operation of irrigation systems, agriculture as well as to promote growth can cause problems providing information about the production with abstraction of the resource and matching this machinery and in animal husbandry. It has been associated with groundwater contamination. A policy process along with incentives; with water demand. Meeting the demand for water noted that the sugar industry has potential as a of promoting organic agriculture and the training • Promotion of agriculture in rural areas through the is dependent on meteorological, land, crop and producer of ethanol for energy production and of farmers in best management practices would provision of agricultural training and investment technological factors, but other factors such as the electricity, directly (Holder, 2003). This would, mitigate some of the adverse impacts on water in equipment and machinery; and farmer’s knowledge and expertise and access to however, require a shift in the type of cane planted quality. Since the 1970s, the island’s land use • Establishment and development of the cottage information and support can also be constraints. to a variety that has higher fibre content. It is policy has been governed by a Physical Development industry in rural areas. What this means is that water management in envisioned that the sugar processing facility would Plan (recently amended in 2003), which aims to agriculture, whether crop production, horticulture, generate between 166-173 GwH of electricity per ensure sustainable land use policies are followed, orchard development, animal husbandry, silviculture year (more than 10 per cent of domestic demand) without necessarily impacting on economic The stakeholders’ vision for greening or greenhouse vegetable production, can be very as well as 23 million litres of ethanol that can be development (see Annex 2 for further details). agricultural industry reflects a desire challenging (Kirchmann & Thorvaldsson, 2000). added to gasoline as an additive (Holder, 2003). In general, data on water, land, energy and chemical to revitalise the industry as well as Furthermore, one of the major deficiencies in There is also potential for the use of biogas,11 the usage in agriculture in Barbados is inadequate. enhance resource efficiency. the agricultural sector is a lack of data on actual process of anaerobic digestion or fermentation of Such information are partially available for utility
66 67 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 14. strengths and challenges in greening the agriculture sector
Strengths Challenges The features outlined above facilitate cheaper will need to strengthen quality control systems that imports, and a sector that is focused on short-term would identify where training is required and trigger 1. A strong interest in ‘wellness’ exhibited at the individual and 1. Maintenance of a strong commitment to enhancing wellness, community levels individual and community levels objectives. a review of training when necessary, and to provide adequate resources for laboratory facilities and other 2. The sociability/friendliness displayed by the Barbadian people 2. An emerging anti-social subculture The obverse of strength/opportunity is a challenge/ materials for promoting research and development. 3. The availability of a highly literate workforce 3. The capacity of families, social institutions and government to impediment. Table 14 sets out the main challenges maintain support for education and training of youth that could hinder the greening of Barbados’ Table 15 presents a systematic identification of the 4. Technical and financial support by the Caribbean Agricultural 4. The ability of regional institutions to garner adequate resources agriculture. challenges employing a score based on a 10-point Research and Development Institute, the University of the West to deliver relevant training and technical assistance Likert scale in relation to frequency and impact as Indies, as well as the Food and Agriculture Organization and the Inter-American Institute for Cooperation in Agriculture At the local level government could consider fiscal outlined in Addendum 1. The combination of these and other support for private sector providers two factors provides a ranking of importance shown 5. Strong education and training institutions at the primary, 5. The financial capacity of the international organizations in column (4). A challenge receives a score of 1 if the secondary, tertiary, and vocational levels of activities that promote ‘wellness’ as well as support the development of similar programmes frequency occurrence is low and 10 if the frequency 6. Fairly well established research and development infrastructure 6. Ability to attract and retain high quality teachers / instructors in government institutions. With respect to the of occurrence is certain. The scores are derived based in sugar cane breeding and maintain the quality of plant and other facilities strengthening of relationships with regional and on expert opinion and stakeholder discussions. 7. A highly trained public service 7. Neglect of succession planning international institutions, care should be taken 8. Decline in professional standards to ensure that the country observes the servicing The results provided in the table suggest that the of its commitments (financial and otherwise) key critical challenges facing the island relate to Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis to these institutions. Barbados could consider an emerging anti-social subculture, the lack of an institutional strengthening of systems for monitoring acceptable quality of research and development and evaluating the implementation of assistance infrastructure, and the lack of the financial capacity Many of the national and regional agricultural A vast gap exists between the mission statement of provided by regional and international institutions of regional and international institutions. It is research institutes have focused on improving the Ministry of Agriculture, Food, Fisheries, Industry such as UWI, the Caribbean Agricultural Research important that these issues be addressed going farmers’ livelihoods and incomes, with little and Small Business (MAFFIS)12 and the reality, and Development Institute (CARDI), the Caribbean forward if, indeed, the goal is to create an enabling attention being paid to social and environmental as reflected in policy and strategy with respect to Development Bank (CDB), the Food and Agriculture environment for agriculture. aspects (IAASTD, 2009). For example, the stated agriculture. There needs to be a differentiation Organization (FAO) and the Inter-American Institute objectives of The Regional Fund for Agricultural between commercial and backyard farmers because for Cooperation on Agriculture (IICA). The industry possesses substantial strengths that Technology (FONTAGRO) are to: their goals differ. Both groups are important to can be built upon to facilitate greening of the sector: achieving progress towards food security. There is no With respect to the capacity of CARDI and UWI to • Add a permanent flow of new resources for evidence of a strategic plan and strategy to achieve support Barbados’ agriculture, the collective timely • Accumulation of considerable technical regional agricultural research, the goals articulated in the mission statement of honouring of subventions to both institutions by knowledge pertaining to the cultivation of sugar • Accelerate applied research at the national level the MAFFIS. The farmers’ umbrella organization member governments, as well as the appropriate cane; by supplying public goods-type technologies of has not developed a strategic plan for agriculture or leadership within both institutions, is vital to their • An established research and development cross-country relevance, and any division within the organization. The deficiency ability to provide effective technical support to infrastructure; • Promote research cooperation and collaboration in planning capacity reduces the ability of the agriculture in the sub-region. In order to maintain • A vast quantity of human capital skilled in all among organizations at the national and regional leadership to represent the interests of the farming and enhance the professional quality of staff in aspects of sugar cane cultivation, harvesting and levels. community effectively. The Head of the Crops, agriculture and the public service, in general, GOB processing; Fruit and Vegetable Division within the Barbados While one can argue that social goals are implicit in Agriculture Society (BAS) identified the following those objectives mentioned above, it is possible that major challenges: Table 15. Assessment of Selected Challenges in THE Agriculture sector these can be side-lined in favour of economic goals Frequency of Ranking of Impact even though there is no explicit attempt being made • Limited government support through policies and Challenge Occurrence Importance (2) to ignore them. extension services; (1) (3) = (1) x (2) • Slow response by government agencies to farmers Maintenance of a strong commitment to enhancing wellness at the 4 3 12 A wide variety of vegetables and root crops request for technical support; individual and community levels are produced locally employing open field and • Lack of training; Emerging anti-social subculture 7 5 35 greenhouse systems. A major limitation of the open • Lack of access to capital; field approach is weather variability. The recent • Inadequate use of technology; Maintenance of strong support for training of youth 3 1 3 introduction of greenhouse technology facilitates all • Low returns on investment; Financial capacity of regional institutions 5 4 20 year production of some crops. Access to modern • Low productivity; Financial capacity of international institutions 5 4 20 technology and employment of good agricultural • Inefficient marketing systems; Maintenance of high quality education and training institutions 4 3 12 practices should enable domestic producers to • Poor crop scheduling; satisfy the local demand for vegetables, some root • Praedial larceny; Acceptable quality research and development infrastructure 5 4 20 crops and fruits, as well as penetrate niche export • Inability to attract talented and trained youth; and Maintenance of high quality public service 5 2 10 markets for products such as hot peppers, and • Minimal focus on production of value-added pepper sauce. products. Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis
68 69 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 16. Investment gap analysis of the agriculture sector Table 17. Assessment of Opportunities in the Agriculture sector Investment Gap Importance Performance Performance/ 3.1.4 Potential Returns Frequency Ranking of Score Score Investment Gap Effectiveness Opportunity of success (2) importance (1) (2) (3)=(1)-(2) in Terms of Economic (1) (3)=(1)*(2) Water scarcity 7 4 3 Fish offal as organic 6 6 36 Growth, Development fertilizer Lack of R&D 9 7 2 Use of household Data deficiencies 4 1 3 and Poverty Reduction 6 6 36 waste as fertilizer Training farmers in crop rotation 5 5 0 Biodigestors at the Greening of a restructured sugar cane industry is 6 5 30 Access to a wider pool of genetic resources 5 2 3 farm level likely to be the sole, viable long-term alternative with Capacity to produce materials locally 3 3 0 Organic fruits and respect to the survival and reversal of this industry’s 5 5 25 vegetables Lack of machinery 5 5 0 outlook. Successful greening of the sector will Institutional strengthening 10 3 7 require new private and public sector investment in Cooperatives 7 6 42 Infrastructure 8 4 4 infrastructure, training, research and development, and marketing (Landell Mills, 2011). The increased Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. Training 8 4 4 use of technology in all areas of industry operations Cultivation 9 3 6 should conduce higher productivity and attract a Market development and intelligence 9 2 7 higher level of trained personnel. Greening the sugar feeds (Table 17). The Ministry of Agriculture has cane industry creates an environment for reversing identified a need to increase the organic matter Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis the high average age of workers in the sector through of soils as a priority and is promoting organic enhanced capacity to compete with other sectors farming as a viable business opportunity. Key to the for labour. The attraction of large quantities of new successful promotion of organic agriculture will be • Storage facilities and established distribution • Delay in the upgrading of the regulatory investment and the return of idle sugar lands to substitution of imported inorganic fertilizers and systems locally and overseas; framework to meet international standards is an cultivation is expected to contribute to higher levels products with locally produced organic alternatives. • Adaptation of the industry to thin top soils, a impediment to exports; of output, employment and income generated by The needed raw materials are available and there is feature of the island’s landscape; • Shortages of trained manpower; the sector as new external markets for high value- already some local production. However, capacity • Private sector’s contribution to the enhancement • Weak extension services; added products are penetrated. The impact of the building for large-scale production of organic of the island’s landscape as well as to • Inadequate laboratory facilities for testing, industry is likely to be positive in the areas of foreign products and the implementation of a national environmental quality; research and development; exchange earnings, employment and enhancement organic farm certification programme are essential • Private sector’s contribution of raw materials • Inefficient marketing systems; and of the quality of rural life. for this sub-sector to grow. As a further development, to the manufacturing sector, especially to rum • Minimal technical capacity for planning by the stimulated supply could also result in the export of production; Barbados Agricultural Society. The prognosis suggests that major investments organically produced commodities. The move into • High level of local value-added in agricultural are required in the areas of infrastructure and organic farming would support economic growth in output; and There are limited human resources in the agriculture cultivation. The major segment of the large the local agricultural sector and contribute to poverty • A thriving industry would reduce public sector, and so policymakers must accept that an investment gap in cultivation pertains to the alleviation as well, particularly if smaller agricultural expenditure allocated to cleaning the hedgerows increase in the staffing level is required. Currently, transformation of the sugar industry. Elements of units could transform to organic energy-efficient of abandoned agricultural properties, thereby there are only five extension officers for the entire the investment gap pertaining to infrastructure, greenhouses. This move, however, would require freeing up resources for use in other priority island, which means that the critical relationships research and development, and training are no less support in the form of locally produced fertilizers, areas. between technical experts within the Ministry critical to the greening process. Public and private animal feeds and soil conditioner. It would also and farmers are not being forged. Without those sector investments in the identified elements should create demand for other services that could be The ranking of investment gaps is presented in relationships, the channels for providing the enable the sector to meet domestic demand for fresh provided by the private sector. Table 16. An importance score is assigned to each assistance required by farmers are extremely limited produce (conventional and organic) and other value- challenge and opportunity based on a 10-point at best. One important area where the benefit of added products, including packaged and graded The sector report (an input into the preparation of Likert scale, where 1 denotes insignificance and assistance would be quickly realised by both parties produce and processed mixed vegetables, and to this document) identified the substantial package 10 means very important. The importance of the pertains to documenting field information and its increase exports along with providing greater support of fiscal incentives that are in place to support investment gap is quantified by subtracting column communication to the experts to aid the research to the agro-processing industry. The opportunity conventional and ‘green economy’ farming. Critical 2 from column 1. A positive value in column 3 and development process, the end result being rapid for forging stronger linkages with the tourism and to the appropriation of opportunities accruing indicates that greater investment is required to implementation or remedies and new approaches hospitality industries, processing and distribution from the pursuit of ‘green economy’ initiatives is enhance a particular strength or minimization of an at the farm/field level. Moreover, stakeholders in sectors should contribute to the strengthening of effective government leadership in the areas of identified challenge. the industry are of the opinion that an opportunity the economy, such as increased foreign exchange policy implementation. Government support that exists for extension services to be delivered modern earnings/savings, creation of new employment facilitates the raising of capital by the private sector Data from this table suggests that there is an urgent communication channels such as mobile phones. opportunities and enhancement of skills in the will be essential to the success of this new direction need to address investment gaps in relation to the agricultural sector. in agriculture. The harmonization of public policy following: implementation with respect to commerce and A particular growth opportunity that has been domestic production in agriculture is absolutely • Limited access to capital for upgrading of identified is associated with the increased essential to instil confidence in the farming technology, physical plant and animals; production of fertilizer, soil conditioner and animal community.
70 71 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
The government’s role with respect to marketing, 3.1.6 Potential for 3.1.8 Summary systems, implementing soil conservation measures, access to information required for business decision- underwriting the cost of obtaining organic farm making and an effective extension services system environmental Agriculture in Barbados is, for the most part, certification as well as the cost of components for are equally important. The government needs to improvement dominated by the sugar cane industry, with greenhouses and hydroponics, and numerous other give priority to the articulation and establishment production trends for most of the other non-sugar measures. The results from the analysis done and of a regulatory framework that is compatible crops being erratic. The sugar industry has the recorded in this chapter suggest that the key critical with international standards. Furthermore, the Making material reuse and recycling more attractive largest share of total acreage planted, foreign challenges facing the sector relate to the lack of enforcement of measures to minimize the incidence and financially worthwhile could have environmental exchange earnings and domestic earnings. Over an acceptable level and quality of research and of praedial larceny needs to be tightened promptly. spillover effects such as curbing littering and fly the last three decades, however, the industry development infrastructure, the inadequate financial It is expected that as long as there is an environment tipping. The transformation of waste into useful has contracted significantly owing to the loss of capacity of regional and international institutions, that is conducive to doing business, private sector materials would help to limit the generation of preferential market access to the EU. The production and the problem of praedial larceny. interests will be induced to invest. greenhouse gases and the formation of leachates of livestock and dairy products is concentrated in and seepage into the groundwater aquifers. At an poultry, primarily to meet local demand. Public and private sector investments in the many aesthetic level, a viable and thriving agricultural critical areas identified so as to close the huge 3.1.5 Potential for sector would maintain and enhance the landscape Agriculture is dependent on water as a primary input investment gap should enable the sector to meet green Jobs Creation and its attractiveness to citizens and visitors alike. into its production processes and, given the scale of domestic demand for fresh produce (conventional The increased use of biodigestors at the farm level agricultural activity worldwide, it is easy to see why and organic) and other value-added products, and Transmigration would also play a role in diversifying energy sources it appropriates around 70 per cent of the world’s including packaged and graded produce along with as well as having environmental benefits arising water resources. In an effort to conserve water and processed mixed vegetables. Such investments from better management of farm waste that might reduce input costs in the local industry, information would also increase exports and provide greater Greening agriculture has the potential to generate otherwise pollute the environment. about drip irrigation has been disseminated fairly support to the agro-processing industry. This study large numbers of remunerative jobs in areas, such widely throughout the industry, which has recorded a also reveal the following: as construction of irrigation storage facilities, concomitant rise in the utilisation of this technology. installation of irrigation equipment, repair and 3.1.7 Conclusions However, there is a need to train farmers in relation • there is an urgent need to address investment maintenance of equipment, and waste recycling. to matching water application to the growth stages gaps related to limited access to capital for There will also be a demand for solar technicians, and crop needs. Energy, on the other hand, is upgrading of technology, physical plant and inspectors, and ecosystems and biodiversity The stakeholders’ vision for greening agricultural primarily used for the operation of irrigation systems, animals; specialists (UNEP, 2008). A viable and thriving industry reflects a desire to revitalise the industry as agricultural machinery and animal husbandry. • delays are experienced due to manpower agricultural sector would also attract new well as enhance resource efficiency. This vision is Agriculture also produces waste material, the shortages in the Attorney General’s Office with entrepreneurs into the sector. There would not only largely consistent with Barbados’ definition of green disposal of which can be problematic in some respect to upgrading the regulatory framework to be the creation of new job opportunities, but also a economy identified earlier, and therefore suggests cases, such as animal waste and waste from sugar meet international standards; 13 transmigration of agricultural jobs from traditional that there is stakeholder support for greening the processing. Land preparation and tillage practices in • there is a shortage of trained manpower in the agricultural practices to those that are based on the industry. The growth of a vibrant agricultural industry agriculture have impacts on groundwater recharge, sector; sustainable utilisation of the environment. can lead to both economic growth within agriculture surface water run-off and ponding/flooding, erosion • weak extension services; and most other aspects of the economy in Barbados. and loss of topsoil. • inadequate laboratory facilities for testing, The creation of green jobs is not limited to direct The industry plays a critical role in relation research and development; employment in the agricultural sector, but would to maintain green spaces that and the overall It is envisioned that greening agriculture would be • inefficient marketing systems; and include a range of new support services to the environment that visitors to the island expect of a characterised by increasing use of farming practices • minimal technical capacity for planning by the industry as well. Consultancies and training in tourist destination. Indeed, this has been one of the and technologies that simultaneously enhance farm Barbados Agricultural Society. resource auditing and efficiency measurement would reasons advanced for the continued support provided productivity, reduce negative externalities, and be among those support services. to the sugar (cane) industry. Greening agriculture, rebuild ecological resources such as soil, water, air, In relation to opportunities for growth, the greening however, creates avenues for growth also in energy and biodiversity. Conventional farming practices tend of a restructured sugar cane industry is likely to Agriculture is a long-term venture in which the production and waste management. To support this to have major negative impacts, including damage reverse the negative outlook for that industry. While returns may not be realized within a single year – growth, however, a comprehensive and integrated to soil structure, environmental damage, creation such a venture will require both public and private it can actually take three to five years before any development plan incorporating green principles of potential health hazards in food, reduction in sector investments in infrastructure, training, profits are made. It therefore requires perseverance will be required. Future research should therefore food quality and high use of energy. It also involves research and development and marketing, a greener and long-term commitment. The general consensus look at the issues related to payment for ecosystem intensive animal production systems, which are sugar cane industry would create an environment is that agriculture is or can be economically viable. services in the sector, an agri-insurance scheme for ethically unacceptable and exorbitant social costs. that recognizes and responds to the high average However, the systems and inputs needed to realize small-scale producers and potential waste-to-energy age of workers and the competitiveness of the profits are lacking. In the 1900s, the agriculture options. Over the past two decades, the industry has industry. The other growth opportunities identified industry operated on a larger scale with significantly benefit from several initiatives aimed at enabling include the increased production of fertilizer, more human resources and financial backing. Today, sustainable agricultural development. New soil conditioners and animal feeds. Indeed, the resources are dwindling, and until the political legislation passed included the Fisheries Act, Plant adoption and promotion of organic agriculture directorate recognizes that the industry is in jeopardy, Protection Act, Soil Conservation and Scotland would require substitution of imported inorganic it will continue to operate at a suboptimal level. District Act, among others, while incentives have fertilizers and products with locally produced organic been provided for utilising efficient irrigation alternatives. Such a switch therefore to organic
72 73 1.
BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
farming, supported by locally produced fertilizers Greening agricultural industry can lead to both and agricultural products, would buttress economic economic growth within agriculture and most other growth in the local agricultural sector and contribute sectors of Barbados’ economy. This industry does to poverty alleviation. play a significant role in relation to maintaining green spaces and the overall environment that Government’s major role in relation to supporting visitors to the island expect of a tourist destination. the transition to a greener agricultural industry Indeed, this has been one of the reasons advanced will be in the area of policy implementation. Some for the continued support provided to the sugar effort should be made to harmonize public policy (cane) industry. Greening the agriculture industry, with respect to commerce and domestic production. however, also creates avenues for growth also in In addition, government support that facilitates energy production and waste management, which the raising of capital by the private sector will would require the development of a comprehensive be essential to the success of this new direction and integrated plan based on green principles. in agriculture. The enforcement of measures to minimize the incidence of praedial larceny also needs to be tightened promptly. “. . . . the importance of the island’s fishing industry to our social security cannot be over-emphasised, and thus the need for the employment of modern technology within the sector, as well as improved relations and continued dialogue among fisherfolk, processors, market managers and technocrats to achieve the goal of a sustainable fishery.”
Dr The Honorable Denis Lowe Minister of Environment and Drainage Feature address at the Official Opening of the Consett Bay Sustainable Fishing Educational Exposition, 2 June 2010
Local farmer utilising small-scale low-cost technologies. Photo:Travis Sinckler
74 75 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
3.2 FISHERIES 3.2.1 Background
Fishing and fish have been an important part of Barbados’ commerce and culture from the earliest recorded times (Welch, 2005). Fishery resources in Barbados supply a range of goods and services, Key including food, recreation opportunities and ecosystem services. They generate direct market messages benefits by way of jobs, income and other tax revenue, as well as foreign exchange through exports Fisheries play a major role in food security and in the economic, nutritional and cultural and foreign exchange savings from reduced food imports (Mahon, Parker, Sinckler, Willoughby & well-being of Caribbean countries. The current status and trends of coastal and marine Johnson, 2007). During 2010, total fish landings resources in the region point to increasing pressure from a number of sources. In were approximately 3,200 tonnes, with Flyingfish Traditional fishing boats – An intervention to support local landings accounting for 75 per cent of this total due livelihoods and food security following the ravages of hurricane Barbados, fisheries have been an important part of the national economy and Janet in 1955. Photo: Creative Commons/myheimu to Flyingfish landings (Table 18). culture from the earliest recorded times but are currently underperforming economically and socially. The fishing industry has historically served as a Additional livelihoods include cooks at fish frys social safety net, providing work for those unable (community-based grilling events) and restaurants. to find other employment. It is estimated that Numerous others make a living by supporting The stakeholders’ vision for greening the fisheries industry reflects a desire more than 6,000 people are engaged in the fishing the industry through supporting services such as to have an economically viable as well as sustainable industry. industry in Barbados. This includes those who boatbuilding, and the sale and maintenance of catch, sell, process and distribute fish. The primary boats, boat engines, fishing tackle and electronic stakeholders (Table 19) of the harvest sub-sector equipment (Table 19). Others sell and service the Investment gaps exist in relation to conservation of marine resources, are fishermen and boat owners, with over three- vehicles and equipment involved in transporting, capacity building, credit, communication and coordination among quarters of these being active fishers. The majority processing and exporting fish. The fishing industry economic sectors, and collaboration between local and regional of fishermen (99 per cent) and boat owners (91 is important in other ways as well. It provides an per cent) are male. Females make up the majority important input to the tourism industry – Flyingfish, officials. of the post-harvest workforce accounting for 63 Dolphinfish, Kingfish and tuna are perennial per cent of the primary post-harvest stakeholders, favourites with visitors. Recently, fish frys, such as There are opportunities for linkages with other sectors, for example fish with vending, boning and scaling predominantly those at Oistins and Half Moon Fort (Moon Town), female dominated activities. Males predominate have emerged as a major feature in the country’s offal as a fertilizer or dolphin skin as fish leather, as well as the use of among processors, exporters, hawkers and skinners tourism product and attract large numbers of visitors clean technologies and environmentally friendly practices to gain access to (Fisheries Division, 2004). who have the opportunity to interact with the many market.
Although few marine boundaries have been negotiated, it is clear that Table 18. Fish Landings by Type (Tonnes) there must be considerable discussion and collaboration among people from the various territories on issues that cross jurisdictions due to close Commodity 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 geographical proximity. There must also be a collective recognition that Flyingfish 921.6 1,288.0 1,813.8 2,292.0 2,424.0 greening fisheries, particularly the ecological and harvest aspects, is a Dolphinfish 475.7 693.0 347.9 870.0 465.0 transboundary matter. Kingfish 39.2 34.0 20.6 19.0 29.0 Billfish 97.1 20.0 83.0 30.0 27.0 Tuna 265.2 181.2 57.0 141.4 72.0 Snapper 13.3 22.0 2.1 16.0 28.0 Reef fish 19.8 8.0 8.7 9.0 20.0 Shark 9.9 140.0 7.9 7.0 8.0 Swordfish 29.9 20.0 28.8 15.0 10.0 Other varieties 106.8 109.0 55.1 137.0 98.0
Source: Fisheries Department/Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development.
76 77 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 19. Stakeholder composition by fisheries tablTable 21. VThealu Ve-Aaludde Aeddd feodr fDoiffr Deiffrenert enFisthe Fisriheesri (US$es (US$ ) ) sub-sector % of the ex-vessel value (the value of landed raw fish Fish type Ex-vessel value Value-added Overall value Sector Stakeholder Industry delivered by a fisher) of fish landings is reflected Flyingfish 1 794 249 13 324 338 15 118 587 under fisheries in the GDP estimates of Barbados. Harvest Dolphinfish 2 502 692 3 001 173 5 503 865 Primary stakeholder Fishermen 63 However, Mahon et al. (2007) note that this value Tuna 701 425 1 217 695 1 919 119 Boat owners 37 is only 20 per cent of the total value of the fishing Billfishes 307 805 327 302 635 107 Secondary stakeholder Boat-builders 0 industry, when value-added is considered. The value- Swordfish 96 522 61 518 158 040 added component ranges from 0 per cent in the case Ice suppliers 0 Kingfish 133 459 92 141 225 600 of sea eggs to 88 per cent of the total value in the Fuel suppliers 0 case of Flyingfish, and is higher for offshore catches, Snappers 82 150 122 964 205 115 Ancillary service 0 which are either processed and exported, or are Shark and Barracuda 44 721 42 317 87 037 providers cooked and served at fish frys and restaurants, than Lobster 3 934 3 888 7 821 Post-Harvest it is for inshore catches, which are most often sold Oistins Bay – A primary fish landing site in Jacks 29 626 16 898 46 524 directly to consumers (Table 21). The overall value- the South of Barbados. Photo: Travis Sinckler Primary stakeholder Vendors 37 added for different local fisheries was estimated at Bonito 4 885 4 684 9 570 Boners 39 over US$ 25 million in 2006 compared with the Reef fishes 44 657 28 028 72 685 Hawkers 8 ex-vessel GDP estimate of US$ 7.5 million (Mahon, Sea eggs 1 387 500 0 1 387 500 Parker, Sinckler, Willoughby & Johnson, 2007). Skinner 8 All others 201 048 28 890 229 938 Scalers 6 Mahon et al. emphasize that fisheries may also have Total 7 334 672 18 271 837 25 606 508 Processors 1 considerable value in several other ways including the Exporters 1 value of the support services to the fishing industry, Source: Mahon, R. et al., 2007. the value of fishing and fish products in attracting Source: Barbados Fisheries Management Plan 2004-2006 visitors to the island, the value of fish as food in maintaining the health of Barbadians and therefore two contrasting fisheries in Barbados. This research provide for the management and development of reducing health costs, and the value of fisheries will be valuable in future initiatives towards greening fisheries in Barbados. The accompanying Fisheries locals that patronise them (Mahon, Parker, Sinckler, in the culture and identity of Barbadians. The true the sector as it may help to identify or confirm the (Management) Regulations (1998) address closed Willoughby & Johnson, 2007). economic value of fisheries resources is for the most fisheries and areas within the harvest and post- areas and seasons, fishing methods and equipment part unknown in Barbados, as in the rest of the world. harvest sub-sectors that could provide the most profit to be adopted, and protective measures for lobsters, The composition of the local registered fishing or have the greatest impact from greening. turtles, sea eggs and tuna. Some provisions are fleet and its associated characteristics is provided The Centre for Resource Management and also made for the protection of corals. According in Table 20. Except for the largest iceboats and Environmental Studies (CERMES), at the University Several policy and legislative instruments guide to Section 3(3) of the Fisheries Act, the “objective longliners, most fishing vessels are built locally, of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus, is currently the sustainable development and management of fisheries management and development shall be and most are made of wood. Iceboats are replacing involved in a collaborative research project, of the fisheries sub-sector and the surrounding to ensure the optimum utilisation of the fisheries launches as the preferred vessel for pelagic fishing Economic Valuation of the Fisheries of Barbados, marine environment (Table 22) These instruments resources in the waters of Barbados for the benefit (McConney, Mahon & Pomeroy, 2007). with the Barbados Fisheries Division, the overall are essential to integrating the fisheries sub- of the people of Barbados”. Furthermore, Section 4 purpose of which is to estimate the economic sector in the Barbadian green economy. The makes provisions for the Fisheries Management Plan In 2007, Mahon et al. highlighted the apparent contributions of the fisheries sub-sector to the Barbados Fisheries Act of 1993 was developed to as it speaks to “schemes for the management and value of Barbados’ fisheries and their significant national economy. The project will provide new importance to the national economy. In general, only information on the economic importance and value of
Table 22. Initiatives aimed at enabling the sustainable development and management of the fisheries sub-sector and marine environment Table 20. Registered Fishing Fleet Composition and Associated Characteristics Legislation Details Boat type Length No. (2009) Propulsion Fish type and gear Barbados Fisheries Act Provides for the management and development of fisheries in Barbados Moses 3-6m 564 Oars or 10-40 hp Reef and coastal: hand and trolling lines, fish traps and Markets and Slaughter-Houses Act Allows the Minister to regulate markets and slaughterhouses outboard engines cast nets Territorial Waters Act Defines the territorial waters of Barbados Launches or 6-12m 251 10-180 hp inboard Flyingfish and large pelagic; hand and trolling lines, Marine Boundaries and Jurisdiction Act Establishes the exclusive economic zone for the island dayboats diesel engines gill nets and hoop nets Coastal Zone Management Act Provides a comprehensive statutory basis for coastal management and planning Iceboats >12m 185 Inboard diesel Flyingfish and large pelagic; hand and trolling lines, engines gill nets and hoop nets Marine Areas (Preservation and Supports the preservation and protection of marine life in certain submarine Enhancement) Act areas of Barbados and for the establishment of underwater parks and art centres Longliners >12m 36 Inboard diesel Tunas and swordfish, with a by-catch of large engines pelagic; pelagic longline gear but some carry all gear Marine Pollution Control Act Developed to prevent, reduce and control pollution of the marine environment of associated with iceboats Barbados from whatever source
Source: McConney et al., 2003. Source: Authors’ analysis.
78 79 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
development of fisheries in the waters of Barbados”. subject to full territorial sovereignty. Foreign vessels The Barbados Fisheries Management Plans (1997- have a right of innocent passage through the territorial box 1 BEST PRACTICE GOOD GOVERNANCE 2000; 2001-2003; 2004-2006) summarise the waters but not if the captain or other person in charge TO SUPPORT A SUSTAINABLE FISHERIES fisheries of Barbados and their management. of the ship engages in any calculated act of pollution POLICY FRAMEWORK IN BARBADOS They provide a scheme for the individual fisheries or acts likely to cause harm to Barbados’ resources or inclusive of an assessment of the fishery (ecology, its marine environment. fishing methods, economic, resource status) and management and development measures The Marine Boundaries and Jurisdiction Act (1979) The agriculture sector has been successful in: related legislation. It may be (opportunities, constraints, management units, establishes a 200-mile EEZ in which sovereign identified as a key driver in the –– identifying key persons from reviewed at any time during the Barbadian green economy. The among stakeholders to act as plan period. possible additional management measures). rights are vested in the government of Barbados in sector has been leading the way change agents; respect of the exploration, exploitation, conservation, via the development of economic –– developing strategies to effect • The Fisheries Act (1993, amended Successive national Fisheries Management Plans protection or management of the natural living incentives to ensure good behavioural changes among 2000) which is based on the (FMPs) are guided by the Code of Conduct for and non-living resources of the sea-bed, subsoil environmental practices such as fisherfolk; Organization of Eastern Caribbean Responsible Fisheries that sets the stage for more and superjacent waters; and the preservation and water conservation- via research –– preparing and distributing States (OECS) harmonized sustainable fisheries (greener fisheries) in both the protection of the marine environment and the into organic crop production and user-friendly information on the legislation. It covers the harvest and postharvest sectors. The FMPs take into prevention and control of marine pollution. Under drought resistant plant varieties; fisheries management issues; formulation and review of fisheries account the promotion of fisheries management, section 6, provision for the exploitation of resources and through investment into green –– mounting extension programmes management and development the protection of the environment and atmosphere in Barbados’ Exclusive Economic Zone is made in technologies such as solar energy that focus on the educating schemes; the establishment of through well-developed and designed vessels, accordance with UNCLOS that assigns rights and for ice-making in the fishing fisherfolk and the public on a fisheries advisory committee; safety measures for vessels, quality assurance of responsibilities of States for their respective zones industry. fisheries management issues fisheries access agreements; and best practices; and local and foreign fishing licensing; products, development of seafood legislation and and preventing other territories from utilising their The development of a green – establishing strategic alliances sport fishing; registration of standards and the marketing of value-added seafood resources. – economy must include community between the industry and fishing vessels; construction products such as fish silage which otherwise would participation and stewardship and relevant agencies, i.e. the and alteration of fishing vessels; be wasted. The plans do not pay much attention to Barbados has all other rights in and jurisdiction again these attributes are hallmarks Coast Guard, that ensures the fisheries research; fisheries aquaculture, although it is encouraged as a means over the EEZ recognized in international law. The of the agricultural industry, more protection of fishermen on the enforcement and the obligation of diversification of income and diet in the Code of Coastal Zone Management Act (1998) provides specifically, the fisheries sub-sector. high seas. to supply information. It also Conduct. a comprehensive statutory basis for coastal specifies conservation measures management and planning in Barbados. Article 4 Co-management In Barbados, the A strong legal framework such as prohibiting the use of any The Markets and Slaughter-Houses Act (1958) provides the legal basis for the Coastal Zone fisheries sub-sector has developed A complement to the participatory explosive, poison or other noxious could enable the efficient and sustainable use of Management Plan that establishes and clearly sets a framework for the management of approach is a strong legal substance; closed seasons, gear fish markets via Sections 3 and 12. In Section 3, out Government’s coastal management policy and fisheries resources and associated framework that the Government restrictions and the creation habitats that has embraced a of Barbados anticipates will be an of marine reserves. The Act the Minister can lawfully “establish, manage and technical guidelines for the use and allocation of dynamic multi-stakeholder approach addition strategic component of is supported by the Fisheries regulate public markets for the sale of marketable coastal resources. Article 15 provides restrictions for to management. This framework the Barbadian green economy. The (Management) Regulations (1998), commodities therein and to provide all such matters marine areas. The provisions for coral reef protection ensures that non-state actors are note-worthy legislative instruments which lays out specific restrictions and things as may be necessary for the convenient are more specific with some provision for fisheries integrated into several levels of include: and outlines the accompanying use of such markets.” In Section 12, authority is (Sections 22-27). This is an important document for management and decision-making. penalties. given to the Minister to “provide slaughter-houses fisheries management and an ecosystem approach • The Fisheries Act (Cap. 391 and such plant, machinery or apparatus as may be to management as it provides the legal basis for The objective of the government section 4) which provides the The Fishing Industry continues to necessary for treating or disposing of waste matter preventing and reducing habitat degradation. The is to promote co-management legal authority for preparation be a major contributor to both food or refuse resulting from the slaughtering of animals Act also encompasses the designation of Marine within the fisheries sub-sector so of a Fisheries Management security and socioeconomic well- therein.” Additionally in Section 26, sub-section Protected Areas and Marine Parks. that stakeholders are involved in Plan, and lays out the terms for being. It has, over the fifteen (15) (r) the Minister may make regulations pertaining implementing measures aimed at “schemes for the management year period since the promulgation protecting and preserving fisheries and development of fisheries of the Fisheries Act, shown the to the management and use of markets and The Marine Areas (Preservation and Enhancement) resources. The framework in the waters of Barbados”. It inevitable peaks and troughs with slaughterhouses. Therefore provisions exist within Act (1976) preserves and protects marine life in facilitates the strengthening of is developed using a multi- respect to production, but has this Act for implementation of best practices via certain submarine areas of Barbados and establishes fisher-folk organizations through stakeholder approach, with the significantly boasted consistent waste management and conservation. underwater parks and art centres. It provides technical and developmental Chief Fisheries Officer being growth during the past three primarily for marine protected areas (MPAs). The assistance and actively promoting charged with the responsibility of recessionary years. Also during Apart from these fisheries-specific policies, there only regulation in existence regarding MPAs is the co-management and community- its development and keeping such this period, an expansion has taken is also supportive legislation that is relevant Marine Areas (Preservation and Enhancement; based management approaches. schemes under review. place both in the number of fishing and important to marine resources and fisheries Barbados Marine Reserve) Regulations of 1981. platforms using longline fishing management. The Barbados Territorial Waters Act However, it specifically refers to the Barbados The multi-sectoral Fisheries The Plan forms the basis for techniques to capture exportable of 1977 defines the territorial waters of Barbados Marine Reserve, now known as the Folkestone Advisory Committee, which counts fisheries policy, management large pelagics, as well as improved as extending 12 nautical miles around the island. Marine Reserve. the Chief Fisheries Officer as an (both conservation and and/or increased marketing ex-officio member, is mandated development), administration facilities, with concomitant Section 3 (2) of the Act provides that these waters, by law to advise the Minister. and the formulation or increases in small fish processing including the underlying seabed and subsoil, form The Marine Pollution Control Act (1998) was This Committee has been very implementation of fisheries- businesses. part of the territory of Barbados and are, therefore, developed to prevent, reduce and control pollution of
80 81 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
the marine environment of Barbados from whatever • The Fisheries Management Plan was discussed • implementation of ecosystem-based management stock, preservation of the marine environment, while source. It recognizes that much of the marine previously in conjunction with the Fisheries Act. approaches and other new approaches to fisheries allowing the fishing industry to remain economically pollution affecting coastal waters originates from • The Barbados Coastal Management plan exists in management; viable and fishing communities to maintain social land-based sources and activities, and supports three volumes: 1) Policy Framework; 2) Atlantic • reduction of wastage in the fisheries sub-sector; and cultural heritage. A green fisheries policy the Coastal Zone Management Act as it addresses Coastal Management and 3) Caribbean Coastal improving/promoting energy efficiency in markets, includes ecosystem-based management of coastal pollution sources that negatively impact on the Management Plan. The plans are all linked by boats and processing plants; and and marine social ecological systems that enhance marine environment and marine biodiversity. There sustainability and effective implementation • increase in the implementation of water livelihoods and well-being within the fishing industry are no regulations for marine pollution control as yet. framework strategic objectives and associated conservation measures at markets and within the and related marine economic sectors, while allowing policy objectives both of which are relevant to processing sector, individuals and communities to maintain their social National and sectoral plans have been prepared fisheries. and cultural heritage. A green fisheries sub-sector: in the past few years with a view to achieving a which will protect, preserve and enhance fisheries comprehensive framework for the sustainable The government of Barbados acceded to the Montreal habitats and marine resources and thus facilitate • is managed in a way that takes into consideration development of natural resources in Barbados. They Protocol in October 1992 and is listed as a Party the realisation of Barbados’ sustainable fisheries. all coastal and marine resources in an ecosystem are therefore relevant to the fisheries sub-sector and to Article 5. The country has also ratified all the However, to achieve this and build a greener (fishing techniques, management approaches); its greening. amendments to the Protocol. Barbados has further fisheries sub-sector, a number of policies will have • helps to protect sensitive marine species, and implemented the Refrigerant Management Plan to be put in place. essential and vulnerable habitats The National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (RMP) and effectively eliminated the consumption • promotes rebuilding depleted marine resources to (NBSAP) for Barbados were prepared in 2002 as of CFCs in the Barbados Refrigeration and Air- Within the Medium-term Development Strategy of meet the food security needs of both current and a requirement of the CBD. The NBSAP integrates Conditioning market. The government of Barbados Barbados (2010-2014), the aim for the agriculture future generations; biodiversity management and conservation aspects has placed all ozone depleting substances (ODSs) sector (in which fisheries is subsumed) is greater • is conducted in ways that are energy efficient, of the various existing sectoral plans and serves to under the Customs (List of Prohibited and Restricted domestic food production through new and improved and minimize (1) the release of greenhouse gases, minimise overlap and increase the efficiency of use Imports and Exports) Order of 2009 and the 2010 methods of farming and to substantially reduce the (2) harmful chemicals, (3) waste production and of human, financial and equipment resources. The Amendment Order. This action effectively prohibits importation of food by 2014. While the focus of this (4) water wastage; and NBSAP comprises twelve objectives, all relevant trade in ODSs with a global phase-out date on or aim seems to be relevant to cultivation and livestock • operates in a socially, economically, equitable and in some way to fishery resources. However, the before 1 January 2010 and imposes a licensing production, ensuring the “sustainable availability responsible manner so as not to negatively impact fisheries sub-sector is only directly referenced in restriction for trade in ODSs and ODS consuming and production of fish and fish products by assuring on people dependent on the sector (adapted from the final objective: To promote the conservation equipment with future Phase-out dates under the the efficient management and development of the UNEP, 2011d). and sustainable use of biodiversity in various Protocol (i.e. HCFCs). Consequentially, trade in fisheries resources” is one of the many strategies sectors (agriculture, health, fisheries and tourism). HCFCs and HCFC consuming equipment requires the and areas outlined for intervention. It is meant Distinguishing fisheries from agriculture indicates trader to acquire an Import/Export license in advance to facilitate the repositioning of the agriculture 3.2.2 Resource Use and the government’s awareness of differences among of arrival at (departure from) Barbados’ shores. sector to effectively achieve the aim and tackle the economic sectors. challenges of a high import food bill, high global Efficiency Measures The National Strategic Plan of Barbados (2006- energy costs, rapid climate change and decrease of There is further strong support for greening the 2025) provides the model for the realisation of agriculture exports by some major food suppliers. fishing industry and green economy within the Barbados’ vision of becoming “a fully developed In general, most Caribbean coastal resources are vision statements of the NBSAP for the specific society that is prosperous, socially just and globally Additionally, support for the addition of value to the considered to be under stress from overexploitation, goals for the role of biodiversity conservation in the competitive” by 2025. There are six strategic goals sector through product development can be applied degradation of coastal and marine ecosystems, development process in Barbados – sustainable proposed for achieving the national vision. Goal 4 to fisheries in pursuing value-added products such limited or poor management, and climate change development, environmental preservation, advances the building of a green economy through as the substitution of Flyingfish roe for caviar, the and are therefore not making an optimum responsible economic decision-making and the “protection, preservation and enhancement production of leather and leather products from contribution to socioeconomic development in the protection of national biological heritage. of our physical infrastructure, environment and fish skins, and the production of processed fish region (Fanning, Mahon, & McConney, 2009; Agard scarce resources as we seek to advance our social products for local consumption and export. The NSP et al., 2007). All the major commercially important The following plans make provisions for the and economic development.” The goal has six and Medium-term Development Strategy therefore fishery species and species groups are reported sustainable management of the majority of the accompanying objectives of which three are relevant provide a broad policy environment for greening the to be either fully developed or over-exploited. It human activities that impact the conservation of to greening fisheries – promotion and facilitation fisheries industry. is likely that the status of Caribbean fisheries is biodiversity and sustainability of resources in both of the sustainable use of Barbados’ renewable similar to that of fisheries globally with respect to the marine and terrestrial environment: resources and the wise management of the non- The concept of green policies to support fisheries the exploitation level and their need for being rebuilt renewable resources; maintenance of a safe and is not new, but is embedded within sustainable after being overfished (Agard et al. 2007). • The Physical Development Plan (Amended reliable water supply; and certainty of an efficient development and, thus, sustainable fisheries. Based 2003) provides policies for the use of land and reliable energy sector. Many of the strategies on the regularly accepted definitions of sustainability In Barbados, for those fisheries where data and the criteria and controls over the types of for achieving these goals are enabling conditions for and sustainable development, sustainable fisheries is available, they are generally overfished or development that are allowable in different greening Barbados’ fisheries. may be defined as resources that can be harvested overexploited (shallow-shelf reef fishes, sea eggs, parts of the island. Development in accordance to meet the needs of today’s generation without turtles), thought to be fully exploited in some areas with environmental management and the The goal of the NSP promotes finding the right compromising the ability of future generations (deep slope and bank reef fishes), or show inter- environmental health of the nation is a strong balance between development and the preservation to harvest fish for their needs (FAO, 1995). This annual variability (Flyingfish) (McConney, Mahon & focus of the Plan. of physical surroundings through the: requires the restoration and conservation of fish Oxenford, 2003). In spite of this situation, there is
82 83 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
little on-going effort aimed at assessing the fishery photovoltaic system in Barbados was US$ 86,726. In terms of waste, the Bridgetown Public Market employed by the Fisheries Division to clean the resources of Barbados with the objective of placing It uses twenty-four 200Ah, 12V lead acid batteries produces about 2-3 tonnes of fish offal daily. sheds and collect catch and effort data. There are management plans on a more technically sound base for energy storage, enough storage to allow the two Instead of being dumped, fish offal could be used also many other recognized landing beaches and (McConney et al. 2003). half-tonne ice machines to continue to run overnight to produce fish silage or meal for fertilizer (A. bays, or tertiary sites, without physical infrastructure (GOB, 2001). There are also plans to have solar Cummins, pers. comm.). In the past silage was where boats are moored or beached and fish landed. Fish processing typically consumes significant panels installed at Conset Bay Fish Market. produced by a fish processor and some farmers. quantities of water and discharges significant A feeding trial was also undertaken by the Central In a country with little resources, resource efficiency quantities of organic material, both as effluent Additionally, from discussions had during the Livestock Station that resulted in good growth rates should be paramount in a green economy. The and as solid waste. However, there is little use Fisheries Industry Stakeholder Consultation Meeting for the pigs under study with no tainting of meat GESS is therefore an opportunity to look at of hazardous substances, with the exception of in July 2011, it is apparent that fitting fishing boats when crude fish silage supplemented commercial resource efficiency gains from the fishing industry. cleaning fluids. As water is used extensively in fish with engines that are too powerful and so result feed. As the poultry industry also has the technology Beyond the fisheries sub-sector, the Ministry of the processing, water-saving measures are very common in an erosion of efficiency gains, continues to be to use waste, the potential for supplementing feed Environment and Water Resources is emphasizing and suggests that there are “cleaner-production” a problem in the fishing industry. This perverse should be further explored. Furthermore, the use of clean technologies use. Therefore, certain economic opportunities in this industry.14 The first step in effect of current duty-free concessions for boat the skin of Dolphinfish and Triggerfish to produce sectors such as fisheries could be developed in reducing water consumption is to analyse water engines granted by the Fisheries Division needs to leather points to another recyclable material that advancing clean, energy-efficient policies. use patterns carefully to identify leaks and wasteful be reviewed since too many boat owners seem to be could provide significant economic benefits. practices. The next step is to determine optimum always trying to obtain the engine with the highest Funding, research and development are required to water consumption rates necessary to maintain horsepower under concession. exploit these economic opportunities, which need to 3.2.3 Investment Gaps processing operations and food hygiene standards. be followed by creative product marketing. Water reuse can be considered where it does not It is evident that the engine type used (powered compromise product quality and hygiene. by non-renewable versus renewable energy) is not There has been a small-scale initiative to recycle Stakeholders were generally of the opinion that a foremost concern when consideration is being engine oil so as to reduce waste and improve sustainability was a key element of the future growth Water conservation measures are currently being given to greening the fisheries sub-sector. This is economic efficiency in boat operations. At the of the fishing industry.15 The fisheries industry implemented at the fish markets. There has been a because the current cost of using renewable energy Bridgetown Public Market, old engine oil is stored has numerous strengths that can be leveraged in directive from Cabinet to install infrared sensors at is prohibitive, and so the ubiquitous use of fossil and collected by the Mount Gay Rum Distillery to be order to support greening of the fisheries industry the processing bay at the Bridgetown Public Market fuels in the industry will most likely continue for recycled (I. Kirton, pers. comm.), however, to have (Table 23). Many communities in Barbados have and other markets across the island (I. Kirton, pers. some time. Notwithstanding, there is scope for more a significant impact on the industry, this initiative developed around the fisheries industry and there is comm.). This is particularly important in promoting consideration to be given to the use of four-stroke would have to be expanded to handle the volume therefore tremendous community support to see the economic efficiency in operation costs through and/or direct injection two-stroke engines instead that would be generated by the island’s fishing fleet. development and continued growth of the industry. reduced water utility costs. Expenditure on water of the two-stroke engines that are prevalent in the Fisherfolk would have to be educated about the To these end, there have been many projects at the Bridgetown Public Market is substantial, industry. These alternatives can help in the reduction benefits of this initiative that should probably be aimed at supporting community-based fisheries amounting to approximately BBD 150,000 per of pollution of the marine environment through incentivised to encourage participation. management as well as coral reef monitoring. month. It is imperative that in order to move reduction in the risk of oil spillage. Moreover, both towards greening the fisheries sub-sector, a water are more fuel-efficient than the type that is currently There are in excess of 30 fish landing sites around The stakeholders’ vision for greening consumption audit be undertaking at fish markets used most, even though, in general, four-stroke the island with facilities of varying standards, not all and processing facilities in order to determine engines are more fuel efficient and quieter than direct of which are used year round. The landing sites are the fisheries industry reflects a desire consumption patterns and identify ways in which injection two-stroke engines (EPA, 2008). categorized as primary (markets), secondary (sheds) to have an economically viable as well consumption can be reduced and conserved. and tertiary (beaches), based on the type of physical It is necessary to compare technology in detail infrastructure present. The majority of catches as sustainable industry. Fish harvesting operations are heavily dependent on regarding the engine types, as the options are not are landed at the seven primary landing sites – fossil fuels and attempts at reducing dependency straightforward. Some factors that should help with Bridgetown Public Market, Oistins Fish Market, The community-based characteristic of the industry on them have reaped very little success. In general, this decision include: Skeete’s Bay Fish Market, Conset Bay Fish Market, meshes quite seamlessly with the concept of photovoltaics are not commonly used on fishing Payne’s Bay Fish Market, Weston Fish Market and heritage tourism. As a result, the Weekend Fish Fry vessels for daily operations. A few boat owners have • The size of the fisheries and the degree to which Speightstown Fish Market – which are characterized at Oistins has become a popular tourist attraction installed solar panels on their fishing vessels for the country would try to reduce emission near- by market buildings and other facilities such as chill that provides benefits to both visitors and locals battery charging and some attempts to use solar shore. If there were a predominance of a certain or cold storage, ice, lockers and haul-out areas. The alike. The Oistins example and other similar panels on the Fisheries Division’s vessel were made, type of boat used near to shore (i.e. Moses), too Bridgetown Public Market has a harbour. Oistins, initiatives enhance the economic benefits from but unfortunately, the vessel is no longer in operation many boats would impact on marine biodiversity; Speightstown, Conset Bay and Skeete’s Bay have the fisheries industry as well as add some diversity (C. Parker, pers. comm.). Photovoltaic technology use • Environmental sensitivity should be the focus and jetties. Fish tolls, catch, fishing effort data (includes to the island’s tourism product. These initiatives would be particularly beneficial for generating greener not fuel efficiency. Near-shore vessel pollution type of gear used, fishing techniques, what fish are woven into various development plans for the electricity for electrical appliances on iceboats and was higher but for longline vessels, the impact is were killed and location and days at sea) and price industry, many of which have long embraced the longliners that typically spend days to weeks at sea. minimal to near-shore; statistics are collected at all fish markets. Secondary concept of sustainability and can be leveraged to In 2001, 11,000 W of solar PV were installed at • Safety would be a concern for fishermen as two- landing sites are characterized by the presence support the further greening of the fisheries industry. the Skeete’s Bay fishing complex to power a solar stroke engines are more resistant to seawater and of a shed and slabs for cleaning and cutting fish. icemaker producing about one ton of ice per day. The are easier to fix at sea; and There are three secondary landing sites at Pile Bay, The challenges of, or priorities for, greening the total cost of this system that is the largest stand-alone • Concessions for engines. Half Moon Fort and Martin’s Bay. Caretakers are fishing industry are numerous and have been
84 85 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 23. strengths and challenges in greening the fisheries sub-sector Table 24. assessment of challenges facing the fisheries sub- sector Strengths Challenges Frequency of Impact Ranking of 1. The fishing industry is part of the social fabric of many 1. Conservation of marine resources, which is a fundamental Challenges occurrence (1) (2) importance (3) communities requirement for sustainable development and the transition to a = (1) x (2) green sector Conservation of marine 9 9 81 2. The industry has begun to exploit linkages with the tourism 2. Capacity building, essential for greening fisheries development resources industry Capacity building 8 6 48 3. Legislative framework built around the concept of 3. Credit, which is a major constraint to new investment in greener Credit 9 9 81 sustainable fisheries technology; Communication and 7 9 63 4. A fairly well established research infrastructure to support 4. Communication and coordination among economic sectors, which coordination the industry is part of an ecosystem approach to fisheries Collaboration 7 8 56 5. Highly trained labour force 5. Collaboration between local and regional officials, which is necessary for managing and developing transboundary marine Post harvest losses 9 9 81 resources Flyingfish Hirundicthys( affinis) – The local Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis delicacy is governed by the Fisheries Act 6. Collaboration between local and regional officials, which is (Cap. 391). Photo: Travis Sinckler necessary for managing and developing transboundary marine resources • Focus on current and more lucrative markets (i.e. The ranking of investment gaps is presented in exporting tuna to the U.S.A., thereby allowing Table 25. An importance score is assigned to each Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. the longline fishing industry to become a million investment gap based on a 10-point Likert scale, dollar industry), universally preferred products where 1 denotes insignificance and 10 means very and market expansion. There needs to be an important. The investment gap is quantified by expansion of current export practices. subtracting column 2 from column 1. A positive reiterated during numerous stakeholder consultations passed by registered inspectors. Certification for • Target other ethnic or diasporic markets (niche value in column 3 indicates that greater investment and meetings. They are varied and encompass the good quality and public health is necessary for fish markets). is required to enhance a particular strength or harvest and post-harvest sectors as well as the to be exported to most countries (Mahon & Jones, • Pay attention to the quality and safety of fish minimize an identified challenge. accompanying supporting services and overarching 1998). In addition, some markets now require export being supplied to tourists in Barbados since resources and ecosystem that are the basis of the certification to verify that the harvest process did consumption by tourists is counted as income The following sections outline the potential of a industry. These challenges may be categorised not violate any international fishery management generating activity in the export market. green fishing industry to impact economic growth according to five main themes (Table 24). regulations as well as to ensure traceability in the • Build a communications network for this industry of the fisheries sub-sector and its contribution to chain of custody. to inform of changes in standards in international the national economy, development and poverty Table 24 presents a systematic identification of the markets. reduction. It also highlights the potential that challenges employing a score based on a 10-point Since 2006 the GOB approved significant changes • Create an eco-label and specific regulations for greening of the sector has for the creation of green Likert scale in relation to frequency and impact as in food control to meet international standards in Barbados fish products (branding and adding jobs and transmigration as well as for environmental outlined in Addendum 1. The combination of these order to facilitate international trade. In order to value for greening fisheries). improvements. These benefits are outlined according two factors provides a ranking of the importance of export to Europe, though, a number of institutional • Develop and promote a regional certification to whether they constitute a challenge or priority area. each challenge, as shown in Column 4: the higher arrangements need to be put in place. It is scheme for training in fish handling and food the score, the greater the ranking of importance. The considered that this will require a major shake-up quality throughout the region. scores are derived based on expert opinion as well as in the current system of operations. Thus, there are • Fish processors, in general, are interested in 3.2.4 Potential Returns stakeholder discussions. a number of issues in Barbados regarding fisheries meeting standards of EU markets but other even exporting including: more lucrative markets exist for them. in Terms of Economic In general, many fish stocks are overfished, particularly shallow-shelf reef fished, sea eggs and • Fragmented certification across ministries The EU has one of the highest levels of food Growth, Development turtles (McConney, Mahon & Oxenford, 2003). (health, agriculture, etc.). There is currently no standards and there is a possibility that the and Poverty Reduction Emphasis should therefore in the future be placed on single agency to rely on to certify that food is safe United States could switch towards implementation conservations of fishery resources. These conservation for consumption, of similar EU standards. This would negatively efforts should take into account the economic and • Requisite legislation not in place. Even though impact exports of products from Barbados, thus, it The economic and social contribution of fishing social role the industry has in many communities Barbados might not be targeting certain markets, seems prudent and the best approach for government and the economic activities based on fishing are around the island. It will therefore be important to the legislation should still be implemented. and producers in the fishing and agricultural sectors frequently undervalued. With an estimated 180- take inot account stakeholder views and wherever • Upgrade of laboratories is needed. to progressively aim towards satisfying EU standards, 200 million people directly or indirectly dependent possible involve a wide cross-section of stakeholders • In order to resolve these issues the following even though it might take longer to achieve such on fisheries and aquaculture in 2008, the global in the planning process. (McConney et al., 2003). could be considered: standards. With such standards in place, tourists fisheries and aquaculture sector contributed • Create an agency with the key personnel being a will be assured of obtaining the same quality of fish significantly to livelihoods and food security for many International regulations on seafood quality and veterinary officer, a fisheries officer, and the chief in Barbados as they do in their home country and of the world’s coastal and rural poor. In addition, handling became more important to Barbados agricultural officer. this, in turn, will help to establish both the national small-scale fishing, which presently constitutes a since 1997 with the requirement that all facilities • Implement legislation that meets international fisheries and tourism industries as green sectors. small proportion of the sector, is expanding. through which fish for export pass be inspected and standards.
86 87 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 26. Assessment of Opportunities in the fisheries sub- Table 25. Investment Gap Analysis of the Fisheries sub-sector sector Frequency of Ranking of Importance Performance Performance/ Effectiveness Investment Opportunity success (2) importance Investment gap score score gap (1) (3)=(1)*(2) (1) (2) (3)=(1)-(2) Process fish offal into 8 8 64 Institutional development 9 2 7 higher value added Standards legislation 9 2 7 products Market development 6 4 2 Dolphinfish skin into 7 5 35 fish leather Target diaspora 7 2 5 Clean technologies 7 7 49 Quality and safety 8 4 4 Eco-labelling 8 2 6 Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis Regional certification 7 2 5
Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis.
Local fishing boats. Photo: Ken Uyeda/Blackbird Design/Calgary Canada
Small-scale fishing (SSF) is a primary livelihood this technology, however, will depend on linkages for millions of households in coastal and rural to producers and on its opportunity cost versus that The contributions that can be made by fisheries to comprehensive fisheries management plans communities in developing countries (such as of other conventional protein sources, as well as on economic growth and poverty reduction are therefore – Potential for increased economic returns to Barbados) and plays an important role in the the existence of other means of processing to meet summarised as follows: the sector and national economy must be achievement of key developmental objectives environmental regulations. Fish silage is currently articulated in fisheries management and other such as food security, poverty alleviation and produced in Cuba, Morocco, Vietnam, the Pacific • Conservation of marine resources: developmental plans. pro-poor growth,16 particularly in Small Island Islands and on a large-scale in Denmark and Poland –– The global fisheries crisis is an external driver • Credit Developing States (SIDS) (FAO, 2003). The growing for feeding beef cattle, sheep, goats, horses and towards greening the fishing industry as policy – Taxation, incentives and fiscal reform require threat to sustainable fisheries represented by camels and ducks (Perez, 1995). advisers and policymakers become more aware practical and technical guidance to support overcapitalisation, overfishing and environmental and informed of the potential value (economic greening projects degradation is a global concern but even more so In Barbados, fish offal could be utilized as fertilizer, and social) of the fishing industry. – Credit is not easily available to persons involved for the many small-scale fishers and fish workers in compost, or dried and made into pellets for feed –– Capable young people may be more willing to in the fishing industry in developing countries, who are dependent on (Table 26). The Barbados poultry industry already enter the fishing industry seeking the planned – Opportunities exist to diversify fisheries once fishery resources as the principal means for making has the technology to convert its waste into a professional certification of green fishing venture capital or development funds and a living. commercial asset, so it is possible for the fishing occupations technical support are available to facilitate industry to follow suit with the necessary technical –– International pressure favours sustainable research and development. Over half the catch in developing countries is assistance and funding required to recycle its waste management and livelihoods, but current – Tariffs, trade competitiveness and investment produced by SSF and 90-95 per cent of the products into viable products. fisheries legislation is inadequate for the proper policies must be explained to stakeholders small-scale landings are destined for local human management of the fishing industry who are used to protectionism and demand it consumption. In general, SSFs are estimated The option of turning Dolphinfish skin into fish –– Variability in the abundance and availability of despite the changing world trade regime. to provide over 90 per cent of all fisheries jobs leather also exists. This creates an opportunity marine resources will be exacerbated by climate – Change requires new attitudes towards (Weeratunge, Synder, & Poh Sze, 2010; Berkes, for fishermen or others to develop a fish leather change, make green planning more difficult environmental practices; funding policies and Mahon, McConney, Pollnac, & Pomeroy, 2001; company. Currently, the Barbados fisheries sub- • Capacity building incentives (tax and duty concessions) need Badjeck, Allison, Halls, & Dulvy, 2009). sector does not as yet utilise the opportunities it has – Government procurement policies and draft to be re-designed and monitored to support One of the major challenges within the Barbados to convert its waste, and so it is timely and prudent fisheries legislation can be tailored to support desired changes. fisheries sub-sector is reduction of post-harvest to explore the various possibilities for economic green economy initiatives • Communication and coordination among losses due to waste. Forty per cent is lost through growth, development and poverty reduction. – Training, outreach and capacity enhancement economic sectors spoilage. Inedible waste from fish processing may be need to be enriched – Governance in the fisheries sub-sector has converted to fishmeal and oil, and used to produce The use of clean technologies and environmentally – Training institutions exist with potential to offer become more participatory through the fish silage (for a range of livestock), and compost friendly practices are gaining importance in training for green technology access and the provision made in the Fisheries Act for a and other products. Processes for the production of international fish trade agreements. Given that the transfer of skills Fisheries Advisory Committee (FAC). However, fertilizers and other useful end products from fish European Union, the United States of America and – Technologies for processing fish silage and lack of communication hinders participatory waste have been developed in various parts of the Japan import more than 75 per cent of the fish that producing fish leather are available; and it is governance. world, and are being used (Gill, 2000). is traded internationally, it is very likely that these consistent with small business and green job – Vertical integration and harmonisation of the practices will sooner than later gain such importance promotion to facilitate such entrepreneurship. various stages of the fishery value chain may The technology for fish silage production is simple that they become criteria for market access. – Control of entry into fisheries to achieve be possible. Its success would promote a more – essential equipment is low-cost and the scale of Barbados, therefore, needs appreciate the importance sustainable levels of harvest is possible through equitable distribution of post-harvest benefits. production can vary. These are distinct advantages of the said practices and to adopt energy efficient the enforcement of appropriate legislation – Policies are needed to promote sustainable use in developing countries. Commercial application practices so that opportunities for trade are not lost. currently in draft, and through execution of of water.
88 89 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
– Higher food standards may provide assurance There are a number of examples of the integration – Our well-educated, technically capable – Lucrative niche markets for fishery product to stakeholders in the tourism industry and of fishing villages/towns and fisheries-based culture workforce is able to mobilize knowledge and exports are believed to exist. lead to a strengthening of ties with the local with tourism uses. Fish frys – Oistins and Moontown develop capacity. – Meeting local tourism demand to a greater seafood industry, which could reduce imports of (Barbados), Gros Islet and Anse La Raye (St. Lucia), – Training institutions exist with potential to offer extent should be re-cast as exporting and given competing fish products and fish festivals (Oistins Fish Festival) are examples training for green technology access and the incentives to maximize advantages of local – There is the need to apply the business of such integration. On weekends, the year-round transfer of skills. firms. model for a marine management agency to Oistins Fish Fry provides opportunities and income – Technologies for processing fish silage and – The CARICOM Common Fisheries Policy may marine protected areas; this model should to local craft people, fishermen, vendors and farmers producing fish leather are available; and it is provide opportunities for improved products and be developed in combination with an who sell their products to thousands of Barbadians consistent with small business and green job quality as well as resource conservation. implementation plan. and visitors. The real economic value of this has promotion to facilitate such entrepreneurship. – Meeting EU standards should have positive – Barbados is moving too slowly towards an not yet been estimated but it is believed that it is – Public demand (including from tourists) for implications for and connections with exporting ecosystem approach to fisheries (EAF) and contributing significantly to national GDP. higher standards of post-harvest, marketing sectors other than that for seafood products . related approaches. and distribution will accelerate the demand for • Collaboration for managing and developing There are also more subtle interactions between the green job creation. transboundary marine resources local fisheries culture and tourism and is reflected – Existing solid waste management and recycling 3.2.6 Potential for – Trade tariffs currently favour value-added, in the level of interest paid by visitors in the local schemes can be applied to fisheries, especially locally manufactured seafood products. Their fishing culture and practices. Indeed, attractively with many support mechanisms already in Environmental production can be strengthened. painted and interestingly named boats on a beach, place. Improvement – Seafood has been part of Barbados’ policy on fish on sale in markets, fishers casting their nets • Credit: food security, but can be strengthened through or landing their catch are all part of this fishing – Opportunities exist to diversify fisheries once placing more emphasis on policies that address culture that enthrals the visitor and enriches their venture capital or development funds and Many SSFs in developing countries, like those the import and export of fishery products. experience, while making Barbados distinctive as a technical support are available to facilitate in Barbados, are vulnerable to both internal and – Lucrative niche markets for fishery product nation. The value of these aspects of fisheries has research and development. external threats. The current volatility of fuel prices exports are believed to exist. not been estimated thus far but can be, and would – Private sector entrepreneurship in fish constitutes a major part of overall costs in small- – The CARICOM Common Fisheries Policy may probably be high. processing and export is evident even without scale fishing in developing countries. The depletion provide opportunities for improved products and incentives for innovation, but funding of fish stocks, and a collapse of the economic quality as well as resource conservation. There is a variety of supporting services for fisheries constraints and consumer preferences may be activities based on these resources would have – Engagement in transboundary resource – boat building and maintenance; boat and engine used as excuses to avoid the cost and effort of more severe consequences in small-scale fishing management increases available options. sales; maintenance of the wide range of motors and going green. communities in developing countries where there – A code of conduct for responsible fishing equipment on boats, at landing sites, in processing – There is a drive towards use of alternative are fewer alternative livelihoods than in developed would provide guiding principles for Barbados’ plants and in use by vendors; and the sale of fishing and renewable energy and raising the level countries. Therefore achieving/moving towards fisheries management plans. gear. All of these supporting services can adopt of efficiency nationally, but use of alternative sustainable fisheries and hence greening the fishing green practices in their use of energy and water and energy, which can reduce long-term operating industry is vital. At a time when fisheries resources in the production of waste. Moreover, greening of the and production costs, requires up-front capital are being depleted through indiscriminate fishing 3.2.5 Potential for fishing industry will require that supporting services investment that many small to medium practices and climate change poses a growing threat, reorient their skills and knowledge towards green enterprises may find prohibitive. failure to effectively address the issues confronting green Jobs Creation practices in the harvest and post-harvest sectors. – Tariffs, trade competitiveness and investment small-scale fisheries places the livelihoods of policies must be explained to stakeholders millions of people at risk. and Transmigration In terms of green jobs and transmigration, the who are used to protectionism and demand it pertinent issues that impact them are summarised despite the changing world trade regime. The main issues in relation to the potential for Fish can be processed into a wide array of products as follows: • Communication and coordination among environmental improvement are given as follows: to increase their economic value and allow the economic sectors fishing industry and exporting countries to reap • Conservation of marine resources: – Policies are needed to promote sustainable use • Conservation of marine resources the full benefits of their aquatic resources. These – Bright, capable young people may be more of water; this should be part of development of – International pressure favours sustainable include conventional products such a frozen willing to enter the fishing industry seeking a national water policy. management and livelihoods, but current packaged fish and fish fingers as well as newer the planned professional certification of green – New opportunities (such as silage production) fisheries legislation is inadequate for the proper products such as surimi and surimi-based products. fishing occupations. may cause conflict with established producers management (conservation and development) of Value-added processes generate employment and • Capacity building: (of feeds) concerned about decreasing market the fishing industry. export earnings. This is more important nowadays – The fishing industry has demonstrated its share. – Variability in the abundance and availability of because of societal changes that have led to the ability to develop technologically but this – Higher food standards may provide assurance marine resources will be exacerbated by climate development of outdoor catering, convenience is uneven across the various components of to stakeholders in the tourism industry and lead change, making green planning more difficult. products and food services requiring fish products the industry; furthermore, support for fishery to a strengthening of ties with the local seafood • Capacity building: ready to eat, or requiring little preparation before industry participants to take advantage of industry; this, in turn, will reduce imports of – Control of entry into fisheries to achieve serving (FAO, 2012). entrepreneurial opportunities has not been a competing fish products. sustainable levels of harvest is possible priority of governmental or non-governmental • Collaboration for managing and developing through enforcement of appropriate legislation agencies. transboundary marine resources: currently in draft and through execution of
90 91 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
comprehensive fisheries management plans, and the use of Dolphinfish skin as fish leather. and this should be encouraged in green Water conservation measures are currently being restructuring of the fishing industry. implemented at the fish markets following a – Potential for increased economic returns to directive from Cabinet to install infrared sensors on the sector and national economy must be taps at the processing bay at the Bridgetown Public articulated in fisheries management and other Market and other markets across the island. plans so as to guide private development. • Credit: Greening the post-harvest sector and implementing – Change requires new attitudes towards best practices will, however, have no economic environmental practices; funding policies and impact on the industry if the resource base and its incentives (tax and duty concessions) need ecosystem are not properly managed and protected. to be re-designed and monitored to support In this regard, the control of entry into fisheries desired changes. to achieve sustainable levels of harvest must be – Communication and coordination among considered, and the establishment of a marine economic sectors: management agency and a code of Conduct for – There is the need to apply the business responsible fishing should both be given priority. In model for a marine management agency to addition, given that Barbados is essentially using marine protected areas; this model should a common resource with the rest of the Caribbean, be developed in combination with an there is a need to adopt a common fisheries policy implementation plan. throughout the region if attempts at greening – Barbados is moving too slowly towards an fisheries are to be successful. Future research ecosystem approach to fisheries (EAF)17 and should look at the technical and economic feasibility related approaches. of using fish skin as leather as well as the feasibility • Collaboration for managing and developing of establishing a regional eco-labelling scheme for transboundary resources: sustainably harvested fish in the Caribbean. – Engagement in transboundary resource management increases available options. – A code of conduct for responsible fishing 3.2.8 Summary would provide guiding principles for Barbados’ Local fisherman casting net. Photo: Dave Quan/Inkstone Design/Calgary Canada fisheries management plans. – The increased costs of meeting higher seafood Fishing and fish have historically been an important quality standards may likely be offset by sales part of the social and economic fabric of the country. Market, Oistins Fish Market, Skeete’s Bay Fish The institutional and governance framework for benefits in markets that are very demanding of These resources are often used to supply food, as Market, Conset Bay Fish Market, Payne’s Bay Fish sustainable fisheries on the island is enshrined in quality standards or utilize eco-labelling. well as provide recreational opportunities, ecosystem Market, Weston Fish Market and Speightstown Fish the Barbados Fisheries Act of 1993, which was – Dependence on regionally and internationally services, jobs, income and tax revenues. The Market. developed to provide for the management and shared resources demands more attention to fishing industry serves as an important social safety development of fisheries in Barbados. The main developing successful fishery management and net, providing work for those unable to find other It is envisioned that any adopted concept of objective of this legislation is to ensure the optimal access agreements than the insular approach employment, and also supplements the incomes of greening fisheries would be based on the notion utilisation of the fisheries resources in the waters that presently obtains. those employed in other activities. The total value of sustainable fisheries – resources that can be of Barbados. Nevertheless, there are still numerous of local fisheries was estimated at about US$ 25 harvested to meet the needs of today’s generation challenges in relation to greening fisheries. These million in 2006, and includes both the ex-vessel without compromising the ability of future include conservation of marine resources, capacity 3.2.7 Conclusions value (the value of landed raw fish) and the on-shore generations to harvest fish for their needs. Greening building, finance, communication and coordination value-added components of GDP. In terms of overall fisheries require ecosystem-based management among economic sectors, and collaboration in value, Flyingfish and Dolphinfish account for more of coastal and marine social ecological systems managing and developing transboundary marine The stakeholders’ vision for greening the fisheries than 80 per cent of the total value of fisheries. that enhances livelihoods and well-being within resources. Results from the analysis conducted industry reflects a desire to have an economically the fishing industry and related marine economic in this study suggest that greater investment in viable as well as sustainable industry. While Fish processing consumes significant quantities of sectors, while allowing individuals and communities institutional development, development of standards this vision is largely consistent with numerous energy, particularly fish harvesting operations, while to maintain their social and cultural heritage. for the industry and eco-labelling would be required. development plans for the industry as well as the water resources are consumed in large quantities Given that most Caribbean coastal resources are national definition of green economy, it is important in the post-harvest process. The island has more considered to be under stress from overexploitation, There are opportunities too for greening fisheries that the justification and rationale for conservation than 30 landing sites, with facilities of varying degradation of coastal and marine ecosystems, in relation to the greater utilisation of clean efforts be effectively communicate to fisherfolk standards. These sites can usually be categorized limited or poor management and climate change, technologies, processing fish offal into high value whose livelihood depends on the industry. There as either primary (markets), secondary (sheds) and the concept of greening fisheries holds significant added products and the use of Dolphinfish skin are opportunities for greening fisheries in relation tertiary (beaches) based on the type of physical potential for the region. as fish leather. Water conservation measures are to the greater utilisation of clean technologies, infrastructure. The majority of the country’s catches currently being implemented at the fish markets processing fish offal into high value added products are landed at seven primary sites: Bridgetown Public following a directive from Cabinet to install
92 93 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
infrared sensors on taps at the processing bay at the Bridgetown Public Market and other markets across the island. This is particularly important in promoting economic efficiency by lowering operation costs, and as realised through reduced water utility costs. In terms of waste, the Bridgetown Public Market, the island’s largest, produces about 2-3 tonnes of fish offal daily. Fish offal has tremendous potential as a fertilizer, in compost, or dried and made into pellets for feed. The Barbados poultry “Over the past 18 years, we have seen a industry already has the technology to convert its waste into a commercial asset, so it is possible for two-fold increase in the number of fossil the fishing industry to follow suit as long as they receive the necessary technical assistance and funding required to recycle its waste products into fuel-driven motor vehicles imported on the viable products. island from approximately 55,668 in 1994 Greening the post-harvest sector and implementing best practices will have no economic impact on to 116,675 in 2011. Of importance, there the industry if the resource base and its ecosystem are not properly managed and protected. In this regard, the control of entry into fisheries to achieve is a noticeable correlation between the sustainable levels of harvest must be considered, and the establishment of a marine management increases in the number of motor vehicles agency and a Code of Conduct for responsible fishing should both be given priority. on the island and the marked increase in the Additionally, consideration must be given to the complexity of the Caribbean region and the fact islands importation of fuel. This scenario that most resources, exploited and non-exploited, are shared across different marine jurisdictions had long been identified as unsustainable and resource-use regimes. Although few marine boundaries have been negotiated, it is clear and required a radical shift in the island’s that there must be considerable discussion and collaboration among people from the various territories on issues that cross jurisdictions due energy policy.” to close geographical proximity (Mahon et al., 2010). Finally, that there must also be a collective recognition that greening fisheries, particularly the Honorable Christopher Sinckler MP ecological and harvest aspects, is a transboundary matter, even if certain aspects are undertaken as a Minister of Finance and Economic Affairs national initiative. Presentation of 2012 financial statement and budgetary proposals to the House of Assembly of Barbados, June 2012
Mr Watson (right) and friends in Conset bay East Coast – Building traditional fish pots (traps) according to regulations. Photo: Travis Sinckler
94 95 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
3.3 BUILDING/HOUSING residential housing, commercial facilities, healthcare facilities, education/cultural facilities, and industrial parks, which facilitate the expansion of the manufacturing industry. Trends in the construction industry particularly with respect to employment, and the production and consumption of building materials are captured in Table 27. This table also Key indicates the level of expenditure on new property messages developments by owners during the recorded period. All of the principal urban settlement (including The construction of commercial and residential buildings is having an impact on natural that of the capital, Bridgetown) is located within a continuous linear coastal urban corridor that extends and human resources through the unsustainable use of land and energy, the removal along the entire length of the west and south coasts. of natural materials, transport of construction materials, liquid and solid waste This corridor extends inland as much as 4km in generation, poor utilization and recycling of building materials and the use of some areas to incorporate major suburban centres such as the Warrens and Six Roads Centres, located hazardous building materials. towards the central and eastern inland portions of the island, respectively. It is estimated that more The stakeholders’ vision for greening the housing/building industry reflects than 25 per cent of the island’s population lives within 2 km of the coast. a desire to benefit socially from improved quality in community living, Traditional chattel house. Photo: Anne Gonsalez economically from the cost savings available from more efficient energy Traditionally, many Barbadians lived in villages usage, building design and construction, and environmentally from a and ‘tenantries’. Tenantries are often comprised of wooden houses placed on temporary foundations, system of reuse and recycling within the industry and the retention of 3.3.1 Background known locally as chattel houses, and were located green spaces with a reduction of the building footprints on the land. on rented land on the borders of the large estates. In Barbados, the building or construction industry In recent times, those persons who live in tenantries is a major contributor to the country’s economic have gained much assistance by the passing of Investments are needed in training programmes for built environment growth and development. In 2010, it is estimated relevant legislation to encourage land ownership. professionals on renewable energy technologies, accompanied by an that total value added by the industry amounted overarching policy framework. to US$ 185.5 million or about 5 per cent of GDP. The construction of the traditional, wooden houses Over the years, there has been an expansion of and chattel houses has been on the decline, moving the built environment through the construction of from a 72.5 per cent share of all houses built in Opportunities exists for community based recycling programmes that transportation infrastructure, and private and public 1970 to a 39.98 per cent share in 1990 (Table 28). encourage reuse of construction and other forms of waste do hold a buildings. Among the use types of these buildings In 2000, that figure fell to 27 per cent of total were accommodation facilities associated with the dwelling units as indicated in Table 28, which shows distinct opportunity to contribute to economic growth through savings tourism industry, luxury housing, sporting facilities, the composition of the external walls of dwelling from reusing and recycling waste.
The country requires a strategy and policy for on-going education, Table 27. Selected indicators of the construction industry, 2002-2008 outreach and information sharing in order to encourage behavioural Building Cement sales Cement Production for New Employment change in the areas of reuse and recycling in the industry. Given the island’s materials in construction Year Imported Local production quarrying mortgages and quarrying high literacy rate, such a strategy would be highly effective. (US$ millions) (‘000 Tonnes) (‘000 Tonnes) (‘000 Tonnes) (US$ millions) (‘000) 2002 161.9 147.8 297.7 1 212.0 122.7 13.2 2003 171.1 150.6 325.1 975.0 114.0 12.3 2004 205.9 154.0 322.7 1 013.0 186.8 13.4 2005 256.4 199.3 340.7 948.0 196.4 13.2 2006 245.0 201.2 337.8 1 081.4 212.4 14.5 2007 260.9 191.1 316.5 1 181.8 201.9 15.4 2008 265.0 174.6 301.4 1 157.5 223.1 13.6
Source: Research and Planning Unit, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Empowerment, Innovation, Trade, Industry and Commerce. Barbados Socioeconomic Data 2009, Vol. II
96 97 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 28. Composition of dwelling units (2000)
The plan offers policy guidelines for the location of Composition of external Number % of total walls of dwelling unit building and infrastructural developments within box 2 BEST PRACTICE SUSTAINABLE ENERGY Wood only 25 080 27 the coastal zone. The fact that this policy framework FRAMEWORK – 30 YEARS OF SOLAR WATER exists is an asset. However, this document is yet to Concrete only 1 637 2 be adopted by the Barbados Government. HEATER INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT THROUGH Concrete blocks only 40 964 45 The island also has Draft Environmental POLICY REFORMS Concrete and wood 2 035 2 Management Plan (1998),19 which is intended to Concrete blocks and wood 19 749 22 promote a vision for environmental management that sustains and enhances the natural resources Other 1 941 2 and environmental attributes of the island, Total 91 406 100 minimizes threats to the environment and natural resources, and sustains and enhances the quality Aims The Barbados Solar Water Heater programme Other incentives to the solar water industry have Source: Barbados Statistical Service (BSS, 2000) of the environment by minimizing threats from was initiated to address the following issues: included: pollution and natural events. The Plan addresses • Improving Barbados’ energy security by reducing • Fiscal measures such as tax credits, rebates and the environmental problems and issues facing its reliance on petroleum products for energy subsidies for the manufacturing process, including units on the island as Barbadians continued the trend Barbados, including those areas directly affected generation in light of its continued positive economic duty-free importation of raw materials of converting their homes from wood to concrete. In by the settlement development such as drainage development; • Regulatory measures Improving quality of life by reducing household and Financial incentives to the manufacturer such as the addition, nearly all homes have both electricity (93 control and flood prevention, groundwater protection • • commercial expenditure on energy; and provision of low-interest loans. per cent) and running water (91 per cent). and others. It provides direction for appropriate • Meeting Barbados’ obligations under UNFCCC intervention on these issues including an appropriate and improving air quality by reducing emissions of The Government of Barbados has also over the Apart from a few enclaves, coastal property tends institutional and legal framework, the benefits to greenhouse gases and other atmospheric pollutants, years purchased large orders of heaters for housing to be high income, high value real estate. The be achieved by good management of the issues and particularly those associated with energy generation. development projects. majority of homes in Barbados as a whole are the consequences of mismanagement. The Draft owner-occupied, but there are fewer owner-occupied Environmental Management Act is intended to be History Solar waters heaters were first introduced in There are now approximately 40,000 solar water coastal properties. The existence of housing and the legal framework for the preparation, approval and the 1970s, and by 1981, there were three companies heaters in Barbados, with more than 30,000 domestic commercial developments in flood plains and coastal implementation of the Plan. However, its approval producing heaters. The heaters have grown in installations. The most recent estimate indicates watercourses must also be noted. Around the capital is an outstanding matter for the Government of popularity over the years and continue to retail on the that the total number of dwelling units in Barbados of Bridgetown, for example, there exists significant Barbados, particularly as it relates to the greening of local market. Currently there are three companies is estimated was 91,406 that show a significant manufacturing solar water heaters in Barbados- Solar penetration by the industry into the domestic market. high density, low income housing on low gradient the housing/building industry. Dynamics Ltd, Sun Power Ltd and Aqua Sol Ltd. It has been estimated that the cumulative cost of solar coastal land, which forms part of the Constitution water heater incentives, up to 2002, was US$ 10.75 River catchment. With respect to the housing/building industry, the Government support and incentives The solar water million with energy savings estimated to be in the range island’s Physical Development Plan (PDP) 2003 has heating industry has progressed in no small part due of US$ 133.5 to US$ 137 million. Savings on primary oil The island has a fairly comprehensive sustainable articulated the following key planning principles for to support by the Government of Barbados. An Income consumption were estimated to be US$ 0.3 to US$ 4.2 land use policy, as outlined in the Physical its overall settlement development strategy:20 Tax Amendment introduced in 1980 and reintroduced in million - equivalent to 30 to 40 per cent of the present Development Plan (GOB, 2003). This document 1996, after a three-year hiatus, allowed householders domestic consumption. The benefits of the solar water outlines land use practices, community facilities and • emphasis on the protection of the natural to deduct the cost of installing a solar water heater and heating thrust in Barbados have far exceeded the costs physical infrastructure that would support the island’s environment and cultural heritage resources; other home improvements expenses. In 2008, this was incurred over the past 25-30 years. developmental goals. The PDP has a particular • establishment of criteria and procedures for modified as follows: emphasis on preserving the environmental and Environmental Impact assessments; The success of the solar water heater experience in “The Income Tax Act provision for the cost of energy Barbados can be attributed to strong government cultural heritage of the island (please see Box 3 for a • a national development strategy which aims to audits is currently up to BBD 2,000.00 to be deducted support in the form of financial and fiscal incentives, more detailed discussion). minimise the negative environmental and social as part of the general Income Tax Allowance for external events in the international energy market, and impacts of scattered urban development, by Home Improvement of BBD 10,000 in any one year. A innovative dedicated entrepreneurs. The Government of Barbados has in place a number concentrating new growth into a defined urban separate allowance called the Energy Conservation and of policies, programmes and plans for improvement of corridor; Renewable Energy Deduction of a maximum of BBD The experience has certainly shown that renewable the housing/building industry. The Integrated Coastal • protection of agricultural lands from incompatible 5,000.00 per year over each of five (5) years to cover energy technologies can be economically viable. It is Zone Management Plan for Barbados (1998)18 is the urban development; the costs of an energy audit and fifty per cent of the a model indicative of the range of options available major policy framework for coastal zone management • promotion of a strong, diversified economy cost of retrofitting a residence or installing a system to to governments should they wish to support the and was approved by the Government of Barbados in through land use policies, which encourage a produce electricity from a source other than fossil fuels development of these technologies and underscores the 1999. This plan document comprises the: wide range of employment opportunities in mixed was proposed. This applies also to businesses whether need for an analysis of benefits and costs which takes centres and corridors and in key employment incorporated or unincorporated.” into account impacts on environmental services. • Integrated Management Plan for the Caribbean areas in a variety of locations throughout the Coasts of Barbados; island; • Integrated Management Plan for the Atlantic • maintenance of Central Bridgetown as Coasts of Barbados; and the nation’s primary location for financial • Integrated Coastal Management – the Barbados institutions, offices, shopping and other Policy Framework. commercial activities; and
98 99 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
box 3 BEST PRACTICE SUSTAINABLE LAND MANAGEMENT IN A SMALL ISLAND GREEN ECONOMY
Due to its limited size (432 km2), –– To limit the unnecessary and urban development. In Barbados has developed a inefficient use of fossil fuels, addition, a minimum amount comprehensive land use policy by promoting environmentally of agricultural lands have been since 1970 called the Physical friendly sustainable modes of designated for protection from Development Plan (PDP). The PDP transportation. conversion to non-agricultural has a ten-year plan period, which use. This will ensure the was amended in 2003. The PDP as a planning instrument preservation of a predominantly is not governed by rigid zoning rural landscape; The legal basis for the preparation policies. Instead, it is a flexible 3. The designation and of the PDP is the Town and guideline with a few exceptions implementation of a National Country Planning Act, or Cap 240, when necessary in the interest of Park and Open Space system, which requires the preparation of public health and safety to enforce including gullies. This will development plans for the whole strict guidelines. In a perfect ensure the preservation of a island or parts of the island. The world, economic efficiency would predominantly open space and Town and Country Development expect that a scarce resource would recreation area. Planning Office, headed by the Chief be diverted to uses which result Town Planner, has the responsibility is maximum net benefits to the In addition to the TCDPO, and in Managing the growth of a new urban centre – Warrens. Photo: Travis Sinckler for the implementation of, and society. However, the Barbadian recognition of the possible threat adherence to, the PDP. land-use model may best be that unsustainable land use described as a hybrid model in practices can pose to Barbados’ • promotion of the tourism industry by encouraging the provision of sidewalks, access for the disable and The PDP (amended 2003), contains which a market-driven approach is social and economic development, two main economic development supported and complemented by a government continues to address redevelopment and modernisation of older beach cycling paths in new road developments. goals: plan-led one. the problem via some key front properties, and providing opportunities for governmental institutions: other visitor experiences in the National park. The National Strategic Plan 2006-2025 of Barbados –– To promote further diversification The land space of Barbados has sets out comprehensive policy guidelines to further and expansion of the national been divided into three main –– The Soil Conservation Unit which The broad national land use policies that are ensure the provision of quality housing solutions, economy, while at the same physical planning units: addresses issues relating to land time promoting the efficient use degradation within the vulnerable outlined in the PDP 2003 do not specifically for low and middle income groups. To this end, the of land and the protection and 1. The Urban Corridor where Scotland District; address the green building issues of water efficiency, government intends to continue the National Housing conservation of significant natural there is a presumption in –– The Drainage Unit which focuses energy efficiency and sustainably grown and Corporation’s (NHC) Primary Homes Programme; the and heritage features; and favour of urban settlement and on flood related matters; produced building materials, but the underlying land-bank programme, Joint Venture Programme, –– To assist in the achievement of development; –– The Coastal Zone Management principles are supportive of sustainable outcomes for Community Aided Self Help (CASH) scheme (which national economic development 2. The Agricultural Green Belt Unit, which deals with all coastal goals by ensuring that sufficient where there is a presumption related matters including the all land users. seeks to promote efficient use of scarce land land is available to meet the in favour of agricultural evident increase in beach erosion, resources by increasing housing density) and promote needs of the various economic development interspersed with which is now a major threat to Barbados has adopted a National Sustainable infill housing developments through the NHC’s sectors. rural villages and hamlets; coastal plant communities around Development Policy that seeks to ensure all Derelict Housing Programme which encourages the 3. The National Park area where the island’s coastline. construction activities are carried out in a sustainable re-use of vacant lots and residences.22 This latter Furthermore, the PDP (amended the presumption is in favour of –– The Natural Heritage Department 2003), contains three main resource conservation, amenity (NHD) which was established in manner.21 To further realise this aim the government approach towards the efficient use of residential environmental goals: and open space development. 2005, with part of its mandate to has formulated a Building Act (pending legislation) land is supported by parallel policies in the Physical ensure that land-use practices that governs the building and construction Development Plan 2003.23 –– To conserve and manage natural The PDP amended 2003, contains occurring within the proposed industry. The Act aims to establish a set of building resources for valued ecological specific strategies consistent with National Park are consistent with standards to ensure a safe, comfortable and healthy In addition, the National Strategic Plan 2006-2025 functions and to provide an the overall objectives of the three sustainable land management; improved quality of life for the broad planning units, viz: and environment for all occupants. To further achieve a is designed to rectify the dependency fossil fuel by residents and future generations –– The National Botanical Gardens sustainable built environment the government has increasing the country’s renewable energy supply, of Barbados; 1. New settlement growth is Unit, which was established outlined a set of policy recommendations. These with a particular focus on raising the number of –– To advance public awareness confined to the Urban Corridor. primarily, to promote and include: encouraging manufacturers to produce household solar water heaters by 50 per cent by and appreciation of the This will ensure the preservation showcase best land-use practices sustainable materials that are manufactured in a 2025. Solar water heaters are now a widely used essential linkages between the of a predominantly urban on environmentally sensitive environment, quality of life and landscape; landscapes. sustainable manner; encouraging the integration renewable energy technology in Barbados, with sustainable development; and 2. The Agricultural Green Belt is of traditional building design features (i.e. chattel installations in nearly half of the island’s dwelling protected from incompatible house) in the built environment; investigating the use units. of energy efficient building materials and design that will lead to reduction in the demand for energy and
100 101 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY Table 29. Summary of regulatory agencies with responsibilities for housing/building industry
Department /Ministry Main responsibilities Legislation Ministry of Transport and Works • Registration of building practitioners; Public Works Act CAP 32 • Development of necessary policies and legislation are developed; The government realises the importance of energy However, there is the potential for the integration • Development of effective programmes for the construction and efficiency. Therefore, through its National Energy of green building initiatives through the work of the maintenance of public infrastructure; and Policy (2006), a number of measures are advanced Barbados Building Standards Authority (BBSA). • Establish, improve and maintain building standards to help achieve this outcome. First, the government The purpose of the BBSA is to safeguard people Building Authority, Ministry • Mandatory use of the Building Code; Barbados Building Act (Pending) lends its support to the use of energy efficient in and around buildings, and to promote energy of Public Works (not legally • Establishment of the Building Authority; materials (thermal barriers, roof insulation, window conservation and efficiency and the suitable empowered) • Develop building regulations for the operation of the Authority tint and ceramic roof coatings) in private dwellings. provision of facilities for disabled people. The BBSA and for the system of building control; • Staffing of the Authority; To further encourage energy efficiency in the home, will administer the standards system, enforcing • Registration of building practitioners; the government offers tax incentives for all home regulations as approved by parliament. • Recruitment of Review Consultants to review designs and energy audits. It is also the government’s aim to undertake periodic inspection of the construction process for promote energy conservation in the public sector The enforcement of the standards of the Barbados specified classes of buildings; through the Public Sector Energy Conservation National Building Code 1993 is one of the primary • Charging of application fees; and • Enforce discipline and penalties for infractions of the Act. Programme, which encourages energy efficient functions of the BBSA. However, the empowering design of public buildings, the use of energy efficient legislation, the Barbados Building Act, is yet to be Drainage Division, Ministry of Establish, implement and sustain an effective and efficient drainage • Prevention of Floods Act – 1951 electrical appliances, lighting and cooling systems.24 approved by government. The proposed Barbados Environment, Water Resources management and flood prevention programme with the objective (CAP 235) of mitigating and alleviating the flood challenges countrywide • Prevention of Floods (Amendment) Building Act will provide the legislative framework Bill – 1992 Since the 1970s, Barbados has experienced for the establishment and operation of the Barbados • Prevention of Floods (Amendment) significant changes from a plantation economy to an Building Standards Authority and the mandatory use Act 1996-12 upper middle-income country where residents enjoy of the Barbados National Building Code 1993. • Highway Act (CAP 289) a high standard of living. As a result of the changing Government Electrical Engineering Regulate electrical supply to all installations in Barbados population needs, there has been an increase in The regulatory agencies with shared responsibility Department the demand for housing. Therefore, the government for policy implementation within the housing/ Barbados Fire Service Fire prevention island-wide Fire Service Act Cap 163 in its Medium-Term Strategy 2010-2014 restates building industry is summarised in Table 29. Environmental Protection Monitoring and control of conditions likely to affect the quality of • Health Services Act 1969 its commitment to ensure that all Barbadians, Department, Ministry of land, air and water and the general health and environmental well- • Health Services Regulations especially low to middle income earners, have The institutional framework required for the greening Environment and Drainage being of the inhabitants of Barbados. • Building Regulations 233/1969 access to adequate and quality shelter. To this of the housing/building industry is an area that Town and Country Development Building development and engineering works on all lands • Town and Country Planning Act end, the government intends to improve housing needs to be addressed further in consultation with Planning Office, Prime Minister’s (including change of use and subdivision of land) within the island Cap 240 and working conditions on a sustainable basis and key stakeholders. The key industry players (both Office and within the territorial waters of Barbados, including all coastal • Town and Country Planning to create opportunities for home ownership for all private and public) would have to establish a vision and marine development within the 200 nautical mile territorial Development Order 1972 of greening as a single common goal for the housing/ limits. • Preservation of Trees Act 1981 Barbadian residents, through the provision of a wide range of housing types, prices and tenures.25 building industry. This would serve as a platform so Urban Development Commission, • Provision of social and infrastructural amenities to the urban Urban Development Commission Act that appropriate strategies may be developed, an Ministry of Social Care, poor; 1997 Constituency Empowerment, • Promotion of healthy community life In an effort to achieve these goals, the government implementation framework identified and practical Urban and Rural Development has launched the following programmes and solutions implemented and monitored towards a Ministry of Housing and Lands • Acquisition of land for public purposes • Land Acquisition Act CAP 228 strategies: sustainable housing/building industry for Barbados. • Maintenance of a land bank • Crown Lands (Vesting and Disposal) • Provision of affordable housing solutions Act Cap 225 • 500 Lot Programme Greening the building industry implies buildings National Housing Corporation • Provide affordable housing solutions, including the National Housing Corporation Act • H.E.L.P (Housing Every Last Person) that are resource efficient, produce minimal waste, administration of: 1973 • Rent to Own Programme built with non-toxic substances, have healthy indoor –– Rentals (units; lots; office spaces/properties) • Zero Lot Line concept environments and are located to allow for use of –– Sale of land and property (of Land; auctions (when a buyer is • Sale and Transfer of Terrace Units public transport.26 One significant international in default) • Low and Middle Income Housing trend in the greening of the construction industry –– Sale of Terrace Units (tenants occupying the unit for more than 3 years are eligible to purchase; tenants occupying the • Housing solutions is the development and implementation of greener units for more than 20 years have to cover legal costs only) • Assisting the needy building codes and standards to regulate the –– Loans (chattel mortgage; legal mortgage; promissory note) • Starter homes industry. • Transfer of title under the Tenantries Freehold Purchase Act • Maintenance of units In summary, there are a number of national policy Greener buildings are commonly assessed according Barbados Water Authority Exclusively responsible for the provision of potable water across the • Underground Water Control Act initiatives in support of comprehensive waste to the following criteria:27 island Cap 283 management and energy efficiency that support • Barbados Water Authority Act Cap green building. However, there is no specific • Energy efficiency: incorporating a combination 274 integrated national green building policy, programme of technologies and design to minimise use of Sanitation Services Authority • Removal of solid waste from homes island wide and government Sanitation Services Authority Act Cap or strategy for the housing/building industry. The energy; agencies 382 regulation of building and design standards is • Water efficiency: using more efficient water • A commercial arm which offers a paid service to the private sector for the moving of waste currently shared by a number of agencies. fixtures indoors along with landscaping and an efficient irrigation system outdoors; Source: Compiled by authors.
102 103 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
• Sustainable site development: selecting seepage as well as continuous monitoring for locations for buildings that minimise impacts seepage and any illegal housing structures. box 4 BEST PRACTICE THE SOLAR HOUSE. on ecosystems and undeveloped land, and DEMONSTRATING FUTURE SUSTAINABILITY IN maximising the use of native landscape as well as Two sewerage projects are currently in progress, one local and regional transit connections; to cover the South Coast and the other the West SOCIAL HOUSING INITIATIVES – LESSONS FOR • Materials selected: using sustainably grown Coast. The treatment plant for the South Coast THE TROPICS and produced building materials, and reusing has been completed and work has been ongoing and recycling existing materials through for house connections. Work on the West Coast deconstruction, where appropriate; and Sewerage Project got underway in 2002. Since • Indoor environmental quality: using non-toxic then, work has been suspended while studies were In June 2007, the Government of Barbados, in its • radiant barriers which reduce the radiant heat building materials; non toxic heating, ventilating undertaken and approval granted for the redesign thrust to advance the use of solar technologies, entering the building; and and air conditioning (HVAC) systems; and natural of the system to facilitate wastewater treatment and established a Solar House in the island’s historic • double-glazed windows which trap heated air daylight to produce clean, healthy air. water reuse. The government is still in the process of Queen’s Park, as a public demonstration of the between two layers of glass, thus reducing the examining financing options and no date has been practical use of alternative forms of energy. heat entering the building, and eliminating the publicly announced for the resumption of work. need for artificial air conditioning. This project has become an integral part of the 3.3.2 Resource Use and Some of the solar powered elements on display Water demand issues are being tackled, primarily, Government’s education and outreach efforts Efficiency Measures for promoting renewable energy and energy are solar toys and gadgets; a slow solar cooker; a by initiatives to change consumption patterns. unit which displays the energy levels generated; Efforts to date have included a public education conservation. It represents a basic template of how homeowners may potentially reduce their twelve (12) deep cycle batteries which store the The two main concerns related to water in the campaign launched by the BWA in 2004. This sun’s power; a power conversion centre which housing/building industry are the prevention programme involved the distribution of free low carbon footprints, while benefiting from direct savings in energy costs at the household level. changes the electric current from DC (direct of pollution of freshwater supplies and the water use showerheads and kitchen faucet aerators current) to AC (alternating current); and regular increasing demand resulting from expanding to customers not in arrears; approximately 30,000 household appliances which operate on the AC. urban development (UN, 2004). Efforts to prevent were distributed. The BWA, EPD and the Ministry of The components featured in the Solar House include: pollution of freshwater supplies largely centre on a Tourism also devised a collaborative programme to Since its inception, the Solar House has attracted Ground Water Protection Zoning Policy, implemented implement a water conservation and management more than 3,000 visitors both locals and tourists, since 1964. The island is divided into five water project in the tourism and hotel sector. • appliance energy meters for monitoring energy consumption per appliance; and represents an excellent educational tool for protection areas. Zone 1 is closest to the production schools and tertiary institutions on the island. wells or areas earmarked for such and so has the As would be expected, the buildings that house • solar water heaters; most stringent restrictions on development activities. Barbadian families, businesses, sporting and • wall and ceiling insulation which contributes to Zone 5, on the other hand, has the least restrictions. recreational facilities as well as civil and private internal cooling; organizations are among the largest users of The boundaries for the zones were determined resources on the island. In 2009, the largest • solar cells which convert sunlight into based on the travel times of pollutants. Enforcement category of electricity sales was domestic users, electricity and which are contained in is through the Town and Country Development accounting for 32.2 per cent of total sales or photovoltaic modules; Planning Office, which impose various development 306.6 million Kwh. The Barbados Light and Power conditions. The Environmental Protection Company Limited (BL&P), the only provider of Department (EPD) and the Barbados Water Authority electricity on the island, has continued to upgrade (BWA) also play a role in enforcement, but carry a its capital infrastructure to accommodate this further responsibility of running a nationwide water demand. Barbados’ overreliance on imported fossil quality-monitoring programme. fuels is one of the island’s major environmental concerns and so the island continues to explore As the number of households rise on the island, renewable energy options. there is the likelihood that there will be a commensurate increase in the pressure placed on With respect to the housing/building industry, protected land areas, which are currently registered there has been a specific focus on increasing the as Zone 1 and Zone 2 under the current zoning use household solar water heaters. Solar water policy. Presently, the safety of the water supply in heaters were first introduced to the island in the these areas is ensured by limiting encroachment in 1970s and since then the heaters have growth in Zone 1 areas and through the chlorination of the popularity (see Annex 2 for further discussion). In water supply. Any plan to expand urban settlements 2002 it is estimated that Barbados saved 15,000 should trigger careful analysis of the groundwater metric tons of carbon emission and over US$ 100 flows and of the ability of biological agents to survive million in energy savings from the 35,000 solar hot in these environments. Furthermore, all construction water systems that had been installed at the time projects in these areas must be conducted with (Husbands, 2009). Demonstration Solar House in Queen’s Park, Bridgetown. Photo: Travis Sinckler full enforcement of regulations to mitigate against
104 105 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
As of 2008, approximately 40,000 solar water estimated that for the period 2004 – 2010 some The stakeholders’ vision for greening Beach, Southern Palms, Divi South Winds – heaters were in operation in Barbados – 75 per cent 270 acres of additional residential land would be Green Globe and/or Green Hotel Certified of which represent domestic installations.28 The required to meet the needs of new households. The the housing/building industry reflects, • Atlantis Submarine – the first attraction in the Barbados government has implemented several actual land converted from agriculture to meet the in summary, a desire to benefit socially world to achieve double certification from Green schemes to further stimulate the installation of solar needs of residential land users during this period Globe Inc. and Green Certifications Inc. water heaters. For example, from the US$ 10,000 need to be reviewed in the context of greening the from improved quality in community • Green team training seminars across the allotted per year under the 2008 modified Income sector. Greening of the housing/building industry living, economically from the cost membership of the Barbados Hotel Tourism Tax Allowance for Home Improvement, up to US$ in Barbados requires that careful consideration be savings available from more efficient Association 1,000 can be used for energy audits. In addition, given to the formulation of more effective strategies • Native Sun NRG (biodiesel enterprise) under the Energy Conservation and Renewable that will advance the regulation of the competition energy usage, building design and • Harrison’s Cave using solar energy to power trams Energy Deduction, a reduction of 50 per cent on the between land for building and land for agriculture construction, and environmentally cost of retrofitting a residence or installing a system and recreation. Fourth, in 2007, the Government of Barbados to produce electricity from a source other than fossil from a system of reuse and recycling introduced three (3) greening initiatives for the fuels has also been proposed. This incentive is also The introduction and practice of greener land within the industry and the retention residents of Barbados. available to lessees, once it is proven that the owner management procedures must address the current of green spaces with a reduction of the of the property granted approval. reality that a) the housing/building industry is 1. Green Homes regulated largely by the professional organizations building footprints on the land. The then Ministry of Energy and Environment Job stimulation efforts include the activities of for engineers, architects and architectural committed to establishing a “Green Homes” the Barbados Training Board where vocational technologists, seeing that these are the professions checklist that is considered appropriate to small training opportunities are available for local skills that guide housing and building design choices; and systems and we are well placed to become a tropical islands like Barbados. The checklist enhancement in areas such as solar water heater b) the current planning system lacks transparency leader in solar electricity as well; would include a range of greening, recycling and technicians.28 In 2007, as a demonstration as it relates to the approval of lands for development • Create a Smart Energy Fund of US$ 10 million to energy conservation features such as: project, the Government of Barbados established a by the government minister responsible for planning, provide low interest loans to households seeking –– Low flow toilets Solar House, with a view to featuring the future of inasmuch as the minister does not have to make to purchase solar panels to power their homes; –– Onsite water storage sustainability. public his or her reasons for the approval of • Introduce a tax rebate for the cost of installing a –– Solar water heating development decisions that are at variance with the solar electric system; and –– Fluorescent lighting The main building materials used in construction recommendations of the Chief Town Planner.32 • Ensure all new government or government related –– Passive ventilation and cooling are wood, concrete and steel. Further study of the facilities will be fully fitted with solar electric –– Alternative energy use energy used in the production and importation of In summary, the introduction of greener standards systems. Householders are allowed to deduct BBD these materials is required in order to determine in the management of energy, solid waste, water and • Phase out the use of incandescent light bulbs 5,000.00 for Income Tax for expenses incurred if the use of these materials is sustainable from land will need to be integrated under an overarching from all government buildings by 2010 and in greening their homes. the perspective of national energy costs. Several policy framework for the greening of the housing/ private households by 2012. studies on the volume and characterisation of waste building industry. • Phasing out the use of incandescent light bulbs 2. Composting generated in Barbados have been carried out over from all Government buildings. Householders are encouraged to compost the last 25 years. Based on a study carried out their organic garden and yard waste and use between April to November 2005,30 there has been, 3.3.3 Investment Gaps Second, the energy conservation initiatives of the it to fertilise their plants. To this end, the over time, a decrease in the share of organics (64 Ministry of Transport and Works (MTW) can serve as Government in 2007 proposed to review, and per cent), but this has been offset by an increase in a model for other Government Ministries. after consultation, to reduce the import duties on plastics (14 per cent) in the overall composition of Stakeholders were generally of the opinion that household compost units. the waste generated. greening the housing and building industry could Third, at the operational level, the Government in result in benefits for the society and economy 2007 explicitly expressed support for environmental 3. Recycling Interestingly, construction and demolition material as a whole. First, the enabling conditions for the certification programmes such as International Building on the success of the recycling waste has not shown any decrease due to the achievement of a sustainable housing industry Standard Operations (ISO) 14001, Green Globe programme for plastic bottles, the Government economic downturn and along with waste from include the current commitments of the government and Leadership in Environmental and Energy proposed in 2007 to expand the range of hotels has seen growth in the volumes generated. for energy conservation as outlined in their 2008 Design (LEED) or equivalent. To this end, it was products on which a deposit fee will be placed to These figures reflect waste received at the Manifesto:33 proposed that the costs incurred by a company to enhance their ability to be recycled. Mangrove Pond Disposal Site and do not take into achieve internationally recognised environmental account the waste disposed at the other sites. • Provide significant incentives to encourage certification should be a tax write off at a rate of In addition to the foregoing initiatives, a number The Vaucluse Waste Transfer Station (materials ownership of fuel-efficient vehicles, particularly 150 per cent of the costs incurred.34 of opportunities have been created for green recovery, composting facility and chemical waste motor cars; businesses since 2006 when the then Minister of management) came into operation in 2009 and, • Provide incentives for greater use of solar energy Barbados already has some fine examples of Finance granted a number of concessions geared as a result, the amount of solid waste going in in providing the electricity needs of consumers successful green initiatives, involving waste, water towards promoting a more sustainable society. The to the landfill has been reduced.31 This includes and businesses. The goal is to implement a and energy conservation that can be built upon: products and systems include: construction and demolition waste, wood pallets, package of incentives to cover up to 50 per cent • The Rum Refinery at Mount Gay - ISO 14001 plastics, glass and metals. of the cost of installing solar electric systems. Certified • Energy efficient systems such as thermal barriers, The Physical Development Plan (GOB, 2003) Barbados is already a leader on solar hot water • Almond Resorts, Bougainvillea Hotel, Dover windows, tint, wall and roof insulations
106 107 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 30. Strengths and challenges in greening the building/ Table 31. Assessment of challenges to greening the building/housing sector housing sector
Strengths Challenges Frequency of Impact Ranking of Challenges occurrence importance (2) • A strong commitment to energy • Lack of financial and economic (1) (3) = (1) x (2) conservation resources Relatively high cost of newer technologies 5 8 40 • Existing models of energy conservation • Lack of awareness of newer and more Lack of overarching policy framework 7 8 56 within the public sector environmentally friendly technologies Lack of training programmes and regional 8 9 72 • Existing tax incentive structure • Higher local operational costs of newer experts supports sustainable building practices technologies Demand for low-cost green housing solutions 9 9 81 • The regulatory authority to incorporate • The non-inclusion of environmental green concepts into the building costs when considering the extent of Cultural preference for detached housing units 6 6 36 industry already exists reliance upon and use of fossil fuels Financial and economic constraints 9 7 63 • There is a willingness among public • Lack of training and regional expertise Cultural perceptions 9 9 81 regulatory agencies to support the goal in newer technologies Limited home-grown technologies 6 6 36 of greening the building industry Harrison’s Cave – Barbados’ No. 1 • Perceptions by industry managers that natural attraction during its redevelopment. low cost housing is in direct conflict Environmental design considerations were a Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis with sustainable housing, a view often significant feature.Photo: Travis Sinckler held without a detailed cost analysis • Cultural preferences for the detached alternative dwelling arrangements that would occurrence is certain. The scores are derived based housing unit that hinders the design contribute to land conservation. on expert opinion and stakeholder discussions. and sale of alternative dwelling Turning to the issue of energy use, as with most arrangements that would contribute to land conservation These challenges were explored further in other small islands, Barbados is highly dependent consultation with industry stakeholders and on the import of fossil fuels to meet its energy participants identified the following additional requirements. The combined effect of high costs Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis challenges: of imported fossil fuels, a high domestic demand for fuels and diseconomies of scale in electricity • The Barbados Building Code has not been production makes energy not only extremely • Solar electrical systems like PV cells, inverters, project that seeks to integrate all the elements of operationalized. This delay in the mandatory expensive but also elevates financial risks over the charge controllers greener building. Moreover, there is international use of the building code possibly exposes the long-run. • Solar radios funding available to finance greener building projects, built environment to poor building and design • Biofuel such as ethanol production, biodiesel for example, through the Global Environmental Fund standards from industry players. The high energy prices and energy security • Solar thermal devices e.g., cooker, dryer air Small Grants Programme (Table 30). • The current building code also needs to be requirements have made it difficult, if not conditioning expanded to include greener building standards impossible, for the energy industry to raise • Fuel cells An initial assessment of the challenges to greening for all buildings. These standards should address investment capital for large-scale alternative energy • Geothermal heat pumps; and the housing/building industry suggests that they are the cross-cutting issues of energy, water, waste projects. In order for Barbados to meet 29 per cent • Hybrid vehicles very similar to those uncovered at the Barbados First and land with the objective of expanding or of its energy needs from renewable energy (RE) National Communication on Climate Change, when introducing sustainable industry practices; and sources by 2029, Castalia and Stantec38 estimate Fifth, under the current institutional framework, the the barriers to the implementation of renewable • Inefficiencies in the operations of Government the capital costs in RE and energy efficiency Town Planning Act Cap 240 section 16, allows the technologies in Barbados were identified. The and the private sector. This situation hinders (EE) technologies to be around US$ 465 million Chief Town Planner (CTP) to incorporate greener anticipated barriers include:37 the conversion of natural resources into viable (present value, DCR=6 per cent). Although this is building issues by “having regard to any other commodities and products, and exacerbates a significant amount, the report also predicts that material considerations.”35 While section 17 of the • Lack of financial and economic resources; financial losses in areas of energy generation and the investment would mean a potential saving of same legislation allows the CTP the discretionary • Lack of awareness of newer and more consumption, in particular. US$ 280 million (present value, DCR=6 per cent) power to “require such further information as environmentally friendly technologies; when compared with a business as usual scenario. he thinks fit”36 in the determination of planning • Higher local operational costs of newer With reference to efficient waste disposal, it was applications. Currently, this the incorporation technologies; felt that there are existing solutions that can be The Energy Smart Fund is expected to help bridge of sustainable building elements is not done on • The non-inclusion of environmental costs when implemented immediately. These solutions are this large investment gap by providing low interest a regular basis since the staff of the Town and considering the extent of reliance upon and use of under-utilised because they are not considered to loans to small and medium enterprises to invest in Country Development Planning Office is not have fossil fuels; be highly lucrative ventures. Table 31 presents a RE and EE technologies. However, the fund currently the trained staff to assess and monitor these • Lack of training and regional expertise in newer summary of selected challenges in the greening of excludes homeowners. Many households in Barbados areas. Nonetheless, this is an institutional feature, technologies; the housing/building industry. A score is attached have limited access to credit, so that expensive which may be built upon as needed to promote the • Perceptions by industry managers that low cost to each challenge based on a 10-point Likert scale equipment is not affordable, even if the equipment integrated regulation of greener building practices. housing is in direct conflict with sustainable in relation to frequency and impact as outlined in would pay for itself over time. Access to credit is housing, a view often held without a detailed cost Addendum 1. The combination of these two factors made worse by the fact that the technologies are analysis; and provides a ranking of importance shown in column 4. new and unfamiliar, so banks are unwilling to lend Finally, there is a willingness among public regulatory • Cultural preferences for the detached housing A challenge receives a score of 1 if the frequency against them, and equipment suppliers have not yet agencies to collaborate in the development of a unit that hinders the design and sale of of occurrence is low and 10 if the frequency of developed hire purchase schemes or other consumer
108 109 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 32. Investment gap analysis of the building/housing sector
Importance Performance Performance/ The strengths and challenges identified for the two-fold. On the one hand, workable contractual Challenges score score Investment gap greening of the industry were used as a basis for arrangements must be developed between property (1) (2) (3)=(1)-(2) determining those areas where greater investment managers and occupants in order to cover costs and Relatively high cost of newer technologies 6 7 -1 would be required in order to realise green outcomes define responsibilities where communal housing in the industry. Table 32 presents the outcome of concepts are adopted. On the other hand, there Lack of overarching policy framework 7 2 5 this investment gap analysis. An importance score are regulatory aspects with regard to standards of Lack of training programmes and regional 8 1 7 is assigned to each challenge and opportunity treatment, certification, inspection and reporting. experts based on a 10-point Likert scale, where 1 denotes This is something that will have to be developed and Demand for low-cost green housing solutions 9 7 2 insignificance and 10 means very important. The overseen by the EPD, and the required standards Cultural preference for detached housing units 6 6 0 importance of the investment gap is quantified by must be such that they do not impose an undue subtracting column 2 from column 1. A positive or excessive economic and regulatory hardship Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis value in column 4 indicates that greater investment on owners and occupants. Moreover, questions is required to enhance a particular strength or about how treated water can possibly be reused as minimise an identified challenge. well as what can be done with the residual waste finance arrangements for them. At the moment, the Promotion in this area requires a mix of regulations generated, or if it should be discarded, are matters Energy Smart Fund is specifically aimed at small embedded in building codes coupled with As reflected in Table 32, the overall analysis that would need to be addressed. Incorporation of and medium enterprises, especially hotels. Once the incentivizing consumer choice. The installation of revealed that those areas requiring greater levels of green technologies into new buildings should not be Smart Fund is up and running efficiently then it may water efficient fixtures and appliances should apply investment in order to green the housing/building problematic. However, the installation of wastewater be worth considering opening it up to households equally to new and existing structures. With new industry are a) training programmes and regional treatment systems in existing properties could be by creating a consumer finance instrument within structures, installations can be regulated under the experts, and b) an overarching policy framework. challenging both economically and structurally. the Fund. This could consist of a subsidized hire building codes and owners of existing structures can The industry stakeholders noted that Barbados purchase scheme for economically viable, distributed, be encouraged through the income tax system and has a good compliment of technical officials With regard to solid waste management in homes, renewable energy generation technologies. rebate schemes. (e.g., architects, contractors, engineers) whose income levels, attitudes and lifestyles probably expertise should be enhanced through retraining play a significant role in determining how much With regards to water use in the building/housing The other area that would probably have as much and technology transfer to improve the physical solid waste is generated, and thus the actual built industry, the challenges and questions are: impact is the reduction of leakages from fixtures structure and quality of the new housing stock. environment may only be a secondary influence. and fittings within a property. This is squarely They also indicated that the building code should The same would be true for other types of buildings, • How can water usage, wastewater and solid waste the responsibility of the property owner/manager. be updated to include high-rise housing. There was where it is the activities that go on within the generation be managed and optimized within the Ensuring that leakages are managed requires also a call for research on the social, cultural and buildings that is the prime determinant. Outside of built environment? a mixture of information on water usage (water economic impacts of high-rise communities so as to the buildings, the way in which they are situated and • What technologies and approaches can be used to bills and monitoring), economic incentives (tariff document the pitfalls and successes of these types their relationship to the surrounding environment support supply water and under what conditions? structures) and awareness. Minimizing water use will of developments. can play a role in facilitating the collection of solid • What technologies and approaches can be used to also minimize wastewater generation. waste and encouraging the separation and diversion manage and treat wastewater? In terms of the sector’s contribution to climate of waste at source. Currently, the handling and safe management of change, it was noted that proper site selection could The answers to these questions lie not just with the wastewater, in the absence of a connection to a enhance the country’s resilience as houses are The other factor that is of relevance is the way built infrastructure itself but also depend on the sewerage system, is an individual responsibility. constructed in close proximity to various amenities. in which components in the built environment surrounding environment. Thus, urban planning as a Eventually, no one will be permitted to dispose of This would help to significantly reduce the energy relate to each other and their physical proximity. strategic framework for housing development has as wastewater directly into suck-wells and some form used for transportation and lessen emissions from Clustering, industrial parks and commercial centres much of a role to play as the individual structures. of treatment will be required. The level of treatment private vehicles as long as public transportation introduce an element of scale that can allow the It has to be recognized that within the built will depend on the nature of the effluent generated, is reliable and safe. The construction of high-rise sharing of facilities such as harvested rainwater, environment there are a variety of water uses, some as well as the zonal location of the property, location buildings not only reduces land consumption but it wastewater treatment systems or on site solid waste of which are only discretionary (i.e. gardening). relative to sensitive marine ecosystems and the also preserves existing green spaces and presents management facilities. It can also have an impact Others are essential (e.g., washing, drinking and potential impact to groundwater. the opportunity to develop communal green spaces. on storm water management and even its collection cooking) and require that the quality be high. When asked who benefits and who loses when we and utilisation. Stormwater collection may be The options for wastewater handling include either “go green”, the stakeholders replied that inefficient regarded as another form of rainwater harvesting, However, other essential uses, such as toilet individual or collective treatment options where, users lose out on energy and financial savings. as is the case in Singapore. This, however, would flushing, do not require such a high quality of water. in the case of the latter, groups of properties are However, they noted that those persons who “go require the development of best practice guidelines, Non-discretionary use by its very nature will be connected to and served by a single wastewater green” and employ resource and energy efficient regulatory requirements and appropriate incentives difficult to reduce and it is for this reason that water treatment system. In the majority of cases, it is strategies are the main winners. They noted that to developers. At the same time, such requirements usage tends to be inelastic. likely that property owners/managers would minimize those who “go green” and employ resource and should act as incentives rather than barriers to be Within the built environment, the use of water their involvement in the operation of the plants energy-efficient strategies are the winners, while the circumvented. efficient appliances can make a difference in and not want to be responsible for their operation country also benefits. reducing consumption, and have successfully been and maintenance. This represents a significant The demolition of existing buildings, sometimes for introduced. This approach is now being extended opportunity for the private sector to provide such Turning to wastewater management, the aspects the purposes of clearing a site for new construction, to include appliances such as washing machines. services. that have to be addressed in moving forward are significantly contributes to the amount of cons
110 111 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 33. Benefits of green buildings Table 34. Assessment of opportunities in the building/housing sector
Frequency of Ranking of Economic benefits Social benefits Environmental benefits Opportunity success Effectiveness importance (1) (2) (3)=(1)*(2) Energy and water savings (reduced utility Improved health (due to improved Emission reduction (due to increased use of Convert derelict sugar factories cost leads to long-term savings) ventilation and use of non-toxic and low renewable energy sources) 8 9 72 emitting materials) into waste-to-energy plants Increased property value (resulting Healthier lifestyle and recreation Water conservation (harvesting rainwater Education and technology 7 6 42 from lower operation costs and easy and recycling wastewater yields significant Provisions and subventions 7 7 49 maintenance) water savings Recycling communities 8 8 64 Decreased strain on the infrastructure Storm water management (permeable (resulting from reduced demand on local surfaces and green roofs control and power and water supply) channel storm water runoff) Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis Increased employment productivity Waste reduction (the deconstruction and (resulting from healthier indoor recycling of building materials reduce environmental conditions) waste production)
Source: City of Bloomington, 2011. Housing development integrating solar water heating systems. Photo: Travis Sinckler
amount of construction and demolition waste going to the landfill. In some parts of the world, it is a 3.3.4 Potential returns process. Another major environmental issue A specific stakeholder observation was made with requirement that such waste generated on a site in terms of economic associated with the building sector is the depletion regard to energy generation: There are numerous be reused in the new construction. This effectively of natural resources. Architects and designers play derelict sugar factories on the island, which hold diverts the waste at source without the intermediate Growth, development a critical role in ensuring energy conservation, potential for conversion into nodes for waste-to- step of going to and being processed at the landfill managing the consumption of materials and the energy operations to service the housing/building sites. Consideration could be given to including such and poverty reduction efficient use of resources. The recycling of building industry (Table 34). This is of course provided that a requirement into building regulations and codes. materials and components is a method used to save economies of scale can be realised by decentralising It is also possible that construction debris can be Greening the building industry offers several energy and reduce waste and emissions. waste to energy facilities. In addition, stakeholders employed to reclaim disused quarries in order to economic, social and environmental benefits as opined that community based recycling programmes remove these safety hazards from the landscape and shown in Table 33. Greening construction not only has environmental that encourage reuse of construction and other forms potential illegal waste disposal sites. benefits, sometimes at little cost, but it also helps of waste do hold a distinct opportunity to contribute An investment in residential and commercial energy to improve employee productivity and work quality to economic growth through savings to be had from There is an important role that the design and form efficiency and water efficiency enables residents as well as public health through the reduction reusing and recycling waste. Table 34 presents a of the built environment can play in encouraging and companies to benefit financially. Water efficient of air and noise pollutants. Investing in greening summary of the assessment. and supporting resource use efficiency (water, buildings reduce the demand and the cost of buildings, therefore, can lead to savings in terms wastewater and solid waste). Nonetheless, it is supplying water. Countries that experience water of a company’s labour costs. In some instances, complex and will require careful development. stress and scarcity can use a number of water the savings in labour related costs outstrip energy 3.3.5 Potential for Having said that, there are potentially significant efficiency methods to overcome these challenges. savings: “even a 1 per cent increase in productivity employment opportunities associated with this These methods include rainwater harvesting, credit resulting from investment in greener buildings yields green Jobs Creation sector in the provision of a range of services to programmes for water and energy conservation, a labour-cost saving several times higher than the home/property owners and property managers. water sensitive designs and water recycling. energy-cost savings.”40 and Transmigration This would not only be in traditional trades but Additionally, residents are encouraged to use water also in areas such as audits and assessments, efficient appliances, toilets, urinals, showerheads, The Barbados Public Sector Energy Conservation Green jobs tend to lessen the environmental impact new skill requirements for architects, engineers, taps, washing machines and dishwashers to achieve Programme (GOB, 2007) has been tried. The of various economic activities, while assisting in town planners and regulators as well as in the use water conservation within the household. The experiences of the programme need to be used as the reduction of energy consumption, the use of and deployment of information, technology and West Coast sewage project was estimated to cost a platform for moving forward, and could be re- raw materials, minimizing GHG emissions and communication (ICT) to support and track resource approximately US$ 350 million. This was prior to launched with a clear set of deliverables, timelines, improving water efficiency across the various use efficiency and allow for its technical and the decision to upgrade the system for water reuse,39 agency responsibility and monitoring systems in sectors of the economy (Table 35). As it relates economic assessment. so the final figure is likely to be in excess of this place. The aim would be for government to lead to the building and construction sector, there are early estimate. by example through the greening of all public numerous opportunities to improve a building’s buildings. Similarly, there are significant national performance, since buildings produce a considerable Research indicates that construction and demolition savings to be had from the further development amount of greenhouse-gas emissions and waste, generate approximately one-third of global waste. and implementation of a green procurement policy and utilize at least 40 per cent of the total energy Building efficiency offers solutions for environmental for all government and quasi-government agencies, consumed. In an effort to attain a high building and health issues (such as noise pollution, chemical which should include an upgrade to procurement of performance, green jobs would be created to pollution and the removal of hazardous building greener building materials. improve energy efficiency and reduce greenhouse- materials) caused by the construction/demolition gas emissions. In 2008, researchers noted that there
112 113 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 35. Green jobs progress to-date and potential for the future
Green job Long-term green Item Green potential progress to-date job potential Greening buildings Excellent Limited Excellent Retrofitting Excellent Limited Excellent Lighting Excellent Good Excellent Efficient equipment and Excellent Fair Excellent appliances
Source: Adapted from UNEP, 2008.
are approximately 4 million green jobs in the United this process. The introduction of green technologies States and Europe combined which are related to in the design and construction of buildings and energy efficiency and they voiced the expectation communities is therefore perceived as movement that there will be an increase of 3.5 million in green towards realising a greener building/housing jobs depending on investments made to improve sector, an opportunity that should be embraced Government’s policy leadership has seen growth in the use of renewable energy technologies in businesses. Photo: Travis Sinckler energy efficiency in buildings.41 by all stakeholders, including consumers. Thus, attracting foreign investment has the potential to In developing countries, greening programmes such open doors for the access and transfer of clean/green community recycling grant to assist in the project, however, was primarily a beautification as the Kuyasa Low-Income Housing Upgrade in Cape technologies. development of community-based programmes in project which did not reflect the sustainable Town, South Africa helped to create green jobs for the country. The extension of these efforts through building tenets of resource efficient, minimal waste the unemployed and the underemployed.42 The joint public-private sector arrangements could production, the use of non-toxic building materials, programme noted the progress towards the creation 3.3.6 Potential for significantly reduce the impacts of construction and the creation of a healthy indoor environment. of green jobs in the building industry and their waste on the landfill. Nonetheless, the project realised the benefits of potential in the future. Environmental environmentally aesthetic landscaping. It is worthy The following are some of the potential areas to note that the UDC’s building repair programmes In Barbados, the potential for green jobs lies in Improvement through which the environmental benefits of currently involve the use of “plycem”, a fire and retrofitting, lighting, installation and maintenance greening may be realised in Barbados: mould resistant concrete board. This is a feature of efficient appliances and the use of low energy Barbados requires a strategy and policy for ongoing that should be further assessed, in terms of a life construction material in a sustainable building/ education, outreach and information of targeted • The launch of private-public sector building cycle evaluation, for its suitability as a greener housing industry. This is also the case at the publics to be put in place in order to facilitate projects that integrate environmental and social building practice to be expanded. regulatory level since new standards of practice change in behaviours within the industry. The island benefits into their housing/building solutions. would need to be devised and monitored to ensure has a highly educated population with a literacy These building projects should reflect the Under the Public Sector Energy Conservation acceptable levels of compliance. This would entail rate of approximately 99 per cent because, in post- sustainable building tenets of resource efficient, Programme, the Ministry of Transport and Works revisions to the curricula of Barbados’ tertiary independence years, education was used as vehicle minimal waste production, the use of non-toxic (MTW), which has responsibility for the registration institutions that would be involved in training at the to empower and enfranchise the masses, and to building materials and the creation of a healthy of all building practitioners, has taken the initiative technical and managerial levels. propel the country towards economic development. indoor environment. to green its administrative buildings, headquarters • The use of construction waste in building and the depots. MTW has taken an energy efficient It will also be necessary to establish a Green Understanding that access to education is a operations thereby reducing the solid waste approach to greening, adopting a two-pronged Building Council to facilitate training and linchpin to its development, successive governments outputs from the industry. This of course would approach in dealing with its energy consumption – certification in the area, particularly as it relates embarked on a number of measures to ensure need to be regulated through the design, the use of alternative sources of energy, and increased to Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design that it continues to create a cadre of highly implementation and monitoring of green energy efficiency through conservation efforts. The (LEED) certification. Certification in areas of skilled and trainable individuals.43 Many industry standards. Ministry has also made an application to the Chief Building, Design & Construction, Operations & stakeholders perceive this characteristic as giving • Conduct life cycle evaluations and consider Town Planner for the installation of a wind turbine to Maintenance, Interior Design & Construction, as well Barbados a distinct advantage in its move towards extending the use of green building materials that provide alternative power at the Chance Hall Depot in as Neighbourhood Development, will be required to a green economy. The greening process will require have already been introduced such as “plycem”. St. Lucy, which will further reduce energy costs. upgrade the skills and knowledge but also allow the retooling of industry practitioners in order to to bid on sustainable projects being undertaken in take full advantage of the social, economic and The Ministry of Housing and Lands has as its priority The Ministry of Transport and Works, in the Caribbean. environmental benefits. the delivery of affordable housing with a focus conjunction with the Ministry of Energy, is currently on low-income earners. Although the concepts of implementing the recommendations coming out of Stakeholders acknowledged that one of the main A starting point for the social benefits of greening affordable housing and sustainable housing may be an energy audit that was conducted in 2007. Among building blocks towards achieving the goal of the housing/building industry could be the fostering combined, in practice, some greening approaches the conclusions drawn from the audit is that savings greening the building/housing sector is attracting and extending of recycling communities. The Future should be included in these housing projects. The could be derived from implementing the following: foreign investment, and they affirmed their Centre Trust has become the first recipient in Urban Development Commission (UDC) in 2010 confidence in the attractiveness of Barbados’ Barbados of a contribution from the Coca-Cola launched a “Go Green” community project that • Retrofitting buildings to utilize more natural information and technology infrastructure to aid in Foundation, in the amount of US$ 45,000, for a was well received by the community residents. This ventilation wherever applicable;
114 115 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
3.3.8 Summary industry and house owners that they become more discriminating in their selection of green materials when building, and experiencing general The building or construction industry is a major meliorations in indoor environmental quality. contributor to the country’s economic growth and Most stakeholders in the industry had a strong development. The total value-added of the industry desire to realise the potential social and financial in 2010 was US$ 185.5 million or about 5 per cent benefits from improved quality in community of GDP. In addition, the industry employs almost living, increased cost savings accruing from greater 15,000 persons, almost 2,000 more than Barbados’ efficiency in energy usage and energy efficient main industry, tourism. Over the years, there has building design and construction. been an expansion of the built environment through The constraints in relation to greening the industry the construction of transportation infrastructure along have not changed since Barbados’ First National with private and public buildings. Urban residential Communication on Climate Change was presented housing is located within a continuous linear coastal to the United Nations Framework Convention on urban corridor that extends along the entire length Climate Change in 2001. Then, challenges to the of the west and south coasts. Traditionally, most implementation of renewable technologies were noted persons lived in wooden and chattel houses (73 as the lack of financial and economic resources, The Caribbean Tourism Organization’s 2011 Sustainable Award-winning Harrison’s Cave at night. Photo: Ken Uyeda/Blackbird Design/Calgary per cent in 1970). This ratio has, however, fallen lack of awareness of newer technologies, higher local Canada dramatically in recent years due to rising standards operational costs of newer technologies, the non- of living. In 2000, the year for which the most recent inclusion of environmental costs when considering • Purchasing and installing more high-efficiency industry. The integrated settlement development has estimate is available, 45 per cent of houses were the extent of reliance upon and use of fossil fuels, air-condition units; to be purposefully practiced to realise a green vision made entirely of concrete blocks. and lack of training and regional expertise in newer • Tinting windows to reduce heat radiation from the for the building/housing sector. technologies. Today, two other challenges have sun; The construction of commercial and residential surfaced, namely, the perceptions by industry • Changing incandescent light bulbs to energy- There are many factors to be considered. For buildings puts a strain on natural and human managers that low cost housing is in direct conflict saving compact fluorescent bulbs; example, land offers opportunities for green open resources through energy use, land use, the removal with sustainable housing; and cultural preferences for • Changing all toilets to low flush toilets; and space to be incorporated into selected settlement of natural materials, transport of construction the detached housing unit, which hinders the design • Installing water-saving devices wherever possible. arrangements (such as high rise), which may bring materials, liquid and solid waste generation, poor and sale of alternative dwelling arrangements that significant social value from an aesthetic and utilisation and recycling of building materials and the would contribute to land conservation. The goal of green policies for building and housing recreational viewpoint. Also, the hard surfacing of use of hazardous building materials. In 2009, the will also need to confront issues related to natural land areas as settlement development expands and single largest category of electricity consumers was To address these challenges, stakeholders felt disasters. Since 1851, the island has been affected agricultural land is converted can lead to reduced domestic users, accounting for 32 per cent of total that training programmes to further develop the by over 58 tropical storms, with 3 of these classified water infiltration and possible flooding in low lying sales or 306.6 million kWh. The country, however, expertise of local building professionals (architects, as severe hurricanes (category 3 or higher) on the areas. Moreover, building development in close has an enviable record in relation to the penetration engineers and contractors) should be developed, Saffir-Simpson Scale. Some areas of the island proximity to a reliable, comfortable and safe green of solar water heaters, with an estimated 40,000 and an overarching policy framework be devised. are also at risk for flooding and land slippage. The public transport network can reduce the energy systems in operation, 75 per cent of which are in Furthermore, they were of the view that greater adoption of green policies for building will also need used in transport. residential use. The island is divided into subdivided efforts should be directed towards educating the incorporate codes and guidelines on risk of natural into five water protection areas, with Zone 1, being public on the various incentives (i.e. provisions in disasters, storm surge and sea level rise. In this vein, it must be reiterated that data needs to closest to the production wells, having the most the Income Tax Act) and grants (i.e. by the Energy be captured and analysed on: a) the change of use stringent restrictions on development activities, and Division) that are already available for greening of land from agriculture; b) agricultural land needs Zone 5, being the furthest away, having the least initiatives, because they could contribute positively restrictions. Enforcement of development restrictions to achieving the green economy objectives in the 3.3.7 Conclusions for food security; c) watershed and comprehensive drainage within new settlement developments; and is the responsibility of the Town and Country building/housing sector. Stakeholders noted that d) the feasibility of incorporating non-motorised Development Planning Office, which is supported the country has a good compliment of building The stakeholders’ vision for greening the housing/ transport modes within urban and rural areas. Further by the Environmental Protection Department and professionals whose expertise should be built upon building industry reflects, in summary, a desire to research should investigate the social, cultural, as the Barbados Water Authority. Development on the through training and technology transfer so as to benefit socially from improved quality in community well as economic impacts of high-rise communities, island is guided by the Physical Development Plan, improve the built environment and quality of the living, economically from the cost savings available development of best practice guidelines for harvested which attempts to match the demand for land to the new housing stock. It was also indicated that the from more efficient energy usage, building design rainwater, wastewater treatment systems, analysis island’s development objectives. building code should be updated to include high- and construction, and environmentally from a system of investment data for public and private sector rise housing, and calls were made for the private of reuse and recycling within the industry and the investments in energy efficiency, evaluation of the The prospect of green building offers the possibility lending agencies to play their part by approving or retention of green spaces with a reduction of the economics of alternatives to local sand resources, of improving resource efficiency, reducing waste underwriting loans based on environmental risk. building footprints on the land. This vision is by and exploration of the opportunities to extend community- and the use of toxic substances, and enhancing large consistent with the national definition of green level recycling programmes, and the undertaking of water efficiency and sustainable site development. Green construction not only has environmental economy outlined earlier and therefore provides a socio-environmental cost-benefit analysis on green In addition, it offers the possibility of raising the benefits, but it also helps to improve employee some rationale for greening the building and housing low cost housing options. consciousness of practitioners in the construction productivity and work quality as well as public
116 117 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
“If we are to achieve long-term sustainability, then we have to manage our water and land resources more carefully. We have said much about food security over the years, but we continue to allow buildings – houses and commercial properties – to eat up viable arable land.”
Development in the coastal zone is managed through the Physical Development Plan. Photo: Dave Quan/Inkstone Design/Calgary Canada Mr Cedric H. Murrell, President of the Congress of Trade Unions and Staff Associations of Barbados health, in general, along with decreasing air should be highly effective. The launch of private- Address at the Official Launch of the Government of Barbados – United Nations and noise pollutants. In this regard, four key public sector building projects that integrate opportunities for greening the industry were environmental and social benefits into their housing/ Environment Programme Partnership for a Resource Efficient Green Economy in identified: 1) conversion of derelict sugar factories building solutions can result in efficiency gains in Barbados and the Green Economy Scoping Study, 9 March 2011 into waste-to-energy plants, 2) education and natural resource usage, lower waste production and technology, 3) provisions and subventions, and the creation of a healthy door environment. The 4) recycling communities. Community-based Urban Development Commission (UDC) in 2010 recycling programmes, in particular, encourage launched a “Go Green” community project that reuse of construction and other forms of waste and was well received by community residents. While could lead to growth and savings. In the process this project was largely focused on beautification, of the green transition, there is the potential for it is possibility that this endeavour be scaled up green jobs in areas of retrofitting, lighting, sales to include the green building/housing principles and maintenance of efficient appliances, and highlighted in this study. the provision and use of low energy construction materials in a sustainable building/housing industry.
The country, however, requires a strategy and policy for on-going education, outreach and information sharing in order to encourage behavioural change. Given the island’s high literacy rate, such a strategy
118 119 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
3.4 TRANSPORT Table 36. Registered vehicles (January to July 2011) Total no. of 3.4.1 Background Type/Name of vehicle vehicles Articulated vehicle 222 Barbados has a dense road network system that plays Crane 9 a critical role in the country’s social and economic development. The transport network consists of Dumper 14 Key more than 1,600 km of paved public roads, two Hearse 30 active marine ports - the Bridgetown Port and Port Heavy good vehicle (over 3 600 kg) 4 507 St Charles, both regulated by the Barbados Port Hired limo 65 messages Authority - and one airport (the Grantley Adams International Airport). In 2010, the total value-added Hired motor cycle 41 It is estimated that the transport industry accounted for 33 per cent of all the fuel for Transportation, Storage and Communications Hired vehicle 2 467 Industry was US$ 308.1 million, or approximately 8 imported. Light goods vehicle (under 3 600 kg) 8 353 per cent of GDP. This represents a return to growth Maxi taxi 676 after contracting in the previous two years, reflective The stakeholders’ vision for greening the transport industry reflects a desire to of the overall slowdown in the Barbados economy. Maxi taxi (The Barbados Transport Board) 5 Minibus 161 reduce the island’s dependence on fossil fuels, without significantly increasing The highway network consists of seven major Minibus – charity 139 the cost of transportation. highways that radiate from Bridgetown. Numbers 1 to Minibus 2011 33 7 signifies these – Highway 1 (H1) heads due north from Bridgetown along the west coast and numbering Minibus – Hotel 2 A package of investment and policy reforms is needed, which would lead continues sequentially in a clockwise direction. Other Motorcycle w/ sidecar 2 to the development and implementation of fuel performance and air highways are the Ermie Bourne Highway, the Ronald Omnibus 442 Mapp Highway, the Adams-Barrow-Cummins (ABC) and noise pollution standards, improvement of traffic management, Private motor car 90 400 Highway and the Spring Garden Highway. In 2010, use of mix modes of transports, and internalization of climate change an assessment released by the Economic Intelligence Private motor car (ATV) 39 considerations in the choice of transport. Unit (EIU) of the United Kingdom ranked Barbados Private motorcycle 2061 6th in the world with 3.7 km of road for every km of Route taxi 208 land, and the top spot in the Western Hemisphere To address congestion, a system of on-street parking charges and Route taxi 2011 79 for road network density. Apart from the highways, regularization of length of stay should be considered. the road network consists of roads that are, generally, Segway transporter 4 relatively narrow. Self-driven motor vehicle 6 Efforts to green the transportation sector lead to the creation of green Taxi 1 677 According to statistics from the Barbados Licensing Tour coach 98 jobs. This is particularly the case in the area of providing affordable and Authority, the number of vehicles on the island’s Tractors and forklift 788 reliable public transport options. roads stood at 131,680 in 2009. It is estimated that between 2008 and 2010 the number of Trailer (less than 7 m) 445 vehicles grew at a compounded annual rate of 3.8 Trailers (over 7 m) 22 There is a need to pursue an approach that takes into account all the per cent. The number of vehicles registered for the Total no. of vehicles 112 995 contributing elements in order to increase effectiveness: demand period January to July 2011 was 112,995, with an estimated total of vehicles in use for 2011 being management, behavioural change, safety, different modes of transport, Source: Ministry of Transport and Works 150,000 (Table 36). There has been a significant involving stakeholders in the planning process, sequencing of public rise in vehicular accidents commensurate with the works, affordability, and the interaction between the transport network and increase in vehicular use. In 1999, Barbados ranked consists of large omnibuses. According to the 12th globally for road accident victims per 100,000 National Transport Plan Study carried out in 1996, land use. people; and 23rd globally for actual road fatalities low levels of service and congestion marked the per 100,000 people, a position shared with Estonia, traffic network in Barbados in the late 1990s. This Georgia, Greece, Tunisia and the United States and was a result of the rapid growth of vehicles beyond (WHO, 2009). network capacity.
Currently, there are three bus services operating on The number of vehicles on the streets in Barbados the island. Two of the services are privately owned has grown at a compounded annual growth rate of and consist of a fleet of small buses called route 6.8 per cent for the period 1999 to 2009. This taxis, commonly referred to as ZRs, and a fleet rate has fallen off to an estimated 3.8 per cent per of minibuses. The government-operated system annum, as noted earlier. However, when compared to is managed by the Barbados Transport Board and the acceptable international standard of 2.5 per cent
120 121 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
as a sustainable growth rate, the growth rate of • Integrated Management Plan for the Atlantic vehicles in Barbados is not sustainable, particularly Coasts of Barbados; and box 5 BEST PRACTICE BEYOND ENGINEERING – given the vulnerabilities of being an island state. • Integrated Coastal Management – The Barbados SUN POWERED TRANSPORT AND WORKS Policy Framework. On the matter of road safety, the island has legislation in place for compulsory seat belt use The plan offers policy guidelines for the location in vehicles in order to limit the number of injuries of roads and other infrastructural facilities as well and deaths due to vehicular collisions. MTW is as other land users within the coastal zone. The The issue & rationale The Ministry of Transport and within the GEED will need to be changed to match this now officially representing the Government as it fact that this policy framework exists is an asset. Works (MTW) is the Government of Barbados’ third new demand has prompted the roll-out of training in participates in the United Nations Decade of Road However, this document is yet to be adopted by the largest energy consumer in terms of both electricity Regulating Solar Systems for officers within the Unit. Safety 2011-2020. In fact, MTW has already Barbados Government. and petroleum products. In the face of the economic submitted a proposal for a structured approach to recession and with the ever-increasing price of crude Way forward – solar powered streets? Other this programme, which is to be rolled out in 2012. The Physical Development Plan (PDP) 2003 has oil - in excess of US$ 100 per barrel, the Ministry’s alternative energy initiatives being considered by heavy reliance on energy and its need to become a more articulated the following objectives for national the MTW include the installation of solar powered efficient user of this resource has become increasingly In response to existing emission-related issues, as infrastructure, thereby providing a basis for the streetlights on highways. It is estimated that such important. The national importance of energy efficiency, an initiative would produce savings up to two-thirds well as other economic, social and environmental island’s transportation policies:46 and the potentially significant contribution that the of the BDS $10 million spent on powering existing concerns common to most countries, there is now a MTW could make to this end, was highlighted when streetlights. A pilot project for solar streetlights is focus on the deployment of sustainable or greener • reduce the dependency on private car transport the Ministries of Finance and Environment respectively being considered for Barbados’ capital Bridgetown. transportation options within the industry. Sustainable by encouraging mixed use development within requested that public sector agencies find ways to MTW is also exploring the use of solar traffic lights, transportation is intimately associated with the existing commercial centres; reduce costs and the use of hydrocarbon based energy road marking studs, and motion sensor lights at the concept of greening transportation. The movement • improve amenities for pedestrians and the products and services. Ministry’s depots across the island. towards having a sustainable transportation system disabled; (GEF, 2009) comprise initiatives aimed at: • encourage the use and effectiveness of public The MTW was one of first Ministries to accept this Wind in the pipeline The Ministry is also looking to transport making it more attractive to users in challenge, and as a initial step collaborated with use wind energy to reduce its expenditure and has the Energy Division under its Public Sector Energy • Reducing the role of the private vehicle as the terms of dependability, convenience, accessibility applied to the Chief Town Planner for the necessary Efficiency Programme to undertake a pilot energy audit. main mode of transportation, and travel times; permission to install a Wind Turbine at the Chance Hall This exercise, which commenced in 2007, resulted in Depot in St. Lucy. • Promoting and improving existing public transport; • encourage the continued attractiveness of several recommendations that formed the basis for • Introducing mode switching (shifting travel from Bridgetown, Speightstown and other town centres the establishment of a focussed alternative energy and Challenges One challenge of the initiative is that there the private vehicle to other sustainable modes, by enhancing parking supply through effective energy efficiency programme. was no initial consideration of the product lifecycle of such as public transport, park and ride systems, parking strategies; the components utilised in the programme. However, carpooling, cycling and walking); • provide adequate air and seaport facilities to meet A solar electric system for the administrative wing MTW notes the need to determine the most economical • Utilizing existing vehicular infrastructure; growing demands from tourism and economic By April 2011, MTW completed the installation of a grid and environmentally sound manner to handle the • Building comprehensive infrastructure for development, and ensure that new development tied solar system comprised of eighty (80) photovoltaic disposal of specialised equipment, such as photovoltaic pedestrian and cyclist; does not compromise the potential to expand panels. This solar electric system had a rated capacity cells, and other materials. • Implementing vehicle emissions standards and airport services; and of 15.2 kW (kilowatts) and utilised four (4) 3.8 kW introducing greener vehicles (electric, hybrid, • ensure the effective conservation of water inverters to power the Administrative wing of the MTW. solar, natural gas, bio-fuel and fuel-cell vehicles) resources by continuing to control all development The connected load from the solar panel of 14.4 kW met its objectives by facilitating significant energy which achieve better energy efficiency; within water protection areas; cost savings. The system cost was approximately • Developing guidelines for the disposal of old BBD 225,000 and it is expected that this cost will be vehicles for the recycling, recovery and reuse of In an effort to create a safe environment for recovered in eight (8) years due to projected annual 44 vehicles and their components; and pedestrians the PDP 2003 outlines policies related savings of BBD 35, 000. • Integrating sustainable transportation policy into to the provision of sidewalks and other pedestrian 47 the overall planning policies (particularly policies facilities. The policies stipulate: Building regulatory capacity Given the nature of for land use and environmental management). • minimum standards for sidewalks on all classes of the initiative, the Government Electrical Engineering roads, new and existing, and Department (GEED) of the MTW, which is responsible The government of Barbados has in place a number • the provision of wheelchair access for all new for electrical inspections and installations of all of policies, programs and plans for improvement sidewalks. buildings in Barbados, had a significant regulatory and of the transport industry. The Integrated Coastal supervisory role to play in the development of the grid Zone Management Plan for Barbados (1998),45 Also outlined in the PDP 2003 are parking policies tied solar system. for example, is the major policy framework for that mandate: The installation of their own system, along with the coastal zone management and was approved by increased national demand for alternative energy the government of Barbados in 1999. This plan • adequate parking has to be provided for all systems, has caused MTW to be more aware of, and to document comprises the: new developments, redevelopments and major examine its capacity for, regulating alternative energy development improvements; and systems. The realisation that some job specifications • Integrated Management Plan for the Caribbean • all new parking facilities are required to provide Coasts of Barbados; parking for the disable.
122 Hybrid street lighting systems in use at the 123 UWI Cave Hill Campus. Photo: Travis Sinckler BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Understandably, the PDPs land use polices were • exploration of the use of water transport to and The collaboration among the agencies that share prepared in the late 1990s and finally approved in from the town centres; responsibility for transport is built largely on strong 2003. These land use policies are likely dependant • development of a Bus Rapid Transit system; personal relationship among senior officials and, on a clearer articulation by the key players within the • increase in the number of car parks to reduce in general, is not always formally structured. The transport industry of specific measures for greening congestion created by illegal parking; and 1996 National Transport Plan52 revealed that towards an integrated and sustainable transport • establishment of an express bus service in major there was inadequate coordination and sharing of system for Barbados. avenues during peak hours. information between the critical agencies within the transport sector. At that time, the agencies, The National Sustainable Development Policy The policies developed within the NSP 2005 – 2015 responsible for transport policy and coordination at (NSDP) 2004 has also outlined policy are also supportive of the greening process for the different levels, were the Ministry of Transport and recommendations aimed at reducing the transport sector. This comprehensive plan provides a Works, the Royal Barbados Police Force, the Ministry environmental impact of the transport sector. series of targets and indicators for the sector some of of International Transport and Urban and Rural The recommendations of the NSDP include:49 which are included in the Section 3.3 of this report. Commissions, and the Town and Country Planning Department. Subsequently, the Transport Authority • full documentation of the environmental hazards According to the government’s Medium-Term was established in accordance with one of the of all the constituents of blended fuel; Development Strategy 2010, the Ministry of recommendations of that study. Still the institutional • development of a Clean Air Policy; Transport and Works committed to the continuation framework required for the greening of the transport • development of safe standards for atmospheric of several initiatives which seek to create a safer, industry is an area that needs to be addressed further pollutants; more efficient and attractive national transport in consultation with key stakeholders. Addressing city congestion via dedicated parking facilities in • development of appropriate economic system.51 These specific initiatives are to: Bridgetown. Photo: Travis Sinckler instruments/incentives, legislation and The key industry players (both private and public) regulations towards ensuring the successful • re-examine the feasibility of the construction of would have to establish greening as a single common implementation of policy objectives and footbridges along the ABC Highway; goal for the transport industry so that appropriate In addition, the PDP 2003 presents policies to programmes developed to facilitate energy • continue to carry out improvements to dangerous strategies may be developed, implemented and promote the use of public transport. It encourages efficiency in the transport sector, and improved junctions to enhance visibility thereby eliminating monitored towards a sustainable transport system for high density residential development along urban air quality in general; accidents and possible fatalities; Barbados. corridors in an attempt to utilize existing and future • efficient and timely the maintenance of heavy • undertake traffic experiments in traffic design transport and transit infrastructure. To further duty diesel vehicle; aimed at enhancing flows in specific areas; mitigate the potential negative environmental • promoting energy efficiency in the transport • complete the feasibility study of the extension to 3.4.2 Resource use and impacts of the transport sector, the Physical sector, by giving consideration to the feasibility the Ermie Bourne Highway; Development Plan stipulates that an Environmental of using electric cars as well as liquid petroleum • encourage the use of low emission vehicles by efficiency measures Impact Assessment is required of all new roads gas (LPG), compressed natural gas (CNG), and using emission test metres on vehicles which are over 200 metres in length and for all road and hydrogen powered vehicles; being inspected as well as on the road; Water consumption in the transportation sector is intersection improvements.48 • development, introduction and use of appropriate • continue the process of establishing the Barbados primarily in relation to new road construction and scientific technologies and practices to Building Standards Authority; and road improvement projects. Water used for this Within the PDP 2003, there are consistent policy improve efficiency in the transport sector and • continue with the development of Permanent Park purpose, either by MTW or private contractors, is objectives and guidelines on the one hand, such as its sustainability, in particular with regards to and Ride Facilities. paid for by MTW. Water is also used for irrigation those promoting the use of public transport and the maintaining a clean and safe environment; of landscaped areas within large roundabouts along containment of settlement development by utilizing • conducting of studies on mass transit options in Based on the foregoing initiatives, there is evidence the ABC Highway and MTW is billed directly by existing vehicular infrastructure. On the other hand, high traffic areas; of a strong platform of stated policies to support the Barbados Water Authority. It is acknowledged while the broad objectives for national infrastructure • classification of areas where hydrocarbons the greening of the transport sector. What may be that the potable water used in irrigation and road consistently embrace the notion of sustainability, are stored as potential hazardous sites and inadequate is an overarching framework for the construction, including road wetting for dust control, the policy guidelines do not consistently promote taking these locations into consideration when implementation of the planning, design, operational is a costly and wasteful practice. The use of brackish the greening of the sector. For example, the policy considering future development activities. and monitoring components of the process required and other levels of non-potable water need to be guidelines address the provision and widening of for the greening of the transport industry. Although explored for this purpose. traditional sidewalk but not land use allocation and The policies of the NSDP 2004 are comprehensive there is a Transport Authority, this entity has guidelines for shaded walkways, the possibility of and clearly articulated in support of the greening of responsibility only for the public transport system. With regard to flooding resulting from road cycle paths or park and ride systems all of which the transport industry. There are many other dimensions to an integrated construction, the Drainage Division of the Ministry of could be important elements of introducing mode and sustainable transport system the implementation the Environment and Drainage along with the Town switching in the transport industry. Incorporated within the National Strategic Plan of of which may be left to the timing, resources and and Country Development Planning Office (TCDPO) Barbados 2006-2025, the government has created initiative of individual agencies in the absence of are the agencies responsible for devising and Furthermore, the land use guidelines make provision strategies specifically aimed at reducing traffic an comprehensive institutional framework. The implementing mitigation measures. for increased communal parking areas in Bridgetown congestion.50 These strategies include: regulatory agencies with shared responsibility for and regional centres, which may run counter to the policy implementation within the transport industry explicit greening objective of reducing the role of • enhancement of the reliability of the transit are summarised in Table 37. the private vehicle as the main mode of transport. system;
124 125 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 37. Summary of regulatory agencies with responsibilities in the transport system
Comprehensive drainage plans are required wherever • Use of a separator –to address the issue of oily Department /Ministry Main responsibilities Legislation there are potential negative impacts from road wastewater ending up in drains; Transport Authority Plan, monitor and regulate the public transport system. Transport Authority Act 2007-2028 construction and appropriate conditions appended • Recycling - scrap metal from MTW’s workshop(s) to any approval to carry out development. In some Main functions: is taken away without charge by private • issue, cancel, suspend licenses of drivers and conductors of public instances, conditions may be imposed requiring use individuals, who have a market for its sale. service vehicles of surface finishes such as infiltration technologies Similarly, old vehicles are auctioned to interested • issue, suspend or revoke permits in respect of public service to allow for water infiltration. However, this practice buyers who may use them in part or whole as vehicles is not consistently promoted by TCDPO outside scrap metal; and • restrict the use of motor omnibuses, minibuses and route taxis to of sensitive environmental areas. Nonetheless, it specified routes should be noted that sections of a number of public • Re-use - waste from the road building/repair • to regulate and restrict the number of motor omnibuses minibuses process is used to make foam bitumen, which is and route taxis on specified routes spaces use infiltration technologies, for example, • supervise the conduct of business in the passenger terminals the car parking areas of the Ministry of Housing and reused in the road building process. Consideration 54 • publish current information on public transport services Lands and Queen’s Park. is being given to a crumb rubber project • establish timetables to be observed by drivers and conductors of involving private enterprise. motor omnibuses minibuses and route taxis • determine the sitting of lay-by and the location of bus stops In 1998, it was estimated that the transport industry for the picking up and setting down of passengers using motor accounted for 33 per cent of all the fuel imported. With regard to air pollution, MTW perceives this omnibuses, minibuses and route taxis In order to reduce this dependence on fossil challenge as emanating from the fuel mixes used Ministry of Transport and Works Construction and maintenance of all government roads, bridges and • Public Works Act CAP 32 fuels, an integrated approach to public transport in some vehicles and the absence of requisite buildings . • Highway Act (CAP 289) was recommended in the National Transport Plan standards to manage this problem. At any rate, (1996),53 and consequently, the Barbados Transport there is no equipment to assist in the enforcement Main functions: Authority was established. However, the optimization of standards. This problem is further compounded • plan, design and develop a comprehensive road network system; of routes and the rationalization of resources is by the fact that there are competing companies • provide policy guidelines, planning and technical services in the areas of traffic management, works and electrical services; an area that is in need of attention in order to retailing fuel, each with their own special additives, • plan, design, construct and maintain public buildings; contribute to the delivery of an efficient public which they mix into the fuel. Furthermore, noise • develop, regulate and maintain the road transport and ancillary transportation system. pollution by vehicles is also a matter of concern facilities conducted through the Licensing Authority and the but, as with air quality, enforcement of a national Barbados Transport Authority and private operators, as well as the To this end, the Barbados Transport Board is standard is being stymied. provision of support services; • ensure that necessary policies and legislation are developed; continuing its efforts to improve bus scheduling by • develop effective programmes for the construction and piloting a programme that involves the use of a global Notwithstanding, the Environmental Protection maintenance of public infrastructure; and positioning system (GPS) to track the movement of Department (EPD), the government department • establish, improve and maintain building standards. 18 omnibuses over a given time period. This will help responsible for setting national standards to mitigate Drainage Division, Ministry of Establish, implement and sustain an effective and efficient drainage • Prevention of Floods Act – 1951 in the development of time schedules as well as a air and noise pollution, relies on standards produced Environment, Water Resources management and flood prevention programme with the objective of (CAP 235) reduction in fuel usage. The Barbados Chamber of by international organizations, such as the WHO, mitigating and alleviating the flood challenges countrywide • Prevention of Floods (Amendment) Commerce and Industry (BCCI) has piloted a shuttle but its work lacks efficacy because of the lack of Bill – 1992 • Prevention of Floods (Amendment) system for employees of selected businesses in equipment. Thus, the EPD, MTW and the Barbados Act 1996-12 Bridgetown and the results of this effort should be National Standards Institution (BNSI) need to • Highway Act (CAP 289) examined to guide future efforts in this direction.59 coordinate their efforts to effectively confront and Government Electrical Regulate electrical supply to all installations in Barbados Water taxis or ferries are supported in stated policy regulate this situation. The policy and rationale Engineering Department for servicing the links between Bridgetown, Oistins should be provided by the EPD; the standards Barbados Fire Service Fire prevention island wide Fire Service Act Cap 163 and Speightstown. However, private investors are yet should be set by BNSI and the enforcement of these to confirm these options as feasible. would fall to MTW. Environmental Protection Monitoring and control of conditions likely to affect the quality of • Health Services Act 1969 Department, Ministry of land, air and water and the general health and environmental well- • Health Services Regulations Environment and Drainage being of the inhabitants of Barbados. • Building Regulations 233/1969 Though supported in stated policy, there is no In many instances, there is inadequate land Town and Country Development Building development and engineering works on all lands (including • Town and Country Planning Act operational strategy that encourages the importation for the incorporation of pedestrian and bicycle Planning Office, Prime change of use and subdivision of land) within the island and within Cap 240 and use of greener vehicles. There are a small systems into existing residential communities and Minister’s Office the territorial waters of Barbados, including all coastal and marine • Town and Country Planning number of pilot programmes by the public (MTW) employment centres. The amount of investment that development within the 200 nautical mile territorial limits. Development Order 1972 and private (BCCI) sectors that are worthy of the government has made in the last five years in • Preservation of Trees Act 1981 examination as guidance for expanding the use sidewalk improvements needs to be documented. Rural Development Commission Its main functions include the facilitation of road improvement and Rural Development Commission Cap of alternative energy vehicles. Among these are MTW has also had a number of inquiries from the the lighting of streets in rural districts of Barbados 238 the introduction of a hybrid vehicle (Toyota Prius) public with respect to the designation of bicycle Ministry of Housing and Lands Its main functions include the acquisition of land for the purpose of Land Acquisition Act CAP 228 by Nassco Ltd., the introduction of a natural gas routes, given that cycling is a sport in which infrastructural improvement vehicle by Courtesy Garage Ltd. and the locally Barbados participates at the international level. Royal Barbados Police Force Its main responsibilities include the enforcement of laws and All relevant legislation engineered solar shuttle tour vehicle that was However, the Ministry regards this type of forward regulations to ensure raid safety for all users – vehicular, cyclists, piloted in 2005. MTW uses a number of measures planning as the responsibility of the Town and pedestrian to manage the waste generated by the transportation Country Development Planning Office (TCDPO). A sector. These include the following: coordinated effort is therefore required to address Source: Compiled by authors. 126 127 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
The stakeholders’ vision for greening Table 38. Strengths and challenges in greening the transportation sector the transport industry reflects this matter because of its significance as an option Strengths Challenges in the greening mix for the transportation sector. a desire to reduce the island’s dependence on fossil fuels, without • Body of national policies and strategies • Traffic congestion The option of including shaded walkways and cycle • Well-developed renewable energy industry • On-street parking significantly increasing the cost of with regards to solar technologies paths, as a feasible option to diversify transportation, • Bus scheduling would need to be developed as part of a broader, transportation. • Waste management initiatives already exist • Limited public awareness of green initiatives integrated framework among the key stakeholders • Stakeholder support for emissions standards in the transportation sector. TCDPO, if included in compressed natural gas from the Republic of and regulations are in the development • Air pollution the vision for sustainable transportation, could drive Trinidad and Tobago with landing points at Spring pipeline • Cost of water this approach through the preparation of new local Garden, St. Michael and Checker Hall, St Lucy. An • Plans to develop alternative energy options • Finance for investment area and community plans. TCDPO has the ability to application has already been made to the TCDPO exist improve accessibility within and among residential to assess this proposed development and the • Human resource capacity communities and employment centres through draft terms of reference has been prepared for the both its forward planning and development control conduct of an environmental impact assessment. activities. Within selected urban centres and new The current status of the project is unknown but Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis residential estates, the option of shaded walkways this venture would certainly support the greening and cycle paths could be explored as a means of initiatives in the transport industry. mixing modes of accessibility. In many instances, new communities are designed and developed by private The solar power industry in Barbados is finally investors and TCDPO could set the guidelines for new moving beyond the water heater platform. This Table 39. Assessment of challenges to greening the transport sector developments that are consistent with sustainable means that technological advances within the Frequency of Impact Ranking of outcomes for transportation and other land uses. industry should favour the use of solar power for Challenges occurrence importance transport installations and other initiatives in the (1) (2) (3) = (1) x (2) The Ministry of Housing and Lands, which has the transport industry. Traffic congestion 9 10 90 responsibility for all land acquisitions for public On-street parking 8 7 56 uses, keeps record of all land acquisitions for road The Barbados Entrepreneurship Foundation Inc. expansion and improvements. Transport network with the motto “Delivering Sustainable Growth” was High fossil fuel costs 7 10 70 expansion is for the most part constrained in launched in November 2010. The number one goal Bus scheduling 6 7 42 Barbados by the cost of land that continues to rise. of this organization is to make Barbados the No. 1 Limited public awareness of 9 10 90 This situation may inadvertently aid the greening of Entrepreneurial Hub in the world by 2020. One of green initiatives the sector since one of the principles of greening is the first major objectives of the group is to delivery Air pollution 7 7 49 maintaining current network capacity as a measure free WiFi Internet access throughout Barbados towards more sustainable transportation systems. by 2011. When this is achieved it will provide a Cost of water 8 6 48 significant platform from which to launch initiatives Finance for investment 8 8 64 that avoid the number of vehicular road trips. WiFi Human resource capacity 7 7 49 3.4.3 Investment gaps access supports telecommuting which means that businesses may consider that option for employees, Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis thereby potentially significantly reducing road Stakeholders in the transportation industry traffic, reducing the cost of office accommodation envisioned that greening the transportation industry and other benefits by using the current technology would entail a reduction in dependence on fossil for business.55 Emissions standards and regulations are in the • Taxation, incentives and fiscal reform fuels, without significantly impacting on the cost pipeline. In terms of governance, the current • Financing of transportation. Such a transition is dependent The major development in the solid waste sector vision for sustainable transport within MPW will • Government procurement policy on those factors that will enhance the development has been the construction and commissioning be a significant driver for the implementation of a • Tariffs, rrade (Competitiveness) and investment of the green initiatives within the transport sector of the Vaucluse Waste Transfer facility, adjacent sustainable industry. This Ministry has informally policies includes the body of national policies and strategies to the Mangrove Pond Landfill site. The facility adopted the motto “Beyond Engineering” and this as outlined earlier that support the greening of the was developed at a cost of US$ 30 million and is will maintain focus on sustainable measures and Table 39 presents a systematic identification of the industry. Additional factors will be outlined in this operated as a joint public private partnership. The outcomes in the industry. However, other enabling challenges employing a score based on a 10-point section. site receives and sorts waste into landfill waste, conditions as they relate to the following factors for Likert scale in relation to frequency and impact chemical waste, organic materials, construction the greening of the transport industry are currently as outlined in Addendum 1. The combination of Barbados has signed up to be a part of the Eastern and demolition waste, recyclable metals and tires. in the primary stages of development (Table 38): these two factors provides a ranking of importance Caribbean Gas Pipeline project. If this project is The existence of the facility, along with the private shown in column 4. A challenge receives a score implemented the cleaner fuel option of CNG will scrap metal businesses, offers support to the waste • Capital infrastructure of 1 if the frequency of occurrence is low and 10 if be more widely available for all energy needs. The management initiatives within the transport industry. • Training and capacity enhancement the frequency of occurrence is certain. The scores project involves the installation of pipelines on • Development, access and transfer of clean are derived based on expert opinion and based on the ocean bed for the importation of liquefied or technology stakeholder discussions.
128 129 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 40. Investment gap analysis of the transport sector
Traffic congestion has become a chronic condition that was noteworthy in the implementation of this Importance Performance Performance/ for Barbados. According to the National Transport programme was the lack of cooperation from some Challenges Score Score Investment gap Plan study carried out in 1996,56 the traffic network drivers due to limited understanding of the benefits (1) (2) (3)=(1)-(2) in Barbados in the late 1990s was marked by low to be derived. Traffic congestion 9 5 4 levels of service and congestion. This was a result On-street parking 7 6 1 of the rapid growth of vehicles beyond network Currently, there is no government-initiated car- High fossil fuel costs 8 7 1 capacity. The number of vehicles on the streets pooling or car sharing policies or programmes that in Barbados had grown at a compounded annual seek to reduce the number of motor vehicles on Bus scheduling 6 6 0 growth rate of 6.8 percent for the period 1999 to the road during the normal weekday. The Barbados Limited public awareness of 9 3 6 2009. This rate has fallen off to an estimated 3.8 Chamber of Commerce (BCC) has piloted a shuttle green initiatives per cent per annum as noted earlier. However, when system for employees of selected businesses in Air pollution 7 2 5 compared to acceptable international standards of Bridgetown and the results of this effort should be Cost of water 7 5 2 2.5 percent as a sustainable growth rate, the growth examined to guide future efforts in this direction. Finance for investment 8 3 5 rate of vehicles in Barbados is not sustainable. Water taxis or ferries are supported in stated policy for servicing the links between Bridgetown, Oistins Human resource capacity 7 5 2 High levels of congestion are exacerbated in and Speightstown, However, private entrepreneurs Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. Bridgetown where the roads are narrow, on-street are finding this to be a very costly business venture parking is often practiced and there are limited and this transport option is still be explored. off-street parking facilities. Recommendations Another one of the major challenges to greening to address this situation have included on-street the transportation sector is the shortage of funding. finalization and implementation of standards and how vulnerable this sector can be to climate parking charges and for the length of stay to be Indeed, greening will require new infrastructure and monitoring mechanisms for vehicular emissions change. Due to various health and terrorists better regularized. Though there has been increased the purchasing and retrofitting of vehicles so that testing was strongly supported by stakeholders threats that international transportation faces, policing of on-street parking practices in recent they are made compatible with the type of energy because they believed that such would redound governments are becoming proactive and are years the situation remains challenging. Also, efforts and systems used. In addition, the retraining and to the benefit of human health and a reduction of seeking to strengthen their adaptive capacity. This to address the on-street parking situation included, retooling of workers to take up jobs in the retrofitting national energy costs. same approach is needed with climate change. a few years ago, a project for the introduction of and maintenance of greener vehicles will involve • Governance. The current vision within MTW ECLAC (2011) outlines key factors for adaptive parking metres. However, the metres were purchased technology transfer and capital expenditures. for a sustainable transportation sector will be capacity in international transportation in small but never implemented because of unforeseen a significant driver for the implementation of island countries. For Barbados, climate change administrative challenges. The ranking of investment gaps is presented in a sustainable transport industry. This Ministry adaptation measures need to be reviewed for the Table 40. An importance score is assigned to each has informally adopted the motto “Beyond air and seaports as well as the two main coastal The government’s investment cost in the efforts challenge and opportunity based on a 10-point Likert Engineering” and they intend to maintain this highways giving access to Bridgetown. 57 to relieve congestion needs to be calculated. To scale, where 1 denotes insignificance and 10 means focus on sustainable measures and outcomes • Partnerships. Stakeholders opined that public- date, these measures have been focused on traffic very important. The importance of the investment in the industry. In addition, the development private-partnerships should be harnessed to management and associated engineering fixes, such gaps is quantified by subtracting column 3 from of an integrated framework for greening the play a significant role in the greening process as the establishment of a traffic control centre, the column 2. A positive value in column 4 indicates that transportation sector is essential. because of the benefits these collaborations could upgrading of the Adam/Barrow/Cummins Highway greater investment is required to enhance a particular • Mode mixing. A non-motorized transport project engender. Public-private partnerships can also from two to four lanes, the upgrading of the strength or minimise an identified challenge. within the Bridgetown area should be trialled. aid in addressing the need for more research and Bridgetown Bypass Road, additional roundabouts Similarly, some form of mode mixing should development and training for entrepreneurs. and several junction improvements in critical areas. Across the board, new technologies require be trialled in the Warrens Centre area. There is significant injections of capital. Also, there will anecdotal information of a proposal for a monorail An integrated approach to public transport was be a need for new human resource capacity to in Warrens but no supporting documented 3.4.4 Potential returns recommended in the National Transport Plan Study implement and maintain the green programme evidence has been made available. 58 1996 and consequently the Transport Authority, actions. Moreover, there is a persistent need that • Fiscal measures. Taxation should be used in terms of economic has been established. However, the optimization of persons be appropriately trained. On the issue of to encourage desired behaviour. Duty-free routes and the rationalization of resources is an area investment capital, it is important to remember that concessions for the importation of alternative growth, development that is need of attention in order to contribute to the MTW and other regulatory agencies may have control energy vehicles were also recommended. and poverty reduction delivery of an efficient public transport system. From over policies, regulations and standards but not over • Disaster management. The issue of mass the perspective of the MPW, the greening of the the allocation of financial resources, a responsibility evacuation in Barbados was raised and it was transport industry includes the delivery of a reliable held by the Ministry of Finance. revealed that the Royal Barbados Police Force Worldwide, countries rely on various modes of safe, cost effective public transport system. To this and the Barbados Transport Board have storm transportation (cars, trucks, trains, boats and planes) end, the Transport Board is continuing its efforts to Other areas requiring further investment that surge evacuation plans for Bridgetown. Further to facilitate economic growth and development. improve bus scheduling by piloting a programme were identified through incorporating stakeholder investment in this area is still recommended in These transportation modes play a pivotal role in that involves the use of a global positioning system contributions are as follows: terms of vulnerability reduction. all aspects of human activity (employment, labour, (GPS) to track the movement of 18 buses over a • Climate change adaptation. Given the importance manufacturing, agriculture, building/construction given time period. This will help in development of • Air Pollution Standards. Emissions standards and of international transportation to Barbados’ and the delivery of goods and services). Indeed, time schedules as well as fuel usage. One challenge regulations are currently being developed. The economy the government has to be mindful of housing patterns within cities, states and countries
130 131 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 41. Impacts of the transport sector on sustainability
Economic impacts Social impacts Environment impacts box 6 BEST PRACTICE SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORT Traffic congestion Mobility disadvantaged Air and water pollution – ENABLING ENTREPRENEURIAL INNOVATION Mobility barriers Human health impacts Habitat loss TOWARDS SOLAR TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT Accident damages Community interaction Hydrologic impacts Depletion of non-renewable IN A SMALL ECONOMY Facility costs Community liveability resources Sustainable transport is a key important in Barbados’ achievement vehicles in Barbados and other Consumer costs element to supporting sustainable of sustainable development, the small island states. Utilising a development since this industry combination of imported electric National fuel costs Barbados Sustainable Development is responsible for up to 30% of Policy speaks to the issue of vehicle technology and Barbadian fossil fuel use in many developing solar know-how, two 10-passenger Source: Litman and Burwell (2006) transport, addressing the need countries. While these fossil fuels to reduce environmental damage vehicles were put on the road in have buoyed the development of associated with various aspects of 2005 and offered tours of the city many oil-producing countries, this the transportation sector, whilst and special functions. Between 2005 is not the only story. Over the past ensuring that its valuable economic and 2010, several thousand persons 100 years or more fossil fuels have and social contributions are not were given tours of the historic city Table 42. Assessment of opportunities in greening the transport sector triggered global expansion in the undermined. Within the context of Bridgetown. production and use of electricity and of these broader goals however, Frequency of Ranking of in so doing fuelled the development Opportunity success Effectiveness importance the policy has identified specific (1) (2) (3)=(1)*(2) of most of the critical technologies, recommendations that will place a which have transformed our world special emphasis on improving the Green vehicles 7 7 49 beyond the imagination of global efficiency and reliability of the public On-street parking charges 8 7 56 citizens living at the beginning of the transport system. Significantly, the last century. Yet this energy source Integrated approach to public 7 9 63 policy speaks to: transport is now considered to be the principle threat to our climate, through the • Developing appropriate economic Carpooling policy 3 7 21 emission of GHGs. instruments/incentives, Incorporation of pedestrian and 3 7 21 legislation and regulations bicycle systems Small Island Developing States which ensure the successful Standards for fuel mixes 7 8 56 (SIDS) such as Barbados are among implementation of policy the most vulnerable to the sea level objectives and programmes Use of separators by government 7 6 42 rise, which is anticipated if Green developed to facilitate energy garages/workshops House Gases continue to be emitted efficiency in the transport sector, Electric trams specified and designed during Recycling scrap metal from workshops 7 7 49 the Harrison’s Detailed Design Project for use at the same levels. As an emerging and improved air quality in in the environmental sensitive Harrison’s Cave. Greater recycling in road construction 7 7 49 green economy, it is therefore general; Photo: Steve Devonish imperative that Barbados must • Promoting energy efficiency in the Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis secure or develop new technologies transport sector including giving that use more renewable energy, or consideration to the feasibility of The Solar Transport Project alternatively, ensure that we can use using electric cars as well as inter Inc. has also embarked on a our fossil resources more efficiently. alia Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG), campaign making Barbados’ Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) capital, Bridgetown, a solar urban are shaped by the transportation systems that serve 0.5 per cent of the GDP is spent every year on In the Financial Statement and and hydrogen-powered vehicles centre with a focus on sustainable them. However, dependence on the traditional congestion and associated delays. Low employee Budgetary Proposals of 2008 whilst ensuring the provision of transport. In 2009, the company was transport modes, which tend to be vehicle- productivity is another issue associated with traffic presented by the Prime Minister facilities for efficient on-going invited to showcase its vehicle to centred, has created several economic, social and congestion, given that a considerable amount of and Minister of Finance on maintenance of these vehicles; the neighbouring small island state environmental issues, as summarized in Table 41. time is spent commuting and in traffic jams. Monday, 7July 2008, a number of • Developing, introducing and of Trinidad and Tobago to transport policy interventions in support of using appropriate scientific delegates at the Commonwealth renewable energy were proposed. technologies and practices with Heads of Government Meeting. The transport industry is now commonly regarded in Given the challenges and investment gaps discussed With respect to its transport, it was a view to improving the efficiency many countries as a significant contributor to GHG earlier, there exists an opportunity to green the noted that: of the transport sector and its The company has also designed emissions. On a global level, the transport industry transportation sector by pursuing an integrated sustainability, in particular with a solar golf-cart/neighbourhood
accounts for 24 per cent of the CO2 emissions approach to public transport (Table 42), an approach “Government will also lead the regards to maintaining a clean vehicle and is current developing and two-thirds of transport emissions are from that takes into account all the contributing elements way in retrofitting its buildings and safe environment.” partnership frameworks to the member countries of the OECD (UN, 2007). in order to increase effectiveness. In this regard, and facilities, and in revamping its encourage private sector investment Increased use of the automobile not only contributes policymakers should take into consideration demand fleet of vehicles in as feasible and In an attempt to offer transportation to support its deployment. The to GHG emissions, but it also exacerbates traffic management, behavioural change, safety, different economical a manner as possible options that will equal existing vision is to develop a solar vehicle congestion, which imposes significant economic modes of transport, involving stakeholders in the in order to conserve its own use of automotive technologies, the to replace 5 per cent of the costs on individuals, businesses and taxpayers. In planning process, sequencing of public works, energy, particularly of fossil fuel Solar Transport Project Inc. was transportation in Barbados over a started in 2003 with funding from 20-year period and transfer such the Netherlands, for example, it is estimated that affordability and the interaction between the energy. “ the Barbados Small Business technologies to other SIDS. Additionally, as with many other Venture Capital Inc. to demonstrate areas that are deemed to be commercial applications for solar 132 133 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
transport network and land use. Taking such an policing of on-street parking practices in recent alternative energy vehicles; and producing and effort to invest in and operate greening transport approach avoids creating even more problems when years, the situation remains challenging. Efforts to maintaining infrastructure. There are also substantial systems (such as Bus Rapid Transit (BRT)61 trying to address a single problem. address the on-street parking situation included a green employment opportunities in retrofitting systems). project for the introduction of parking metres a few diesel omnibuses to reduce air pollutants, and in • Financing flows from different sources are Greener vehicles are those modes of transportation years ago. However, the metres were purchased but substituting cleaner compressed natural gas (CNG) designed to complement each other, rather than that has less harmful effects on the environment never utilised because of unforeseen administrative or hybrid-electric omnibuses. The same researchers work towards different goals (UNEP, 2011).62 relative to traditional (internal combustion engine). challenges. estimated the potential of green jobs in the transport These include hybrids, electric, ethanol, hydrogen, industry globally and their growth prospects, both of In Barbados, the potential for jobs within a greener natural gas, and biodiesel. There are only few In its efforts to relieve congestion, the government’s which are indicated in Table 43. transportation sector will rest primarily on technology hybrids sold in Barbados at present, the most investment needs to be quantified. To date, transfer and the development of opportunities for the popular being the Toyota Prius ®. There have been measures have focused on traffic management It is anticipated that, in Barbados, opportunities retooling of technicians and managers. demonstration projects in relation to natural gas and associated engineering fixes. They include for green jobs would centre, primarily, around the vehicles and biodiesel, but these are not widespread. establishment of a traffic control centre, upgrading provision and maintenance of fuel-efficient vehicles, In addition, the Harrison’s Cave (a popular tourist of a section of the Adams-Barrow-Cummins (ABC) and the management of an integrated public 3.4.6 Potential for attraction) has built and operated its own electric Highway from two to four lanes, upgrading of the transportation system. A more specific analysis of fleet for undertaking tours. There are a number Bridgetown Bypass Road, construction of additional a desirable system is limited due to the absence of environmental of critical factors to consider in transitioning to roundabouts, and several junction improvements detailed studies that point to the most appropriate more environmentally friendly vehicles including in critical areas. These traditional engineering mix of green modes of transport for the Barbadian improvement the potential burden on the electricity grid and approaches, however, tend to favour increased motor context. on agriculture for the production of biofuels. At vehicle travel (Litman, 2006). This, of course, runs The transportation sector is perceived as consisting a basic level, policy could focus on increasing counter to strategies associated with sustainable The avoid-shift-improve strategy can be an of various modes of transport – private and the penetration rate for fuel-efficient vehicles by transportation that seek to reduce trips generated by important approach to overcoming traditional public vehicles, including bicycles, cars, lorries, reducing the duty on cars with a lower engine automobile travel and to diversify travel options. transport challenges (UNEP, 2001). The avoid omnibuses, among others, along with roads, trails, displacement and weight, while raising the duty on component of the strategy involves decreasing sidewalks and fuels for motorised vehicles. The cars with a high engine displacement and weight. the number of trips. This would entail blending introduction of alternative fuel vehicles carries 3.4.5 Potential for both land use and transportation planning, the environmental benefit of lower emissions and Fuel mixes impact on engine performance integrating telecommunication technologies into fewer toxic contaminants than gasoline and diesel and, concomitantly, fuel efficiency. A potential green jobs creation public transport and localising production and vehicles. As a result, alternative fuel vehicles opportunity therefore exists in relation to setting and transmigration consumption. The second component of the strategy reduce impacts on air quality, global warming, the standards for fuels that focuses not just on seeks to create a shift from unsustainable modes environment and public health. environmental standards, but also on quality and of transportation to environmentally friendly modes performance. This would include such factors as Efforts to green the transportation sector lead to such as public transport, walking and cycling. The With regard to water management, there is a thriving octane rating, distillation characteristics, vapour the creation of green jobs. This is particularly the final component involves improving vehicle and fuel trade in car washing services. However, it is not pressure, sulphur content, oxidation stability and case in the area of providing affordable and reliable technologies that subsequently lead to a reduction thought likely that this effluent makes a major corrosion protection. public transport options. This takes place in the in GHG emissions and use of natural resources. impact on potable water quality or contributes context of a very significant industry, in general. Adequate funding, however, is needed to accomplish significantly to the volume of wastewater, even High levels of congestion are exacerbated in Statistics indicate that there is an estimated 1.6 the goals of the avoid-shift-improve strategy. In though it would make some contribution to Bridgetown where the roads are narrow, on-street million jobs in the public transport sector in North the face of often limited availability of funding for the level of pollution of wastewater through its parking is often practised, and there are limited America and the EU (UITP, 2011).60 Within this greening the transport industry, one recommendation content of detergents and transport of particulates off-street parking facilities. Recommendations to context, green jobs have emerged for managing is for the traditional financing framework to be washed from vehicles. There are also garages and address this situation include applying on-street public transport services; manufacturing of fuel reformed so that: vehicle servicing undertakings and these would parking charges and better regularisation of length- efficient, low-emission vehicles; retrofitting diesel have more of an impact due to the nature of their of-stay permits. Though there has been increased vehicles to low-emission vehicles; developing • Funding is available to all aspects of greening business activities. The impacts are associated transportation – technology, capacity building, with stormwater run-off from these premises and operations and infrastructure (see Annex 2 for a the potential for the transport of effluent and discussion of the solar transport). particulate waste products generated. They have the Table 43. Progress and potential of green jobs • Investments are made in sustainable transport potential to negatively impact on water quality and modes rather than unsustainable modes. to contaminate the groundwater environment. Just Area Greening potential Green job progress Long-term green job to-date potential • Public funding is accessible at the international, how serious a problem this is it is not possible to Fuel efficient cars Fair to Good Limited Good national and local levels for investments in determine with the information available. greening transport. Public transport Excellent Limited Excellent • Private finance is leveraged, through the Roads are usually designed to accommodate Rail Excellent Negative Excellent appropriate design of markets and the creation stormwater and to keep it off the roadway. In Aviation Limited Limited Limited of consistent, long-term incentives to invest in Barbados, the most common form of handling this is greening transport, and through the application via suck wells and direct filtration into the subsoil. Source: Adapted from UNEP, 2008. of public-private sector models of collaborative An unexplored issue relates to the extent to which
134 135 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
whole, and would increase Barbados’ contribution integrate pedestrian and bicycle mobility systems There are significant health and community benefits to the reduction of global warming. Further research – sidewalks, trails, paths, and other amenities – to be realised from the introduction of non- should assess the cost of retrofitting/greening into most existing residential communities and motorised modes of transport as part of a greener the existing bus fleet, design and implement a employment centres. Furthermore, the main causes transportation mix for Barbados. Recent studies mode-switching programme, develop a master of air pollution are the fuel mixes used by some have revealed that more than 50 per cent of the plan that guides the use and integration of a non- vehicles and the absence of equipment to enforce adult population is overweight or obese. More than motorised mode of transportation, conduct a cost- a national air emissions standard. Noise pollution 50 per cent of working adults get no exercise apart benefit analysis of alternative fuel options for the by vehicles is also a matter of concern but, as with for moving to and from work.63 Both overweight/ transport industry, develop government incentives air quality, enforcement of a national standard obesity and inactivity are risk factors for chronic to encourage research and development and the is being stymied. The Environmental Protection diseases. The government’s spending on health in development of climate change adaptation plans for Department, the government department responsible 2012 was over ten times higher than spending on the air and seaports. for setting national standards to mitigate air and health in 1976, growing from over BBD 35 million noise pollution, relies on standards produced by to over BBD 405 million. Most of this spending is international organizations, but its work lacks on the treatment of chronic diseases, which have 3.4.8 Summary efficacy for the aforementioned reason. progressed to epidemic proportions over the last 30 Greening the transport industry should address years. A greener transport industry that aggressively existing issues in relation to emissions without incorporates non-motorised modes of transport Barbados road network consists of more than harming economic activity. Furthermore, greening could play a role in tackling this epidemic as it 1,600 km of paved public roads, two active main transportation systems require the integration of lures commuters into practising healthier living ports (the Bridgetown Port and Port St Charles) sustainable transportation policy into the overall through greater physical activity, thereby augmenting and one airport (the Grantley Adams International planning process for the industry. Sustainable curative and preventive programmes in this high-risk Airport). According to the statistics of the Barbados transportation systems, therefore, attempt to reduce health area of the Barbadian population. Licensing Authority, the vehicle stock for island the role of private vehicles as the main mode of Traditional gabion technology used for road stabilisation stood at 131,680 in 2009, which implies that there transport; promote and improve existing public programmes in the Scotland District. Photo: Anne Gonsalez is approximately 1 vehicle for every two persons transit; introduce mode switching; utilise existing 3.4.7 Conclusions on the island. Barbados is ranked 12th globally for vehicular infrastructure; build comprehensive road accident victims per 100,000 people, and infrastructure for pedestrians and cyclists; seek to stormwater run-off from road surfaces actuates and 23rd globally for actual road fatalities per 100,000 reduce vehicle emissions through enforcement of transports oils, greases and particulate matter (i.e. The stakeholders’ vision for greening the transport people, a position shared with the Estonia, Georgia, standards and by facilitating the switch to greener from brake pads) into suck wells. Such has the industry reflects a desire to reduce the island’s Greece, Tunisia and the United States. There are vehicles; and contribute to the development of potential for contaminating groundwater. dependence on fossil fuels, without significantly three bus services operating on the island – two are guidelines for the recycling, recovery and reuse of increasing the cost of transportation. This vision privately owned. The industry is characterised by low old vehicles and their components. Road construction activity, whether of new roads or is largely consistent with the national definition levels of service and congestion. the maintenance and upgrading of existing roads of green economy and therefore provides some The main challenges identified in relation to a green is an on-going activity. These activities give rise to validation for greening the transport industry. The transport industry consumes 33 per cent of vision for transportation outlined above include construction and demolition waste. Efforts should Given the importance of transportation, both all the fuel imported. Water consumption in the traffic congestion, high fuel costs, limited public be made to ensure that such material is reused in direct and indirect, it is important that efforts to transportation sector is primarily for new road awareness of green initiatives, finance for investment construction rather than being transferred to landfill green the industry are not made at the cost of construction and road improvement projects. Some and human resource capacity. The retraining and sites. The Ministry of Transport and Works is already economic activity. It is expected that greening the water is also used for irrigation of landscaped retooling of workers to take up jobs in retrofitting practising this. The disposal of construction waste industry would involve some reduction in the use areas within large roundabouts along the ABC and maintenance of green vehicles will involve in the landfill adds to the carbon footprint of the of private vehicles and an expanded role for public Highway. With regard to flooding resulting from road technology transfer and capital expenditure. The construction and demolition waste. Similarly, vehicle transit options, mode switching; infrastructure for construction, the Drainage Division of the Ministry vulnerability of the transportation system is another repair and service centres generate waste from used pedestrians and cyclists, reduced vehicle emissions, of the Environment and Drainage along with the challenge and is heightened by the reality that the products such as batteries, tyres, automotive oils, as well as the development of guidelines for the Town and Country Development Planning Office two main coastal highways are barely above sea brake fluids and derelict vehicles. Almost all of recycling, recovery and reuse of old vehicles and (TCDPO) are the agencies responsible for devising level. To address these challenges, therefore, further this can be classified as special waste and requires their components. and implementing mitigation measures. However, investment will be required in relation to air and careful management even though most of it can be inconsistency in planning and enforcement on the noise pollution standards, traffic management, mode recycled rather than disposed in the landfill. The introduction of green approaches would yield part of the TCDPO results in persistent challenges mixing, disaster management and climate change environmental benefits associated with a lower with flooding being faced in high rainfall areas, adaptation. It is believed that the provision of Greening transportation system seeks to utilise the level of emissions and discharge of fewer toxic especially during the wet season. fiscal incentives and development of public-private existing vehicular infrastructure. This augurs well for contaminants into the environment than as obtains partnerships within the transport sector would Barbados, which has limited land resources. In this with the current reliance on gasoline and diesel The Ministry of Transportation and Works (MTW) contribute significantly to the successful realisation context, the limited expansion of existing roadways vehicles. It is anticipated, therefore, that the use has been using a number of methods to measure of the espoused vision. and a shift from the automobile as the main mode of alternative fuel vehicles would reduce negative the waste generated by the transport industry. of transport has huge potential for improving the impacts on air quality, the physical environment, These include use of a separator, recycling and Another opportunity to green the transportation environment. water quality, public health and the economy as a reuse. Moreover, there is inadequate land space to industry presents itself through the pursuit of an
136 137 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
“By 2021, the vision is that Barbados will have become a sustainable, competitive, world-class destination with all-year-round tourism, picturesque landscapes, beautiful
St Lawrence Gap in the South of Barbados – Building pedestrian infrastructure is one aspect of greening the transport sector. Photo: Anne Gonsalez beaches, pristine waters and protected biodiversity. It will have preserved its integrated transport strategy, an approach that of a desirable system is limited by the absence of takes into account all the contributing elements to detailed studies that point to the most appropriate increasing effectiveness. For instance, in order to mix of green modes of transport for the Barbadian heritage, cherished its traditions and reduce the number of vehicles on the road, there context. In relation to road construction activity, the will be a need to enhance the quality and quantity construction and demolition waste generated can proudly showcased them to the world thus of public transport. The greater utilisation of public be used to reclaim quarries and/or be reused in the transport will, in turn, reduce congestion and so the construction process, itself. successfully differentiating its product from fuel import bill of the island will be lowered. The transportation sector consists of various Furthermore, since fuel mixes impact engine modes of transport – private and public vehicles, competition.” performance, and, concomitantly, fuel efficiency, including bicycles, cars, lorries, and omnibuses, potential exists for setting standards for fuels among others, along with roads, trails, sidewalks that focus not just on environmental standards, and fuels for motorised vehicles. The introduction Ms Patricia Affonso-Dass, President of Barbados Hotel but also on quality and performance. Congestion of green approaches would yield, among others, within Bridgetown is caused by on-street parking environmental benefits associated with a lower and Tourism Association (BHTA) due to limited off-street parking facilities. In this level of emissions and discharge of fewer toxic Address at the Annual General Meeting of Barbados Hotel regard a system of on-street parking charges and contaminants into the environment than as obtains and Tourism Association, 12 June 2013 regularisation of length-of-stay permits should be with the current reliance on gasoline and diesel considered as measures to address the problem vehicles. It is anticipated, therefore, that the use as well as to finance initiatives aimed at greening of alternative fuel vehicles would reduce negative transportation. impacts on air quality, the physical environment, water quality, public health and the economy as a In Barbados, it is anticipated that opportunities whole, and would increase Barbados’ contribution to for green jobs would centre, primarily, on the the reduction of global warming. sale and maintenance of fuel-efficient vehicles, and the management of an integrated public transportation system. A more specific analysis
138 139 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
3.5 Tourism
Key messages
For the Caribbean, the most tourism dependent region in the world, sustainability or greening is no longer an option but an imperative.
The stakeholders’ vision for greening the tourism industry reflects a desire to build a sustainable product that has forward and backward linkages with other sectors in the economy and embedded within the community.
There is need for a business model that speaks to sustainable agro–tourism as well as internationally recognised standards for agricultural products. Crane Beach on the East coast. Photo: Ken Uyeda/Blackbird Design/Calgary Canada Having these two initiatives will provide farmers and other producers with access to local and international markets. with total arrivals in 2010 estimated at 664,747 3.5.1 Background or about 4.6 per cent higher than one-year prior. There are opportunities for savings through energy and resource Since the early 1990s, the UK market has been Barbados is one of the more mature Caribbean the main source of stay-over visitor arrivals to the efficiency in the hotel sector (average potential electricity savings near tourist destinations with large-scale tourism dating island, accounting for between 30 and 40 per cent 40 per cent of total hotels’ consumption). back to the late 50’s and early 60’s. In the earlier of overall visitor arrivals. In recent years the UK stages of the tourism product cycle, Barbados market has struggled. In 2010, for example, arrivals could be classified as offering a sun, sea and from this market fell from 190,632 to 181,054, Focused policy and financial interventions are required to create sand product. However, over the years, the various the third consecutive decline in arrivals from this sustainable agro-based and cultural-heritage tourism models. entities responsible for tourism product development source market. The outcome in 2010 was worsened specifically, the Ministry of Tourism (MOT) and the by snowstorms and the eruption of an Icelandic Barbados Tourism Authority (BTA), have worked very volcano, which resulted in a loss of airlift during hard to diversify the product into more competitive the peak tourist season (December – April). The niche offerings such as sports tourism, heritage situation was compounded by reduced seat capacity tourism, gastronomy tourism and, more recently, to the island owing to the loss of the British Midland health and wellness tourism. Tourism generates Airways Ltd. service. Most of the remainder of stay- activity in numerous industries such as wholesale over arrivals come from the USA and Canada. Unlike and retail, transportation and communications the British market, arrivals from the US and Canada and construction to name a few. However, the have been quite robust in recent years. In 2010, direct contribution is usually assessed via the total stay-over arrivals from the US and Canada rose by value-added generated by hotels and restaurants. 10.4 and 13.5 per cent, respectively. The growth In 2010, the total value-added generated by in the US market has been supported by additional hotels and restaurants were US$ 553.7 million or airlift capacity owing to the additional service approximately 15.1 per cent of GDP. provided by JetBlue Airways, which began flying to the island in October 2009 (CBB, 2009). The current global economic recession has significantly affected tourist arrivals to the island. Recognising that two of these three main markets However, the industry is beginning to show signs of have been severely affected by unemployment and recovery. In 2010, stay-over arrivals were estimated uncertainty, the Barbados Tourism Authority (BTA) at 532,180 or about 2.6 per cent higher than in has ramped up its marketing in the Caribbean, 2009. Cruise arrivals also reported moderate growth, which is now its third largest tourist market,
140 141 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Figure 15. Number of Rooms at Various Accommodation Establishments Table 44. Initiatives aimed at enabling development of sustainable tourism
have actually undertaken a study to ascertain how Legislation Support provided 2% many tourists the natural and social environment can accommodate without causing significant and Investors in tourism projects can write off capital expenditure and 150% of Tourism Development Act interest 22% irreparable damage and loss. The development and long-term prosperity of the tourism industry depends Duty-free importation of building materials and equipment during on continual accessibility to pristine, natural and construction and rehabilitation cultural resources, yet it is these same resources Duty-free importation of supplies for refurbishment of hotels, restaurants, that are affected most by overexploitation and villas and sports and recreational facilities for tourism purposes degradation (Dodds, Graci, & Holmes, 2010). Extended tax holidays/write-offs of capital expenditure and accelerated write-off of interest Currently, this sector receives support from a number Investors in a tourism project can write-off 150% of the expenditure incurred 76% of public as well as private national organizations, to train staff including the Ministry of Tourism, the Barbados Investors in a tourism project can write-off 150% of the expenditure incurred Tourism Authority (BTA) and Barbados Tourism to market the venture Investment Inc. (BTI) in the public sector, and the Investors in a tourism project can write-off 150% of the expenditure incurred Barbados Hotel and Tourism Association (BHTA) and in the area of product development, tourism research, provision of an the Tourism Development Corporation in the private apprenticeship scheme, the organization and hosting of tourism exhibitions specifically, Trinidad and Tobago. This market sector. These organizations have developed over and trade fairs or development of nature trails and community tourism has shown significant growth, which is largely the years to address specific needs associated with Investors in a tourism project can write-off 20% of the capital cost of the attributable to the entry of REDjet Airline on this furthering the evolution of the sector. According to installation of a wastewater disposal system route and the marketing efforts of the BTA. In a publication of the Caribbean Tourism Organization Exemption from income tax on interest earned on a loan made to an addition, the MOT and the BTA have worked hard to (CTO), a regional tourism association, these Special Development Areas Act approved developer to finance any development work develop air links between Barbados and Brazil that institutions budgeted US$ 22.1 million in 2006 to (applies to Carlisle Bay Redevelopment Income tax at a reduced rate holds much promise through solidifying a business promote the country in various regions across the Area, Speightstown, St. Lawrence Gap and Initial and annual allowances on an industrial building at 40% and 6%, relationship with GOL Airline. The Ministry of world (CERMES, 2009). the Scotland District Conservation Area) respectively Tourism reports that this diversification strategy is Initial and annual allowances on a commercial building at 20% and 4%, bearing fruit as Barbados has seen some growth in The current policy framework directly governing respectively arrivals from the Brazilian market. tourism development in Barbados is premised upon two documents: The Green Paper on the Exemption from import duties and value-added tax on inputs for the construction of new buildings or refurbishment of existing buildings Total visitor expenditure in 2010 was estimated at Sustainable Development of Tourism in Barbados – US$ 1.2 billion or about 6.3 per cent higher than A Policy framework (MoT, 2001); and, the Tourism Exemption from charges on the repatriation of interest or capital for a period of 10 years in 2009. In terms of average daily expenditure, Development Act, 2002-07. The Green Paper is the stay-over visitors from the UK and Western European successor to the draft Barbados National Tourism Exemption from land tax on the improved value of the land countries tend to be higher than any other region Policy (1997) and is the de facto document that Exemption from property transfer tax payable by vendors on the initial (US$ 217 per day compared to US$ 195 per day provides guidelines, parameters and objectives that purchase of the property for all other visitors). Moreover, visitors from Canada would guide tourism development in Barbados. and the UK tend to take a longer holiday on the According to the Green Paper, its main objective Source: Barbados Tourism Investment Inc. island than visitors from other places – the average (MoT 2001, p. 30) is “to pursue sustainable tourism length of stay for visitors from these two source development through improvement and optimal use markets is 13 days (Wright, Burgess, Peter, Lescott, of human resources, services and technology, and Skinner, & Agard, 2011). through the conservation and managed use of our Barbados recognise the need for proper planning if Two other policy initiatives are worthy of brief sociocultural, built and natural resources, in order the industry is to be sustainable. discussion, namely the White Paper on Tourism Hotels supply most of the available accommodation to ensure a product of the highest quality whilst Development in Barbados and the Tourism Master on the island (Figure 15). Average room occupancy enhancing the quality of life of our people and The Tourism Development Act, Cap.341 (TDA) as Plan - both of which recognises the need for in 2010 was about 56 per cent, or 1 percentage furthering the economic development of Barbados.” the principal statute governing tourism in Barbados policy and practice to guide tourism planning and point higher than in 2009. It is, however, important can be regarded as a primary instrument in assisting development and to be responsive to changes in the to note that the quarterly averages often vary This policy has a total of nineteen specific the sector in contributing towards Barbados being a external and internal environments, to revisit (audit) significantly from the annual average. During the objectives along the lines of awareness, human green economy (see Table 44). Unlike the Hotel Aids the management of the resource base- human, first and fourth quarters of 2010, the average resources, organizational structure, standards, Act (which it replaced) the TDA offers concessions natural and built, and to create an environment room occupancy was about 61 per cent, while in contribution to the economy, investment, marketing, not only to hotel owners and operators but also conducive to business investment and profitability. the second and third quarters it was just about 51 community involvement, services, accommodation, to operators of restaurants, attractions, sport and It is anticipated that these two documents will per cent (CTO, 2010). the built environment, the natural environment, recreational facilities and any other project, which have a significant impact upon the tourism sector’s cultural heritage, land use, intersectoral linkages, the Minister of Tourism deems to be tourism project. participation in transitioning Barbados to a green Although growth has been positive, caution needs technology, safety and security, airlift and cruise This is a notable change as it allows for greater economy. The White Paper will be a statement of to be taken in terms of carrying capacity. To date tourism (MoT, 2001). The presence of such a policy competitiveness of the ancillary services that are Government’s policy on tourism development over very few Caribbean islands, including Barbados, document suggest that consecutive governments in crucial to a destination’s attractiveness. the medium to long term. The Paper will serve as
142 143 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 45. Impacts associated with tourism development
At its most fundamental level, sustainable tourism Dimension Possible positive impacts Possible negative impacts development requires that attention be paid 3.5.2 Resource use and Employment creation, revitalization of Overcrowding of public spaces, commoditization of to the “integratedness” of the system, so that Socioeconomic culture, inter-cultural understanding, culture, acculturation, residents denied access, social environmental, social, cultural and economic issues efficiency measures improvements in social/community problems (e.g., crime, prostitution and gambling) are given equal treatment in strategic decision- organization, cultural conservation making. Thus, the end result of this approach to Water use in hotels is determined as much by Protection and management of the Disruption of flora and fauna species; acceleration of doing business should be preservation, conservation, the facilities offered by a hotel and the market Environmental natural environment, potential to raise climate change; substantial carbon footprint; introduction improved quality of life and long-term national it operates in, as by its occupancy rate and, by revenue for environmental initiatives (e.g., of non-native species; adverse effects on water quantity, prosperity (Liburd & Edwards, 2010). This concept is extension, the volume of wastewater that it generates recycling, site beautification) quality and use; breached environmental carrying closely associated to the concept of greening tourism (Charara, Cashman, Bonnell, & Gehr, 2011). Based capacity; pollution – air, water, architecture outlined in UNEP and WTO (2011). The concepts on a 2009 survey of 14 hotels (1,585 rooms and are, however, quite different from eco-tourism, representing 29 per cent of the establishments Increases foreign exchange and Displacement of industries, overwhelming dependence which is a segment of the overall tourism product with 20 or more rooms) the average consumption Economic government revenue, employment, on tourism, leakages, inflation of prices, limited access to that focuses on environmental sustainability while was 839 litres per guest per night with a range of fosters inter-sectoral linkages and land, vertical integration, increased propensity to import, sustainable tourism applies to the entire product. between 323 – 1,220 litres per guest per night entrepreneurship, produces multipliers, employment seasonality assists in the development of remote depending on the size of hotel (Charara, Cashman, areas For the Caribbean, the most tourism dependent Bonnell, & Gehr, 2011). It has also been shown region in the world, sustainability or greening is no that factors such as the level of awareness of staff Source: Adapted and modified from Swarbrooke (1999) and Liburd & Edwards (2010). longer an option but an imperative. The industry and management about resource management and faces a virtual smorgasbord of challenges such as use efficiency are important. Research indicates climate change, food security, increasing levels of that hotel management often does little to monitor crime, and trans-border threats, competition from the level of resource usage when the cost of those the overall policy framework within which the Master cultural commodification, leakages, and extensive new and emerging destinations, changing consumer resources is relatively cheap, and where any Plan (2012-2022) will be elaborated. changes in societal norms, just to name a few. tastes, the introduction of the Airline Passenger restrictions on use are perceived as potentially Duty (APD), the growing popularity of cruises, having an adverse impact on guest experience. It should be noted that the White Paper has had Managing and mitigating the negative impacts of transportation challenges, vulnerabilities to natural significant and extensive input from the residents of tourism development appear to be more urgent for disasters, increase in the prevalence of HIV/AIDS, Barbados and tourism stakeholders so that the final tourism-dependent small island developing states and currently the onslaught of the global economic document would be reflective of their concerns while (SIDS), many of which are dominated by small, crisis. elaborating broad strategies to maximize positive locally-owned tourism enterprises that often do impacts and minimize negative ones. To this end, it not have the knowledge or capital to green their In recognition of the need to minimize the negative is anticipated that issues and mechanisms relating operations (Revell & Rutherfoord, 2003). SIDS are impacts related to tourism development, and to resource efficiency, inter and intra generational also highly susceptible to a number of risks that to increase sustainability and competitiveness, equity, quality and standards, climate change and make them more vulnerable than some of their the Caribbean Regional Sustainable Tourism environmental sustainability, investment climate, larger competitors. The risks range from economic Development Programme (CRSTDP) developed a human resource development, access, intersectoral to environmental and these, if not well managed, Regional Policy Framework for a more Sustainable linkages, disaster risk reduction, etc., will be priority can have a deleterious effect on the socioeconomic Tourism Development in the Caribbean in 2007. issues of the White Paper. fabric of many islands. The environmental risks This framework is intended to be flexible in include natural disasters, sea level rise, tsunamis, nature in that it can be adapted to suit the needs From the late 1980s, the global tourism industry earthquakes and poor waste management, among of each member country. The policy framework has been confronted with the need to mainstream others (see Table 45 for a list of possible impacts). outlines six thematic areas that are critical to the issue of sustainability into their planning and the sustainability of Caribbean tourism – tourism operations. This is due not only to the emergence The industry’s response at a global level to these management capacity; marketing; transportation; and promulgation of the concept of sustainable wide ranging negative impacts has been the the environment; linkages between tourism and tourism development but also to the fact that promotion of sustainable tourism development, other economic sectors of the economy; and health, travel and tourism industry has shown exponential as enunciated by the Rio Earth Summit in 1992. safety and security (CRSTDP, 2007) . Using this growth over the last six decades and is predicted There, it was decided that tourism would be document as a guide, Caribbean destinations have to reach 1.6 billion by 2012 (UNWTO, 2010). The one of the five industries to pursue sustainable an opportunity to work as sovereign states and as a extant tourism literature suggests that increases in development due to the great disparities that regional bloc to strengthen the viability of Caribbean travel and tourism have seen concomitant changes arise between its benefits and its detriments. tourism. in prosperity levels for many countries but also A variety of tools were developed which would negative impacts — social, cultural, economic and aid in the achievement of sustainability. These environmental — when tourism is not well planned include awareness creation policy documents, and managed. Among them are pollution, depleted methodological guidelines, planning, management natural resources, erosion, displacement of residents, principles and techniques, as well as monitoring Visitors sampling local fare on the Sturges Community Nature instruments. inflation, excessive foreign ownership, loss of culture, and Food Trail. Photo: Travis Sinckler
144 145 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Certification schemes for tourist establishments that hotels in the Caribbean region by promoting energy require management to examine resource usage have efficiency and the use of energy from renewable box 7 BEST PRACTICE ENGINEERING COASTAL been seen as a way of encouraging hotels to become energy sources. This, in turn, was intended to ECOSYSTEM PROTECTION FOR SUSTAINABLE ‘greener’ in their operation. However, the evidence improve the international competitiveness of the on whether this achieves the stated purpose is tourism industry through improved energy use. TOURISM – 28 YEARS OF GREEN TECHNOLOGICAL ambiguous but would seem to indicate that the INTERVENTION, INSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT usefulness is more in branding and marketing than The programme involved conducting around 50 anything else. This could be indicating that rewards energy audits of hotels throughout the region (but AND LEGISLATIVE REFORM in the form of tax breaks would need to be tailored mainly in Barbados), with three hotels becoming in such a way as to avoid ‘game playing’. There is demonstration projects with $40,000 of RE and EE some scope for the use of other economic incentives installed and monitored. The CHENACT programme The Coastal Zone Management Unit (CZMU), was The CZMU is now embarking on the application of to improve water use efficiency (Cashman & Moore, had five components: established in 1996, having evolved from the original climate change adaptation measures and strategies Coastal Conservation Project Unit created in 1983. to ensure that coastal resources and national coastal 2012), but these would have to be developed in Since 1983, the CZMU has become the preeminent infrastructure (both public and private sector) do not conjunction with the industry. 1. Designing the CHENACT Programme and coastal zone management institution in the Caribbean. suffer from the potential impacts of increased storm developing an institutional strengthening plan. wave inundation – not only during the hurricane season Hotels in Barbados are required to install rainwater- This component determined the Program’s The CZMU performs a variety of coastal zone and winter months, but also from the potential threat of harvesting systems just as they are to have eligibility criteria, guidelines for energy audits, management functions inter alia: coral reef monitoring; increased sea level rise. wastewater handling facilities. Those hotels which and EE policy and legislation for the tourism updating the inventory of coastal resources; are not on the south coast and connected to the sector. Pilot EE measures were implemented in consultations with the Town and Country Development This is being achieved through a greater reliance on municipal sewerage system, and those which have selected hotels on a cost-sharing basis. Planning Office regarding the evaluation and the use of both numerical and physical modelling, opted for wastewater treatment facilities (these 2. Assessing the capacity of Energy Services assessment of all coastal development; beach erosion which are being applied to all large-scale coastal being a minority) usually contract out this operation Companies (ESCOs) in the Caribbean. The and accretion monitoring and control; oceanographic development applications. As part of engineering to service providers. If stricter environmental aim was to measure ESCO’s ability to deliver data collection and assessment; exclusive economic designs being submitted for evaluation, it is necessary zone and continental shelf delimitation; regulation of to demonstrate the inclusion of considerations for a regulations come into effect and there is no public a reliable, competitive and effective service to marine research; public education and outreach in one (1) metre sea level rise, the increased intensity sewerage system, as is the case on the west coast, the tourism sector; and to prepare a strategy to integrated coastal zone management (ICZM); coastal of hurricane waves and storm waves, the presence of then there will be a need for more wastewater enhance ESCO capabilities. conservation project designs and management; coastal storm surge considerations, and the potential impact treatment facilities. However, the restrictions on 3. Designing a model for increasing energy engineering design assessments; and the review of that such events can have on not only the property the uses that treated wastewater can be put to will efficiency in hotels that could be replicated any coastal projects. Given the scope and depth of being considered but adjacent properties. Such also have to be reviewed. Similarly, the restrictions throughout the region.Assessing financing these activities it is easy to see why the Unit can be considerations were followed in the development of on rainwater uses within hotels will need to be options to expand the implementation of credited with being so actively involved in the economic the recently completed government projects in the examined, though uses such as toilet flushing will CHENACT findings. development of the country , throughout its twenty- areas of Welches, Rockley/Hastings in Christ Church, require retrofitting for some hotels. 4. Dissemination of the program’s findings. eight year existence. and Holetown in St. James. These projects have not only succeeded in providing valuable protection to Barbados’ tourism product is quite energy intensive. The findings of the initial audit report indicated The tourism sector, as the largest foreign exchange the coastline but have significantly provided distinct earner for the island, drives our economy. As a result, benefits in terms of aesthetic and amenity values Most tourists arrive on long-haul flights from significant opportunities for energy efficient Barbados’ beaches, coastlines and nearshore waters in the area which can be enjoyed by nearby tourism Canada, the United States or the United Kingdom,. savings in the hotel sector (average potential are intricately connected to the livelihood of the island. enterprises, locals, and tourists. Even for the cruise tourism segment of the market, electricity savings near 40 per cent of total As a result, the CZMU is committed to advancing there is still a significant fuel dimension to the hotel’s consumption). Some of the results and the knowledge, use, development, conservation and In 2011, the CZMU embarked upon the next phase product. This characteristic implies that the overall recommendations divulged so far were: management of the coastal zone and its resources, of the Barbados Government/IDB funded Coastal attractiveness of the destination is closely correlated as the Barbados coast is essential to the lives of Conservation Programme - the Coastal Risk with international fuel prices. Domestically, the • That despite the size and age of a property, a all Barbadians. To achieve its mandate the CZMU Assessment and Management Programme. The industry consumes about 17 per cent of the total hotel can have a low energy efficiency index (kWh therefore relies on the strong interest and support of emphasis of this phase is to build on the work of electricity generated on the island, almost as much per guest per night) through the use of efficiency the Barbadian public and actively engages the public the Unit, together with the integration of coastal as commercial activities and much larger than that equipment and good staff practices. in appreciating and conserving the fragile coastal vulnerability assessments and risk management within going to manufacturing activities. • Many property managers are unaware of the resources. the ICZM framework. The intention of this project is to take Barbados, to the next level in the systematic length of time their hot water switches are The CZMU has always focused on being a scientific approach to the effective management of its coastal The GOB joined its regional counterparts in on for (staff training and/or the installation of organization with coastal and ocean sciences at the resources and infrastructure, while taking changing endorsing the Caribbean Hotel Energy Efficiency mechanical timing devices would quickly rectify foundation of its work, and this strategy has allowed climate into account. Action Programme (CHENACT) that ran from 2009 this). the Unit to consistently adapt to new challenges facing to 2011. The Caribbean Hotel Association (CHA), • Over-lighting, particularly in newly refurbished the island’s shoreline over the last ten to fifteen years. Caribbean Alliance for Sustainable Tourism (CAST), hotels. Since its establishment, the CZMU has executed several Caribbean Tourism Organization (CTO) and UNEP • Need for routine maintenance of equipment to major coastal management projects. were key players along with regional governments in ensure efficient operation. Electrical circuits are this effort that is receiving financial backing from overloaded, solar hot water panels are broken, the IDB. It is a US$ 2 million programme with the Air Conditioning (AC) condensers placed in soil objective of reducing energy usage and costs in and grass or direct sunlight, roofs damaged –
146 147 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
unsuitable for PV systems, roofs inaccessible, old to Habitat II noted that about 46 per cent of land 3.5.3 Investment gaps competitiveness. The identified strengths suggest kitchen and laundry equipment, etc. could have been classified as arable land in 1976. that there exist a number of strengths that can be • Unrepaired water leaks increased water bills by Moreover, sugar plantations accounted for 62 built upon to facilitate green of the industry. 30-50 per cent. per cent of total rateable land and just 1.6 per cent The Travel and Tourism Competitiveness Report (WEF, • Many of the hotels are reading meters but there to tourism. By 1995/1996 the estimate of rateable 2009) suggests that sustainability or “greening” A particular strength of the island is in the area of is little analysis and little knowledge of baselines land used for tourism had more than doubled over holds great potential for the creation of innovation heritage and community-based tourism. The island and benchmarks for these readings. the period. This level of tourism development had and economic gain through the combination of has heritage and community resources dating back • Installation of unsuitable CFL’s. Understandably obvious implications on the ecosystem as did the the redesign of the financial and industrial world, several centuries that can be readily repacked managers are now reluctant to spend again. redistribution of land ownership in the island. Future the modification in the role of institutions and for visitors to the island. In this regard, the MOT • More attention being paid to aesthetics (room demand for land in tourism will be driven by the governments and finally embryonic consumer in collaboration with the Barbados Museum and upgrade) rather than back of house issues”. growth in sports tourism (e.g., golf, polo, among behaviours with regard to water consumption, food Historical Society has focused attention on the others). The Physical Development Plan (GOB, production and climate change. Stakeholders also intangible heritage through the development of the The opportunities for hotels to improve their 2003) is the key policy instrument guiding tourism had a similar vision to build a sustainable tourism Freedom Footprints Tour that highlights the island’s resource use efficiency are well documented and development in terms of its spatial distribution and product with strong forward and backward linkages link to slavery and is expected to attract mainly many of the strategies have been shown to be cost provides a basis for managing potential negative with other sectors in the economy and community. the Barbadian and African diasporas (Barbados effective with short payback periods (Cashman, impacts associated with inland tourism. There is Museum and Historical Society, 2011). There is Water Financing Experiences in the Caribbean, also a Coastal Zone Management Unit (CZMU), also the Barbados Carolina Connection that had 2012). These strategies include: established in 1996, that attempts to enhance The stakeholders’ vision for its beginnings in the 1997 twinning of the cities knowledge, use, development, conservation and of Speightstown and Charles, South Carolina, in • Carrying out a resource and energy use audit to management of coastal resources. greening the tourism industry recognition of the strong historical links that exists identify potential areas of savings; reflects a desire to build a between the two cities since the 17th century. Since • Engaging in organizational change. This is Given that most tourism developments are located sustainable product that has the Twinning Agreement, the two destinations important because doing so is often an essential within 2 km of the coastline, these developments have been engaging in cultural exchanges among follow-up action to conducting audits, just have had important impacts on the coastal forward and backward linkages with other initiatives aimed at strengthening this link. as it is to setting objectives, implementing ecosystem. The effects tend to be related to the other sectors in the economy and Barbados’ focus on cultural heritage preservation recommendations and monitoring and reporting clearing of land for construction, and the related has culminated in having Historic Bridgetown and on progress; supporting transportation infrastructure has resulted embedded within the community. its Garrison area listed as a UNESCO World Heritage • Changing the way the use of resources are in erosion. Indeed, the Barbados Coastal Zone Site. This ascription has enormous social, cultural, regarded by management and staff through Management Unit was set up to restore beaches environmental and economic value for Barbados but training, encouragement and team building; and to engage in coastal habitat restoration on Since the 2009 Tourism Competitiveness Report, will require substantial training of taxi drivers, tour • Introducing technological change that allows for the reefs, damaged by activities related to tourism the shift towards a greener tourism industry has operators and residents. the introduction of resource efficient equipment, developments and establishments. accelerated immensely (Weaver, 2011). Both global, fixtures and fittings, and looking for ways in regional and local organizations and governments The future development of Barbados as a green which operations can be reconfigured to maximise Consultations with personnel at the MOT in June have recognized that they need to more aggressively tourist destination is very much dependent on the resource use. 2011 revealed that the TDA allows for concessions address the issues such as poverty, economic ability of the island to overcome a number of key on the treatment of wastewater. There was also volatility and climate change while preparing for the challenges. Of particular note are the potential Hotels are significant producers of solid waste and a recognition that the TDA needs to be revised predictable water, energy and food crisis. effects of climate change (Table 47). “Climate as a consequence require regular municipal waste to include issues related to resource efficiency, change is the mother of all externalities: larger, services. A portion of the waste is of an organic specifically water (rainwater usage) and renewable In the same study, Barbados ranks 30th out of more complex, and more uncertain than any other nature and other portions of it are potentially energy, and to in general be a more efficient tool 133 countries on the global competitiveness environmental problem” (Tol, 2009). The effects recyclable or recoverable. Introducing requirements in facilitating economic activity underpinned by index and 3rd within the Western Hemisphere. of these changes in climatic patterns are pervasive. to sort and separate materials at source would sustainable tourism development objectives. In this This is highly commendable and suggests that the ECLAC (2011) assessed the economic impact assist with diverting waste at source and it is for regard, the Tourism Development Act, Cap.341 and island is well positioned within the global tourism of climate change on tourism, the backbone of this reason that it is proposed that this become a other tourism related regulations are being reviewed industry. Furthermore, within his index, Barbados Barbados’ economy. The impact was obtained statutory requirement. It would have the associated to forge greater harmonization with international was ranked 2nd for government prioritization of through the forecasts of tourism under different benefit of increasing the reliability of the supply travel and tourism where possible and to create travel and tourism; where government spends scenarios of climate change. of source material to recyclers and improving the an enabling regulatory framework for a modern, a high percentage of GDP on the sector in viability of their operations. Such activities could be adaptable and efficient economic sector. such areas as developing effective destination During the period 2010 to 2050 under an A2 made cost neutral to hotels and should be extended marketing campaigns and collecting timely and scenario, the island could lose US$ 3.8 billion in to others involved in the tourist trade, such as relevant data. The competitiveness index also tourism expenditure and US$ 2.7 billion under the restaurants. reveals that Barbados is 1st for “attitude of B2 scenario. The authors undertook a cost-benefit population toward foreign visitors” and 29th for analysis for the coral reefs that most likely will Land use has changed significantly over the last environmental sustainability (WEF, 2009). Table suffer a lot under climate change. The present value 40 years. In the pre- and post-independence era, 46 provides an overview of the main strengths of of coral reefs loss amounted to US$ 1.3 billion much of the land in the island was assigned to the island’s tourism product that could be used to and US$ 667 million under A2 and B2 scenarios, agricultural production. The 1996 Barbados Report explain the islands position in relation to global respectively. Sea level rise would also lead to loss of
148 149 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 46. Strengths and challenges in greening the tourism sector Table 48. Investment gap analysis of the tourism sector
Strengths Challenges Importance Performance Performance/ Challenges score score Investment gap • Integrated management and planning at • Cost of achieving green certification (1) (2) (3)=(1)-(2) ports of entry • Heavy dependence on imports Cost of achieving green certification 7 3 4 • Efficient through flow • Climate change Heavy dependence on imports 6 1 5 • Recent major investments in ports of entry • External environment Climate change 9 5 4 • Penetration rate of solar water heaters • Measurement External environment 8 5 3 • Integrated Design and Planning process associated with Harrisons’ Cave • Low occupancy rates Measurement 8 5 3 Redevelopment is a model that should be • Domestic transportation system Low occupancy rates 9 2 7 documented and replicated • Crime and safety issues Domestic transportation system 5 1 4 • Historic Bridgetown and the Garrison listed Crime and safety issues 7 5 2 as a world heritage site • Inconsistent supply of local inputs Inconsistent supply of local inputs 5 4 1 • Links with UK market • Cost of inputs Cost of inputs 8 7 1 • Capability to articulate our history and cultural heritage Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis • Mature tourism product • Heavy investment in our people through health and education tourism expenditure and higher rebuild costs of The implications of some of these threats are to be • Oistins has been identified as a model that land and properties. The present value of the total found both on the demand side and on the supply can be replicated loss will amount to US$ 1.5 billion and US$ 589 side. On the demand side, consumers have less to • Access to all beaches are free million under scenario A2 and B2, respectively. spend are therefore looking for value for money; • Strong tourism organizations (BHTA, BTA) This means that loss due to coral reefs and sea level those with more disposable income have become rise combined will be US$ 7.6 billion and US$ 5.1 very judicious in their choice of destinations, • Good communication infrastructure billion under scenario A2 and B2, respectively. increasingly desiring more unique and authentic experiences that are a combination of leisure, Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis Table 46 presents a systematic identification of the education and cultural engagement. On the supply challenges employing a score based on a 10-point side, the implications are that businesses have less Likert scale in relation to frequency and impact as capital to spend on environmental and other “green outlined in Addendum 1. The combination of these upgrades” particularly if they are unable to se an two factors provides a ranking of importance shown immediate impact on their bottom line. While it is Table 47. Assessment of challenges to greening the tourism sector in column 4. A challenge receives a score of 1 if important to take an incrementalist approach to the the frequency of occurrence is low and 10 if the implementation of green initiatives, there needs to Frequency of Ranking of frequency of occurrence is certain. The scores are be consistency in the implementation if the gains Challenges occurrence Impact importance (1) (2) (3) = (1) x (2) derived based on expert opinion and stakeholder are not to be eroded. discussions. Cost of achieving green certification 6 7 42 Tourism statistics continues to remain in the realm Heavy dependence on imports 9 4 36 Many hoteliers also noted the relatively low of arrival figures, visitor spend and contribution Climate change 9 9 81 occupancy rates (less than 60 per cent) that to GDP and employment. While these are very External environment 7 8 56 characterize the industry. These low rates reduce much needed to help us understand visitor flows profitability and limit the ability of the industry and tourism patterns much more needs to be done Measurement 8 7 56 to finance green initiatives. The dynamism in from a within- destination perspective. In other Low occupancy rates 9 8 72 the external tourism market with which the local words, other studies measuring and monitoring the Domestic transportation system 5 6 30 industry competes as well as the cost of inputs destination resources are required of we are to know Crime and safety issues 5 9 45 also present a challenge to the tourism industry in the value of the resources and the changes that are Barbados and to its efforts to contribute to green occurring over time. In this regard, carrying capacity Inconsistent supply of local inputs 4 6 24 economy on a consistent basis. Given the nature of studies need to be undertaken on an on-going basis. Cost of inputs 8 8 64 tourism as an export, any change in global scenarios While methodologies vary and there are still debates can have a knock on effect on travel to long haul surrounding carrying capacity, it is felt that this type Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis destinations. In the recent past, Barbados and of study remains crucial for ensuring that limits - the rest of the region has been affected by policy environmental, social, cultural are not breached. changes - most notably, the Airline Passenger Duty; the global economic crisis, hurricanes and related For tourism, this is pertinent as tourism’s viability threats, changes in consumer tastes and so on. and competitiveness trades on these resources. As a corollary to measurement, monitoring and
150 151 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 49. Assessment of opportunities in greening the tourism sector
Submarine has won the accolade of being the first Frequency of Effectiveness Ranking of 3.5.4 Potential returns Opportunity success (2) importance attraction in the world to receive double certification. (1) (3)=(1)*(2) in terms of economic Harrisons Cave is also GG certified. Other hotels, Marketing Barbados as a green 6 6 36 specifically Coral Mist and Blue Orchids, have destination growth, development a written environmental policy that speaks to Develop heritage tourism sites 7 7 49 and poverty reduction the rationale use of resources, compliance with Building relationships between labour and employment laws and developing and the tourism industry and firms 4 8 32 maintaining linkages with the resident community. providing inputs The greening of the tourism industry is likely to be one of the key strategies used in the future to ensure Development of agro-tourism The Barbados Hotel and Tourism Association (BHTA) 6 7 42 products the future sustainability of tourism (Table 49). also undertakes various environmental initiatives Some businesses in the sector, particularly hotels, Creation of marine protected areas 8 8 64 aimed at educating its membership. These initiatives are making strides in certifying their operations. range from education/information sharing through Among the hotels that are Green Globe Certified are Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis workshops, symposia and tours related to recycling, Accra Beach Hotel and Spa, Bougainvillea Hotel, turtle protection, and disaster management. The Divi South Winds and Southern Palms. Atlantis
evaluation are also important tools that need to be for a business model that speaks to sustainable employed if there is to be continuous assessment agro–tourism as well as internationally recognised Table 50. Potential tools for greening the tourism sector of tourism’s value. While monitoring tools and standards for agricultural products. Having these two techniques differ depending on the phenomenon initiatives will provide farmers and other producers Tools Issues Institutional examples understudy, Barbados can consider the use of with access to local and international markets. technology in aiding with monitoring in order to Environmental codes of conduct – provides • focuses primarily on the physical • World Travel and Tourism Council reduce human costs. The past immediate Permanent While there are efforts as noted above by the BHTA, guidelines for businesses to operate in a environment (not comprehensive enough) • International Hotel Initiative (Charter for Secretary, Mr Andrew Cox also points to the deficit the MOT and the Coastal Zone Management Unit, more sustainable fashion • voluntary in nature environmental action) • ineffective sanctions • Pacific Area Tourism Association – code in measurement and monitoring as a challenge to environmental education needs to be mainstreamed of environmentally sustainable tourism any implementation of a green economy. so that there are changes across the board from the households to the businesses: the role of the Certification schemes – verification of a • tend to focus on environmental issues • Green Globe 21 company’s performance against a set of • can be disadvantageous to poorer • Smart Voyager (Galapagos Islands) Table 48 presents a ranking of investment gaps. educational institutions, the newly constituted standards countries – lack of skills, monitoring and • Certification for Sustainable Tourism An importance score is assigned to each challenge Constituency Empowerment Councils, Non- recording systems (Costa Rica) and opportunity based on a 10-point Likert scale, governmental organizations, the media and so. In • environmental standards may be • Green Deal (Guatemalan coalition of where 1 denotes insignificance and 10 means very other words, there needs to be a consistent effort insensitive to local realities NGOs important. The importance of the investment gap is by all stakeholders. The growth and usage of social • Fair Trade Tourism (South Africa) • Hospitality Assured (Caribbean Tourism quantified by subtracting column 2 from column 1. media can assist in creating general awareness Organization) A positive value in column 3 indicates that greater and education. In addition, training should be on • Tour Operators Initiative (2000) investment is required to enhance a particular going with key first tier institutions and individuals, • Blue Flag strength or minimise an identified challenge. namely taxi-drivers and tour operators. Triple bottom line reporting goes beyond • recognises that financial success itself is Global Reporting Index (2002) narrow reporting on economic performance reliant upon all pillars of sustainability As Table 47 suggests, there is a need to address The region also faces the potential challenges of measures and reports on the social and • efficiencies in cost savings investment gaps in relation to the following: higher fuel prices and green taxes, originating in environmental values that organizations • implementation costs may be too high add for many businesses source markets (i.e. the UK Air Passenger Duty). In • measurement focuses on quantitative • domestic transportation; the first instant, nervousness in the global oil futures variables; limits to quantification • low occupancy rates; market destabilises prices. This is due, primarily, Indicators of sustainable tourism – • requires data sets that may not be always • UNWTO (1999) – developed for • climate change; and, to civil strife and war within some countries in measures, assesses, monitors progress available destinations • the heavy dependence on imports. the major oil-producing region of the world, the using primarily quantifiable data • recognizes the interconnectivity in the • Association of Caribbean States (2001) – Middle East, which either directly impact or has the tourism system developed for the ACS member countries Critical to a green economy is a decrease in potential to impact oil production and shipments. • methodology not always transparent • Caribbean Tourism Organization- the dependence of imports, including food, Added to these are the ensuing international or explicit; comparative methodologies developed for member countries (2003) become difficult manufactures, labour, technology, etc. The tensions between powerful countries, especially • tension between placed based and Caribbean hotel industry in particular has always when conflict is protracted, coupled with rapidly global indicators been criticised on its failure to utilise locally grown growing demand for fossil fuels by burgeoning Travelife Sustainability System • provides support, advice and tools to • Examples of certified hotels in Barbados: and made products. The response to this is that economies like Brazil, China and India. In the help improve their environmental and • Bougainvillea Beach Resort quality is often inconsistent and the costs are second instant, there is a turning towards use of the social performance • Barbados Beach Club more than the imported materials. While there are tax system to deal with issues arising from climate • Mango Bay individual efforts to purchase from local agricultural change. Regional responses to these challenges are • Fairmont Royal Pavilion and manufacturing suppliers, there is no concerted also being devised. Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. comprehensive industry wide effort. There is a need
152 153 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
• The Graeme Hall Nature Sanctuary (GHNS) than on conservation. Recreational users are not located on the south coast of Barbados is a given adequate information on environmentally privately owned property consisting of a well eco- sustainable activities and behaviours. tourism establishment and a restored section • Enforcement – ineffective and inconsistent of the Graeme Hall Wetlands. In addition, there enforcement of regulations in the Park and is a visitor’s centre, a man-made lake and a Reserve across the range of bodies that share mangrove swamp with its sanctuary of local and responsibility for enforcement- NCC park rangers, migratory species of birds. It is an ecosystem the Barbados Coast Guard, the Barbados Police that fulfils an appreciable number of functions: Force. The rangers have not been trained in areas “habitat, Refuge, Regulating Hydrological such as regulation, legislation or enforcement Flows; storage and retention of water, Hosting techniques and the BCG understandably has unique biological material, Capacitance and more urgent national matters to attend to absorption of pollutants; Removal of breakdown (Cumberbatch, 2001). of excess compounds; Maintaining ecological characteristics of the landscape; Monitoring Marine resources are important resources for the coastal zone changes; Impacting community island. Indeed, amenities like coral reefs with their quality of life; Providing cultural attraction and multiple functions are heavy weight in the resource being a repository of scientific information” balance. Notably is that coral reefs are the refuge (Williams, 2008). of fish as well as invertebrate life, they provide • The Folkestone Park and Marine Reserve food to millions of people, they are important for was established in 1981 by the Designation the production of white sand, they protect the land of Restricted Areas Order 1981, and the against the elements of nature, they are very useful Antillean banaquit (Coereba flaveola) – Bird species found on the island. Photo: Gail Fitzmartyn/Calgary Canada Marine Areas (Preservation and Enhancement) to tourism industry, they contribute to the overall (Barbados Marine Reserve) Regulation. The Park economy and health of a country. In the specific BHTA has also joined forces with the Coastal Zone (builds on the islands military and naval history) and Reserve are located on the West Coast of case of Barbados, the dependence of the country on Unit to construct the boardwalk on the South Coast. are heritage products that can be easily traded. In Barbados and stretched a total distance of 2.2 km healthy coral reef ecosystems to maintain its shoreline The structure’s purpose is two-fold management of addition to the island’s heritage potential, its rugged and consists of four zones – a scientific zone; two and world famous white sand beaches, support near coastal erosion and the creation of a recreational coastline, spectacular views and unique plant and (2) water sports zones and a recreational zone. shore artisanal fisheries and the tourism industry on space for visitors and residents. A similar project has wildlife also hold some potential for further nature- Within the Reserve ‘there are four well-developed which the GDP is now largely dependent cannot be been undertaken on the West Coast. based tourism development. Developing hiking trails fringing reefs, several patch reefs and an offs ore overemphasized. To palliate the phenomenon there around these resources can significantly augment reef’ (Cumberbatch, 2001); however the Reserve is a need to call “for more effective conservation and The MOT is also rolling out projects that are aimed the island’s tourism product offering in the future. suffers from low fish stocks due to over –fishing management of the reef ecosystem in Barbados” at raising the level of environmental awareness In addition to trails, the Harrison’s Cave, the Graeme and poor habitat quality. (Coastal Zone Management Act 1988). Strong among the industry stakeholders and school Hall Nature Sanctuary and Folkestone Marine Park consideration should be given to the following: children. In this regard, there are the adopt-a-beach and Reserve are all worthy of mention: The Folkestone Marine Reserve while having and adopt-a-school programmes and sundown walks immense potential to add value as a green • Review and implement the recommendations of to build awareness of the coastal environment. The • In March 1998, the government of Barbados investment is subject to a number of challenges the Axys 2007 (Axys Environmental Consulting efforts of the various organizations in strengthening through the Environmental Special Projects Unit inter alia: (B’dos) Inc., Environmental Planning Group, environmental management practices in their (now the Natural Heritage Department) initiated Gillespie and Steel Associates and Bellairs operations should not go unacknowledged but there a 16-month feasibility study of Harrison’s Cave • The size of the reserve – the percentage of Research Institute, 2000) study with respect to is a greater need by the various businesses across – the top tourist attraction in Barbados- and coastline it occupies is smaller than that which developing the proposed marine management the tourism supply sectors (accommodation, food associated sites with the ultimate objective to is typically suggested to be effective as a marine areas and instituting the sustainable business and & beverage, transport, tour operators, attractions assess the feasibility to develop an Integrated reserve. Further the dividing of this small space financial models; and retail) to mainstream green into their entire Nature Tourism Area that will provide a diversity into various zones compromises its ability to • Strengthen key agencies involved in marine operations- supply chain, procurement practices, of environmentally and socially sustainable function effectively as a protected area. The ecosystems conservation and management, resource efficiencies, employee and management tourism opportunities that focus on the natural scientific zone is only one-eighth of the entire including the Fisheries Division, CZMU, the training, policy statements, and others. Table 50 and rural features of the upper area of the Park and Reserve. Marine Police, Folkestone Park and marine provides list of tools that can be used to further the parishes of St. Thomas and St. Joseph, while also • The external impacts-while fishing and water reserve and the NHD; and goal of greening in tourism. being financially sustaining (Axys Environmental sports activities have been strictly prohibited and • Establish partnerships for promoting marine Consulting (B’dos) Inc., Environmental Planning limited respectively, the Marine Reserve is subject conservation among government, business and There is also tremendous potential for shifting the Group, Gillespie and Steel Associates and Bellairs to contamination through groundwater from civil society. tourism product inland as an adaptation to climate Research Institute, 2000). The Cave attracts domestic waste from suck wells and chemicals change, but also as a means to exploit its potential almost one third of the visitors on the island. The and pesticides used in agriculture and golf heritage tourism sites. For example, the Barbados redevelopment programme concluded in 2010. courses. Sugar Trail Tour (traces the history and story of the • The management focus- more emphasis placed sugar industry) and the Defence of Barbados tour on the recreational aspects of the FPMR rather
154 155 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
3.5.5 Potential for 3.5.6 Potential for technological change that allows the introduction Green tourism is largely focused on integrated of resource efficient equipment, fixtures and planning and management, inter- and green jobs creation Environmental fittings, looking for ways in which operations can intra-generational equity concerns, and an be reconfigured to maximise resource use. Further acknowledgement that there are limits to the and transmigration Improvement research should investigate the development of environment, economy and society, which if a system of tradeable permits as a market-based breached can have detrimental consequences. The The tourism and hospitality industry there are a There is potential for environmental improvement solution to environmental management for the Caribbean Tourism Organization has developed a myriad of suppliers that ensures the smooth running through project and policy initiatives. A select few tourism industry. Regional Policy Framework for a more Sustainable of the industry. If the industry is to engage a phased will be outlined here. The Tourism Development Tourism Development in the Caribbean. There are approach to greening then communication with the Act (2002) can be revised to include incentives six thematic areas: tourism management capacity, supply chain becomes an imperative, so that some and other provisions for integrating environmental 3.5.8 Summary marketing, transportation, environment, linkages jobs may be redefined and others would need to be management into the broad cross section of tourism and health, safety and security. Given the inherent created. Already in Barbados there is a company supply services. Two, the CHENACT 1 programme Barbados is one of the more mature Caribbean vulnerability of the tourism product on small island that utilises and supplies environmentally friendly has been very useful in making national and regional tourist destinations with large-scale tourism dating states, a green approach to tourism development cleaning products in response to market demands. accommodation providers more aware of energy back to the late 50’s and early 60’s. Over the years holds significant potential in relation to sustainable efficiencies by providing a framework within which the various entities responsible for tourism product development. Entrepreneurial opportunities can be created in the energy use can be audited. The programme also development specifically, the Ministry of Tourism areas of organic farming, maintenance of energy provides an opportunity for Barbados to capitalize on (MOT) and the Barbados Tourism Authority (BTA) Barbados has a number of inherent strengths that and water efficient systems, manufacturing of since part of the activities focus on the creation on an have worked very hard to diversify the product into can be built upon in order to pursue a green growth th biodegradable products, mobile applications for Energy Efficiency Model for hotels in Barbados, which more competitive niche offerings such as sport strategy. Indeed, the island was ranked 30 out monitoring and sourcing, disposal of biodegradable will be rolled out to the rest of the region. This Model tourism, heritage tourism, gastronomy tourism and of 1,333 countries on the global competitiveness and other refuse as the transition occurs, expansion should give the Barbados accommodation sector the more recently working on expanding the health index and first in terms of the attitude of of recycling companies adding to their portfolio edge as far as energy efficiencies are concerned. and wellness sector. Total visitor expenditure in population towards tourism. Furthermore, heritage hazardous waste and other non-biodegradable 2010 was estimated at US$ 1.2 billion or about and community-based tourism holds significant materials from restaurants, hotels, etc., agrotourism 6.3 per cent higher than in 2009. In terms of potential. The island has resources dating back attractions, heritage attractions, eco-lodges, 3.5.7 Conclusions average daily expenditure, stay-over visitors from the several centuries that can readily be repacked for gastronomic and culinary experiences, education UK and Other Europe tend to be higher than any visitors to the island. and training for green and so on. From a fiscal The stakeholders’ vision for greening the tourism other region. Hotels provide most of the available perspective, these entrepreneurs can be incentivised industry reflects a desire to build a sustainable supply of accommodation on the island, however, The exploitation of these strengths is, however, through access to low-interest loan schemes such product that has forward and backward linkages occupancy rates tend to be low (about 56 per cent). dependent on the island addressing a number of as the Smart Fund. The Economic Partnership with other sectors in the economy and embedded challenges in relation greening the industry. One of Agreement can be another mechanism through within the community. This vision is by and large The tourism industry tends to have a significant the main challenges is the low occupancy rate that which training and technical assistance can be consistent with the national definition of green impact on a country’s resources, particularly in small characterises the industry. These low rates reduce accessed to support green economy entrepreneurs economy outlined earlier and therefore provides states. The main impacts are related to pollution, profitability and limit the ability of the industry to and small tourism business owners and operators. some rationale for greening the tourism industry. depleted natural resources, erosion, displacement finance green initiatives. In addition, the dynamism Investments in sustainable tourism solutions of residents, inflation, excessive foreign ownership, in the external environment and the cost of inputs A focus on developing agro-tourism linkages with can contribute to the transformation to a green loss of culture, cultural commodification, leakages also present a challenge to future development of a greater emphasis on the “farmer” holds great economy at the national and global level. There and extensive changes in societal norms. Barbados’ the tourism industry. Tourism statistics as well, a employment potential. The MAFFIS and the is a need for investment to reduce dependence tourism product is quite energy intensive. Most necessary input for both planning and budgetary BAS would be required to play a major role in on imports, including food, manufactures, labour tourists to the island arrive on long-haul flights from allocations, is still largely under-developed. this transformation. Already recently community and technology. In relation to climate change, the the UK, USA or Canada. Even for the cruise tourism initiatives such as local Farmers’ Market at Sturges, region also faces the potential challenge faced segment of the market, there is still an important Investments in sustainable tourism solutions Holders’ Hill and Brighton, and Farm Tours piloted by potentially higher fuel prices and green taxes. fuel dimension of the product. Water use in hotels can contribute the sustainable development by the Grapefruit and Molasses Foodies should The opportunities for hotels to improve their is determined as much by the facilities offered transformation to a green economy at the national be scaled up and replicated. A targeted financial, resource use efficiency are well known and many by a hotel and the market it operates in as by its and global level. One necessary investment gap capacity development, marketing and fiscal have been shown to be cost effective with short occupancy rate and by extension the volume of needed to facilitate the transition to a green framework is needed. payback periods. The approaches include: carrying wastewater that it generates It has also been shown economy is in the area of reducing dependence out a resource and energy use audit to identify that factors such as the level of awareness of staff on imports, including food, manufactures, labour potential areas of savings; organizational change and management towards resource management and and technology. Business models for sustainable in the importance and support for implementing use efficiency are important. Hotels are significant agro-tourism as well as internationally recognised and carrying through not just audits but in setting producers of solid waste and as a consequence standards for agricultural products are critical. In objectives, the implementation of recommendations require regular municipal waste services. A relation to climate change, the region also faces the and, monitoring and reporting on progress; portion of the waste is of an organic nature and potential challenge faced by potentially higher fuel behavioural change to the way the use of resources other portions of it are potentially recyclable or prices and green taxes. are regarded by management and staff through recoverable. training, encouragement and team building; and,
156 157 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
A focus on developing agro-tourism linkages with The opportunities for hotels to improve their a greater emphasis on the “farmer” holds great resource use efficiency are well known and many employment potential. The MAFFIS and the have been shown to be cost effective with short BAS would be required to play a major role in payback periods. The approaches include: carrying this transformation. Already recently community out a resource and energy use audit to identify initiatives such as local Farmers’ Market at Sturges, potential areas of savings; organizational change “. . . at the regional level we realise that Holders’ Hill and Brighton, and Farm Tours piloted in the importance and support for implementing by the Grapefruit and Molasses Foodies should and carrying through not just audits but in setting be scaled up and replicated. A targeted financial, objectives, the implementation of recommendations high oil prices have severely affected capacity development, marketing and fiscal and, monitoring and reporting on progress; framework is needed. behavioural change to the way the use of resources Caribbean competitiveness, with a negative are regarded by management and staff through The greening of tourism is likely to be one of the training, encouragement and team building; and, fiscal and macroeconomic impact on our key strategies used in the future to ensure the technological change that allows the introduction future sustainability of the industry. Identified of resource efficient equipment, fixtures and opportunities in this area include marketing fittings, looking for ways in which operations can be fragile economies. For example, Barbados Barbados as a green destination, development reconfigured to maximise resource use. of heritage tourism sites, building relationships spent US$ 393,538 million last year on oil between the tourism industry and firms providing Tourism, since the 1970s, has been a key driver inputs, development of agro-tourism products and of economic growth in Barbados. The potential imports, or 6 per cent of GDP, which has the creation of marine protected areas. advantages of pursuing a green growth strategy in tourism can enhance the long-term sustainability In relation to heritage tourism, the Barbados Sugar of the industry as well as act as a catalyst for the impacted negatively on direct production Trail Tour and the Defence of Barbados Tour are adoption of green processes and practices in support products that can be quickly implemented and yield and other related industries. For example, the costs and the overall competitiveness of significant growth opportunities. It is also possible to continued development of green hotels could add develop hiking trails to future nature-based tourism further impetus to the adoption of organic farming the Barbadian economy . . . . We know that development. The island also needs to ensure that practices in the island to supply the needs of these its already existing nature-based tourism products hotels. In addition, greening transportation and (Harrison’s Cave, Graeme Hall Nature Sanctuary building practices will need to be adopted if the although many SIDS are energy deficient and the Folkestone Park and Marine Reserve) island is to differentiate its product from traditional are maintained and enhanced. Concerning the mass-market tourism. Already this process has in conventional energy, limitless potential protection and development of coastal and marine started. However, there is a need to enhance the ecosystems to support the “green brand”, strong enabling conditions to continue growth in this area for renewable energy and energy efficiency consideration should be given to the following: (discussed in Chapter 4).
• Review and implement the recommendations of resides in our countries. The fundamental the Axys (2000) study with respect to developing the proposed marine management areas and issue thus is how do we, as Small Island instituting the sustainable business and financial models; Developing States with inherent structural • Strengthen key agencies involved in marine ecosystems conservation and management, including the Fisheries Division, CZMU, the problems and limited resources, convert Marine Police, Folkestone Park and marine reserve and the NHD; and this renewable energy potential into • Establish partnerships for promoting marine conservation among government, business and a tangible product that is accessible, civil society. affordable and adaptable?”
Honourable Freundel J. Stuart, Q.C. Prime Minister of Barbados Opening address at the United Nations Sustainable Energy for All Conference, Bridgetown, Barbados , 7 May 2012
158 159 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY ANALYSIS OF ENABLING CONDITIONS FOR TRANSITIONING TO A GREEN ECONOMY
4.1 Analysis of existing macro 4 enabling conditions
4.2 Enabling conditions for identified sectoral opportunities
4.3 Conclusions
160 161 Barbadian Dollar. photo: creative commons/ajburgess BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
4.1 Analysis of existing Table 51. Summary of existing and recommended enabling financial mechanisms Key findings from stakeholder meetings and Existing policy implementation mechanisms experts’ workshops macro enabling Local/National Regional/International Local/National • Government’s Consolidated fund • IDB (Multi-lateral Fund of the IDB Strengths Group) • There are a number of existing financial conditions • Enterprise Growth Fund (Agriculture Development Fund; Industrial, • Caribbean Development Bank- mechanisms (local, regional and international) This section of the report addresses the enabling therefore, significantly lowers the costs of capital Investment and Employment Fund; European Investment Bank that can be accessed. conditions necessary for Barbados’ transition to a for the projects. The project then uses a turnkey Tourism Loan Fund; and Small Hotels • The commercial banking sector is well-managed; Investment Fund) • DFID this places the sector in a position to provide green economy. It is based partially on stakeholder approach with the difference that the financing being • Climate Finance (Fast Start Financing, lending, especially for green initiatives. consultations on the topic with representatives provided at the lower cost of capital is obtained by • Ministry’s Grant to Non-Profit Organization Clean Development Mechanism, from the private, public and non-governmental government. This allows a cheaper financing for the Adaptation Fund) Challenges organizations as well as an Enabling Conditions solar development community as well as preserves • Energy Smart Fund • Global Environment Facility • Limited capacity to implement green projects. Experts’ Workshop. the utilities capacity to borrow from the private • IDB Country Strategy • Small developing countries have limited capacity capital lending sources for other projects. • GEF Small Grant Programme to readily access funds. • GOB-IDB Sustainable Energy Initiative • The Caribbean Catastrophe Risk 4.1.1 Finance and While PPP are used for financing renewable energy • Catastrophe Fund Insurance Facility (CCRIF) Opportunities • Consideration can be given to developing a technologies, Energy Performance Contracting • Central Bank Credit Guarantee • European Development Fund series of projects that look at building green Investment (EPC) can be used for energy efficiency projects, Scheme • User Fee Systems for Marine such as building retrofit. EPC, or energy service communities (e.g., solar panels on roofs, and • Central Bank’s Industrial Credit Fund Protected Areas small wind turbines). One of the most important components of the performance contracting, is a mechanism to emergence of a green economy will be the deliver energy efficiency products. It is a financing Responses/Effectiveness development and adoption of new approaches to mechanism that includes energy savings guarantees • Government’s limited fiscal space places a limit financing green investments, i.e. green finance. The and associated design and installation services on the level of intervention. concept of green finance refers to market-based provided by the Energy Service Companies (ESCOs). investing and lending schemes that explicitly take EPC can be broadly defined as a contract between environmental factors into account. There are several ESCO and a client involving an energy efficiency Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. areas that “green finance” can cover car loans, investment in the client’s facility, the performance mortgages, environmental bonds, carbon credits, of which is guaranteed by the ESCO, with financial certified emissions reduction certificates, venture consequences for the ESCO. Under EPC, ESCO capital for alternative energy projects, eco-savings provides finance for a specific set of measures limited fiscal space, a rationalisation across sectors should be integrated in any strategy for deposits and green credit cards, to name a few. For for energy efficiency retrofit, such as planning, Ministries could assist in this regard. Experienced promoting resource efficiency. example, a bank may provide car loans to finance building, operation & maintenance, optimization, and technically qualified project managers are vehicles powered by alternative fuels at preferential fuel purchase, (co-) financing and user behavior essential to advancing effective public finance In addition to the above recommendations rates. The consumer benefits from reduced financing motivation. programming. consideration should also be given to alternative costs, the bank benefits due to the increased funding mechanisms such as resource-use fees, demand for loans and an improvement in its public There are numerous existing local, national and There is also a need to build such capacity in the which attempt to capture some of the willingness-to- image, while society benefits due to reduced international mechanisms that can also be used as private sector and with civil society institutions. pay of the users of protected areas. Most protected emissions. examples in the business of financing the transition Development partners and institutions should be areas charge user fees to individuals visiting the to a green economy. Some of these mechanisms approached in this regard. Additionally, Barbados is area. These fees range from tourism charges, Usually, governments have two ways of financing are outlined in Table 51. During the Enabling in the process of developing a Country Programme resource extraction fees and payments for ecosystem green economy related programs: either with tax- Conditions’ Experts’ Workshop, however, a number Strategy (CPS) for the GEF Small Grants Programme. services. Most protected areas receive many visitors exempt bonds (government-owned approach), of challenges and opportunities were identified in This mechanism targets civil society and non-profit interested in experiencing nature-based tourism or by entering into turnkey relationships with relation to financing a green economy. organizations. It is proposed that green economy, products. However, these fees are often significantly private developers. These two approaches can be given its national priority status, be formalised as lower than what is necessary to maintain and incorporated together: by doing so, the PPP takes Table 51 highlights several grant facilities at the umbrella focus of the CPS. monitor the area. Krug et al. (2002), using the case advantages of both options, while minimizing the national and extra-national levels available of Namibia, found that visitors to parks are often drawbacks. Taking a solar project as an example: the to support a green economy policy imperative, The opportunity exists, through the Ministry of willing to pay 2-3 times the current fee. In addition idea of the hybrid approach is that the government including the GEF, GEF-SGP and IDB Regional Finance, to continue the focus of the IDB Country to entry fees, many countries charge some type of provides the financing through a bond issuance. Public Goods mechanisms. Experts did note that Strategy in its programme period to areas relevant tourism tax that is then used to fund conservation Normally a third party (such as an Energy Agency institutional limitations in terms of skill sets and to green economy. It is proposed that Resource activities. In the Turks and Caicos Islands a portion or an Improvement Authority) is introduced in order inadequate numbers are major challenges in Efficiency, Sustainable Tourism and Ecosystem of the hotel tax is directed towards the maintenance to act as a facilitator between the government, the accessing available grant facilities. A re-tooled Protection and Management be included in the of protected areas. In Costa Rica, it is important that solar developer and the sites where the technology Public Investment Unit as the centralised project next Country Strategy. The Enterprise Growth Fund the main beneficiaries of ecosystem services pay is to be installed. This third party issues bonds programming and monitoring unit in Government Limited (see Table 40), as an umbrella financial for these services. In this regard, utility companies, supported by the credit of the government and, could alleviate this challenge. Given government’s mechanisms for business and industry across various such as the national water authority and electricity
162 163 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 52. Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, Figure 16. Facilitating technology transfer opportunities and relative effectiveness – clean technology (development, access and transfer)
Existing policy implementation mechanisms Key findings from stakeholder meetings and 4.1.2 Development, experts’ workshops Local/National Regional/International Access and Transfer • Legislation: Patents Act, Cap. • CARICOM Act and Revised Treaty Strengths of Clean Technology 314; Trademarks Act, Cap. 319; regarding the movement of capital • In the private sector there is a good chance Intellectual Industrial Designs Act, Cap. 319A; and labour that the process of trial-and-error along property Copyright Act, 1998-4; Geographical with free-market principles will facilitate the While Barbados is not a major contributor to global rights Technology Indications Act, 1998-22; Integrated • UNEP/UNIDO Resource Efficiency and selection of appropriate technology for a green CO2 emissions, new technologies that enhance legislation transfer Circuits Topography Act, 1998- Cleaner Production Programme economy resource efficiency provide numerous social, and 21; Protection Against Unfair • UNEP Cleaner Fuels Initiative • Standards in external markets will help drive Competition Act, 1998-20 and; clean technology transfers environmental and economic benefits for SIDS. For enforcement Protection of New Plant Varieties Act, • Basel Convention Regional Centre for example, a significant reduction in its fuel import 2001-17 the Caribbean Challenges bill in half this would result in foreign exchange • The standards are either absent or not strong • Sugar cane breeding research facility • COMPETE Caribbean savings, reduce the cost of doing business and enough to ‘force’ cleaner technology upgrade free-up resources to be used on other sustainable • Signature to various MEA such as the • There is slow evolution and low adaptability of • National Council for Science and development objectives. Most international technology and the National UNFCCC and the Vienna Convention clean technology Innovation Competition with various financial facilities to agreements identify technology transfer from support technology transfer (CDM, Opportunities developed to developing countries as a critical • BIDC incubator system GEF, Multilateral fund, and Global • Standards and legislation can be developed to aspect of helping developing countries achieve their • Nice Agreement Concerning the International support clean technology transitions • Income Tax Act-Concessions for clean Mechanism of the UNCCD) • SMEs must work together and have green economy goals. The Kyoto Protocol, which Classification of Goods and Services for the technology investments • UWI Sir Shridath International Trade mechanisms for assistance- COMPETE Barbados ratified and accepted in August 2000, Purposes of the Registration of Marks; • The Second National Communication Policy Centre CARIBBEAN’s Cluster Facility can be utilised in Article 2.1 encourages signatories to implement • International Convention for the Protection Project to the UNFCCC (will include • Resource Efficiency Programme for the private measures to enhance energy efficiency and adopt of Performers, Producers of Phonograms and a GHG inventory and mitigation Sector new and renewable forms of energy. Moreover, in Broadcasting Organisations; actions) • Green Industrial policy driven by BIDC– including utilising existing industrial estates the Johannesburg Plan of Implementation notes the • Convention for the Protection of Producers of • Enable a Research and development culture to importance of global cooperation to enhance access Phonograms Against Unauthorized Duplication for support GE with NCST, GOB. BIDC and UWI to clean technologies as a means of alleviating their Phonograms; and, • Need to explore bilateral opportunities poverty. • Nairobi Treaty on the Protection of the Olympic • Operationalize SIDS-Technical Assistance Symbol. Programme (SIDS-TAP) in collaboration with development partners For technology transfer to take place, however, issues related to intellectual property will need to A number of other policy mechanisms are Responses/Effectiveness be confronted on an on-going basis (Figure 16). also provided in Table 52 along with potential • Larger enterprises will have a competitive Intellectual property rights are intangible rights that opportunities for strengthening technology transfer advantage in technology transfers and upgrades protect commercial valuable products produced by in Barbados. • Partner with UNEP in Establishing the Resource the human intellect. IPCC (2000)notes that one of Efficiency and Technology Innovation Centre the major requirements for successful technology It is important to note that Barbados has shown • Demonstration projects – in social housing and transfers is the existence of strong intellectual significant progress in the Caribbean regarding urban centres (such as Warrens) property rights and enforcement. The existence of the integration of small-scale renewable energy such a framework encourages firms to transfer their technologies in its energy matrix. Specifically, technology via trade, FDI, technology licensing and/ solar water heaters were introduced since the Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. or joint ventures. early 1970s and are now approximately 40,000 solar water heaters in Barbados, with more than Barbados has a comprehensive legislative framework 30,000 domestic installations. The most recent producing company pay for the use of protection Regarding the private financial sector, the Ministry in relation to the protection of intellectual property estimate indicates that the total number of dwelling services they receive. of Environment and Drainage in collaboration (see Table 52, page 164). The island is also in units in Barbados is estimated at 91,406, which with the TBBA and UNEP-FI should continue its compliance with the WTO’s Trade-related Aspects show a significant penetration by the industry It is possible to develop a formula that links the effort to promote Environmental and Social Risks of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) and is a into the domestic market. It has been estimated payment to measurable variables that are related Management in the Financial Sector. Expansion of signatory to numerous international treaties relating that the cumulative cost of solar water heater to usage. For example, one possible option is a this programme should be considered to include to intellectual property including: incentives, up to 2002, was US$10.75 million scheme whereby there is a payment transfer to those the UWI Cave Hill School of Business as the with energy savings estimated to be in the range of who, within a catchment area, contribute to the academic partner and the issue of climate change • Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial US$133.5 to US$137 million. Savings on primary minimisation of storm-water generation and flows. A should be integrated into on-going research efforts. Property; oil consumption were estimated to be US$0.3 to similar approach can be applied to beneficiaries of a Regarding the UWI, such collaboration would assist • Patent Cooperation Treaty; US$4.2 million - equivalent to 30 to 40 per cent of sustainable marine environment, thereby transferring in broadening the reach of the programme to other • Convention Establishing the World Intellectual the present domestic consumption. payments to those who might otherwise adversely CARICOM countries. Property Organisation; affect it. The user fee system, as proposed in the • Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary The current fiscal, financial standards and regulatory Axys (2000) study should be instituted. and Artistic Works; regime is also enabling the further use of PV
164 165 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 53. Summary of existing and recommended changes to trade, tariffs and investment policies
Existing policy implementation mechanisms systems. However, experts expressed a general slow market would be such as to warrant the development Key findings from stakeholder meetings uptake and adaptability of new technologies to the of a local manufacturing capacity even if the market and experts’ workshops Local/National Regional/International Barbados situation. Additionally, there is a need were extended to include other countries in the for greater awareness, consultation and adoption of region. Measures to facilitate the transfer of the • Customs Act (Reduced duties on • CSME Strengths Resource efficient items) • Small businesses benefit from the provision of environmental environmental standards. The BNSI is instrumental technologies would need careful consideration. • Bilateral and Regional Trade services and the transfer of technology increasing their trade in driving this initiative from a technical standpoint. • Fair Trading Commission Agreements and ability to earn more income Additionally, the Social Partnership can be utilised RWH has been successfully applied both in the • Barbados Competitiveness • Economic Partnership • Work is being done to promote the use of safer pesticides from a governance and advocacy perspective in this agricultural sector in Barbados and to buildings and fertilizers and encourage organic farming, including the Project (US$ 11.8 million) Agreement regard. (i.e. residences). Successful application depends production of natural pesticide • Agricultural Health • COMPETE Caribbean on the application of a few basic design principles • National Trade and Environment • MEAs Challenges In addition to the opportunities mentioned by the to ensure that they are effective and will perform Sub-Committee • Trade facilitation systems- already technical barriers to trade stakeholders in Table 52, the National Sustainable under a range of conditions. While there are prohibit exports Development Policy (NSDP)66 has also outlined commonalities, the applications to agriculture and • Modernization of the Barbados • There are lists which specify maximum/minimum restrictions National Standards System (US$ to the Common External Tariff (CET) limits and Government policy recommendations aimed at enhancing buildings do require different design approaches 5 million) is limited by bound rates; they cannot reduce the tariffs the development of clean technologies. The and information. Thus, there does need to be a without endorsement from CARICOM recommendations of the NSDP include: wider spread of knowledge and expertise in order • Agricultural Health and Food • Existing institutions need strengthening such as Pesticides Control Programme (US$ 28 to support a higher level of interest and use of the Control Board, National Trade and Environment Sub- million) • Full documentation of the environmental hazards technology. Generally, RWH systems are not as Committee • Photovoltaic solar component parts are expensive to import of all the constituents of blended fuel; intricate as wastewater treatment plants and could and coming from temperate countries they may not work as • Development of a clean air policy; therefore be developed using locally produced efficiently as products made in the region – this should be • Development of safe standards for atmospheric materials. developed pollutants; • Monitoring the use and impact of environment goods (green • Development of appropriate economic The basic technology for the construction and goods) • Global Climate Mitigation Policy and the impact on Tourism instruments/ incentives, legislation and installation of biodigestors already exist and is and Travel Sectors regulations for ensuring the successful readily accessible, but it would be necessary to implementation of policy objectives and ensure that the biodigestion systems are suitable Opportunities programmes developed in order to facilitate to function under the prevailing conditions in • Branding Barbados through it Greening Achievements energy efficiency in the transportation sector, and Barbados. In other words, some technology • Niche markets for natural products in the health and tourism sectors, improved air quality in general; transfer and adaptation to local conditions would • Pursuing the development a Caribbean Eco-label (Small • Efficient and timely maintenance of heavy-duty be required in the same way that technologies for Scale Fisheries as a pilot) diesel vehicles; producing animal feeds, organic fertilizer and soil • Development of the Environmental Services sector- align • Promoting energy efficiency in the transportation conditioning products have already been imported with efforts to establish the Resource Efficiency and sector, by giving consideration to the feasibility and assimilated into local operations. Technology Innovation Centre • The possibility exists to trade in carbon credits through of using electric cars as well as liquid petroleum industry-wide and regional collaborations gas (LPG), compressed natural gas (CNG), and Notwithstanding, the starting point should be • Social Partnership playing a leadership role in fostering hydrogen powered vehicles; inquiry into if there are more efficient technologies collaborations • Development, introduction and use of appropriate available that would give distinct advantages to local • Tariffs on efficient products can be reduced instead of scientific technologies and practices to improve consumers or whether there are equally efficient increasing taxes on harmful or inefficient products • GOB instituting Harmonized system for chemical efficiency and enhance sustainability in the technologies that could be developed locally. Access, management transportation sector, in particular, with regards to though, can be limited by cost considerations, and • CSME and the movement of (Green Good) Environmental maintaining a clean and safe environment; this would have to be investigated. The technology Goods and Services • Conducting studies on mass transit options in required for the ‘waste to energy’ and ‘landfill gas Responses/Effectiveness high traffic areas; and to energy’ systems would have to be imported and • Emergence of non-tariff Barriers to trade in developed • Classification of areas where hydrocarbons initially supported from external expertise, and country through GE policies might limit export potential of are stored as potential hazardous sites, and this could be achieved through a Public-Private niche products taking these locations into consideration when Partnership. • If tariffs are reduced Government’s revenue may drop as considering future development activities. a consequence, and the shortfall may be translated into reduced services which can impact on tourism, and this can The current efforts by the UWI, with support backfire The creation of a viable market for rainwater from the British High Commission and UNEP in • Tariffs may prohibit small business persons from flourishing harvesting (RWH) and wastewater treatment systems the establishment of a Resource Efficiency and if products become more expensive and the removal of the barriers already discussed Technology Innovation Centre, should be supported • Social partnership engagement is crucial to success would facilitate the transfer of clean technology, by the GOB. This institutional intervention can drive especially in the wastewater field. Packaged the uptake of environmental technologies among Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. wastewater treatment plants could be imported as SMEs while assisting the country in meetings they involve sophisticated membrane technologies, it obligations under various MEAs (Sinckler, T., but it is not clear whether the potential size of this pers. comm.). Support in the development
166 167 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
special curricula and the development of targeted 4.1.3 Tariffs and Trade Funded jointly by the IDB, these projects are Tax Amendment, taxpayers can directly and fully micro-credit facilities would be required. Strong critical to enhancing Barbados’ overall efficiency deduct the cost of solar water systems from personal collaborations as shown by the Social Partnership Policy and competitiveness and can be instrumental in income taxes payable. In addition, all electric water and development partners and agencies will be propelling the country’ Green Economic Macro heaters became subject to 60 per cent consumption critical to its success. The RETIC can also be SIDS, by their very nature, are very open economies. and Sectoral Policies. The issue of developing and tax, which makes them financially unattractive (FTC instrumental in driving a Eco-Innovation/Greening Trade as a percentage of GDP exceeded 96 per cent monitoring environmental standards should be given Barbados). Unfortunately, the Government does not Research and Development agenda (Griffith, M., of GDP in the case of Barbados. Using trade policy special attention in the modernisation of the BNSI. have an estimate of the total value of waived taxes pers. comm.). to address environmental problems can therefore Similarly development and marketing of “greener” and customs duties over the intervening period to elicit important behavioural change in the local niche products particularly in the agro-sector can be the present. This data would have been useful to The stakeholder consultation process also identified marketplace. Green trade policy, depending on how significantly enabled on completion of the projects assess the value and effectiveness of each particular opportunities within government to demonstrate it is structured, can, however, be used as a barrier to mentioned above. incentive, thereby enabling current policy makers to various green/environmental technologies via its trade. Maestad (1998), for example, notes that the identify areas for improved incentives. public investment programme. Social housing, Montreal Protocol discriminates between signatories There is also need for research on the liberalisation public transport and agriculture were identified as of the agreement and non-signatory countries. The of Green Goods (Environmental Goods and Services). In 2007, the Government of Barbados introduced applicable areas. The Ministry of Housing identified economist also notes that green trade policy is often The National Trade and Environment Sub-Committee three (3) greening initiatives for the residents of Eckstein Village as a possible demonstration site. not as efficient at solving environmental problems as (NETSC) have been instrumental to date in this Barbados. These initiatives were in the areas of The Ministry of Transport’s move to “Green Warrens” other policies. regard (Singh, A., pers. comm). Future emphasis a) green homes, b) composting and c) recycling. via landscape design interventions in conjunction should be placed identifying regional opportunities The most relevant of these for the greening of the with the Beautify Barbados is another such example Rather than using punitive tariffs, Barbados has in the context of the CSME, the development building/housing industry is the “Green Homes” (Devonish, S., pers. comm.). Small-scale agro- tended to focus on trade liberalisation of goods used of the Environmental Services Industry, Climate checklist. The then Ministry of Energy and technologies, such as “Row Covers”, are also being in environmental management systems (referred Change Implications on Trade in Environmental Environment committed to establishing a “Green tested as more economical alternatives to shade to herein as green goods). Such products usually Good and Services Sector, and the development Homes” checklist that is considered appropriate to house by the Ministry of Agriculture (Bynoe, D., attract duty-free access or reduced tariffs. In of an Environmental Goods and Services Index to small tropical islands like Barbados. The checklist pers. comm). 2006, the Government of Barbados established tax monitor trade flows. In this regard, the presence of would include a range of greening, recycling and and customs incentives for renewable and energy the UWI’s Sir Shridath Ramphal International Trade energy conservation features such as: In the region, the issue of technology transfer efficiency equipment. These trade concessions Centre in Barbados presents a research partnership between SIDS was first articulated in the include: opportunity for the NETSC. • Low flow toilets 1994 Programme of Action for the Sustainable • Onsite water storage Development of Small Islands developing States • Reduced customs duties at the rate of 5 per cent • Solar water heating through the call for a SIDS-specific Technical for compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs), house and 4.1.4 Taxation, • Fluorescent lighting Assistance programme (SIDS/TAP). The facility attic fans, ceramic coatings for roofs and window • Passive ventilation and cooling was intended “to facilitate the exchange and tint; as well as Incentives and Fiscal • Alternative energy use transfer of experiences, knowledge, policies and • Full customs waivers for solar photovoltaic practices among small island developing States systems, solar thermal systems, biofuel systems, Reform More recently, the 2011 Financial Statement intra-regionally and inter-regionally, and between hydropower systems, wave and tidal power and Budgetary Proposals proposed a number of small island developing States and other countries systems, fuel cell systems and geothermal heat Green fiscal policies can be used to elicit initiatives with respect to renewable energy and to enhance the quality and broaden the choice of pump systems. behavioural change and enhance the speed with energy efficiency. These measures include: sustainable development approaches of small island which the country moves towards its green economy developing States” (UN, 1995). Table 53 (page 166) highlights the many other goals. UNEP (2011b) identifies five broad fiscal • An increase in the energy conservation and mechanisms that can also be drawn on to further policy options: renewable energy deduction from US$ 5,000 to In recent times, the outcome statement of the encourage a resource efficient and equitable US$ 10,000 for individuals, and US$ 25,000 for 2010 Commonwealth Small States Meeting growth path. Stakeholders noted that the use • Environmental taxes (e.g., carbon taxes, tax registered small business; (Commonwealth Secretariat, 2010) notes “… of punitive tariffs to further green objectives is exemptions and others); • An extension of the energy conservation and a number of specific opportunities have been limited by the country’s regional obligations. They • Pollution charges; renewable energy deduction to lessees once it is identified for action, including the establishment therefore recommend that Barbados continue to • Green subsidies; proven that approval was granted by the owner of of technology-based small states collaborative focus on green trade liberalisation, subject to fiscal • Elimination of environmentally harmful subsidies; the property; programs to audit, develop and harness more obligations. and • The write-off of 150 per cent of costs associated effectively intellectual property assets in • Public expenditure on infrastructure. with the conversion to alternative energy over a countries.” SIDS-TAP holds significant potential Significant is the on-going investment in the five year period for businesses whose filings with for assisting Barbados in accessing applicable upgrade of key trade facilitation system including: Barbados’ fiscal regime tends to focus largely on the Inland Revenue Department and VAT Division clean technologies to enable its pursuit in options 1 and 3 (e.g., environmental taxes and green and whose compliance with NIS and Land Tax are developing a green economy. The government • The Barbados National Standards Institute; subsidies). Some 37 years ago, the GOB instituted up to date or who have in place arrangements to of Barbados in collaboration with the CARICOM • Agriculture Health and Food Safety Systems; and a number of fiscal incentives to support renewable settle their arrears; Member States and strategic development agencies • Trade Logistics (Barbados Competitiveness energy initiatives. The Fiscal Incentive Act of 1974 • A rebate of up to US$ 5,000 to farmers who should give consideration to activating this facility. Project). granted import benefits and tax exemptions to solar retrofit structures to house livestock with solar water heater producers. Under the 1984 Income energy;
168 169 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 54. Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, opportunities and relative effectiveness – taxation, incentives and fiscal reforms
Existing policy implementation mechanisms purchasing solar water heaters. As a result of this rather than developing green field sites. This can Key findings from stakeholder meetings and initiative, the penetration rate for solar water heaters be coupled with the development of a greenfield experts’ workshops Local/National Regional/International now exceeds 50 per cent. Fiscal incentives, however, tax to act as a disincentive and to provide a funding also imply a loss of revenue for government that mechanism for supporting the revolving fund. • Income Tax Act (Annual Budget) • CARICOM Common External Tariff Strengths • Green economy policies are now a part of the needs to be taken into account, particularly given Alongside, more innovative ways need to be developed • Fiscal Incentives Act (1974) Income Tax Act and the Agricultural Incentives the current focus on fiscal consolidation around to provide incentives for actions that improve the • Agriculture Incentives Scheme Scheme the globe. At present, Barbadians can write-off up environment, such as expanding the definition under • Smart Energy Fund to US$ 5,000 per year for home improvements, current income tax legislation to include activities • Tourism Development Act inclusive of purchases of solar heaters. or actions that would qualify for favourable taxation • Returnable Containers Act Challenges • Whereas incentives have been put in place, treatment. For example, replanting of hedgerows that more needs to be done to increase awareness While exact figures are unavailable for tax receipts limit run-off and soil loss would qualify. Furthermore, of them forgone as a result of purchases of solar water in order to encourage green businesses, a preferential • Poverty and unemployment are factors that heaters, write-offs for these home improvement corporation tax rate can be applied to qualifying constraint what can/should be done allowances tends to be about 7 per cent of total tax businesses. Opportunities deductions. Green fiscal incentives can therefore • Government must encourage involvement in have an important impact on the level of receipts Consideration can also be given to introducing ventures that can generate revenue instead of from Government’s tax effort. Consequently, it concessions applicable to system of collection spending taxpayers’ money may be prudent that applicants seeking access to depots, to which waste materials could be returned • Focus more on production rather than usage Government incentives and tax break schemes be for reuse or recycling. The concessions should be Responses/Effectiveness required to demonstrate a sound case for support, accessible under the Small Businesses Development • Green taxes can encourage firms to move to for example, by undertaking environmental audits Act, the Fiscal Incentives Act and the Income Tax lower tax jurisdictions that indicate where savings can be made in their Act. In order to pay for this, a flat rate increase in operations. Furthermore, tied to these incentives the Environmental Levy is proposed in preference to and schemes, should be a provision for recipients to other measures such as diversion credits and tipping Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. report on implementation progress, possibly through fees. That said, the feasibility of introducing tipping an on-line system. Thus, the burden of proof would fees needs to be considered but any introduction be on those in receipt of support, with audits carried would have to take into consideration the • The discontinuation of the duty free concessions In addition to the recommendations from out by Government on a random basis. effectiveness of regulatory enforcement of anti-fly offered to the hotel and manufacturing sectors on stakeholders, consideration can also be given tipping measures. However, the point must be made the importation of electric water heaters; to including green objectives in regulations. For There is a need to develop measures supportive that although proceeds from the environmental levy • The provision of an energy grant of US$ 5 million example, the Fair Trading Commission (FTC) of the preferred development pathways in usually go into the general fund, efforts should be through the Welfare Department, with effect from regulates the electricity and telecommunications agriculture, transportation, tourism and the made to demonstrate and to ensure that the funds October 1, 2011, to provide relief to the most markets but not sectors such as water and built environment such that compliance or the generated are being used to support solid waste vulnerable groups such as the elderly, disabled wastewater services or public transport. The FTC adoption of new practices and technology do not management efforts only. and the unemployed indigent to mitigate the high does not have any specific mandate with respect become an additional burden. There are already cost of electricity; to taking into consideration sustainability or the measures in place that allow for tax rebates on Finally, while new taxes are always a controversial • The negotiation of a second energy policy potential impacts associated with environmental capital investments of up to 150 per cent on issue, many states have been introducing so- based loan of USUS$ 75 million to execute the degradation when exercising its regulatory functions. environmentally friendly investments. It may called green taxes to elicit behavioural change. For preparation of renewable and energy efficiency It is proposed that consideration should be given to be necessary to expand the definition such that example, all EU member countries have some tax programmes through the necessary legislation to requiring the FTC to take environmental costs and services and other forms of support come within the on motor fuels in addition to value-added taxes. supplement the initial loan of US$ 75 million; benefits into consideration when exercising oversight ambit of the tax breaks. Where there is provision In Barbados, motor fuel use excises have recently • Submission of draft renewable energy and energy of regulated industries. Furthermore, as a matter of for reclaiming expenditure only when filing a tax been increased significantly. However, widespread efficiency policies to Cabinet along with proposals urgency, the mandate of the FTC should be extended return, consideration might be given to establishing exemptions to the tax base remain. The excise for the amendment of the relevant legislation; and to cover the provision of water and wastewater a bridging fund mechanism that allows for up-front tax on gasoline was increased by 50 per cent on • Drafting of legislation on renewable energy services. The effect of this would be to require the payments to reduce the financial burden incurred 1 December 2010 to US$ 0.2679 per litre, a policy to facilitate the generation of electricity regulated industries to include aspects such as the between expenditure and rebate. Also provision measure expected to raise an additional US$ 11.4 by renewable energy systems and the sale of environmental damage accruing from the use of a can be made to include technical and management million per annum. The public sector, diplomats, electricity to the grid. particular technology, thus leading to an internalising support that would result in resource savings or non-governmental organizations (the definition here of externalities in the determination of the use of increased levels of resource use efficiency, with being unclear), and construction firms (diesel only) Table 54 provides an assessment by stakeholders cost-effective and sustainable technologies. the proviso that such savings have to be materially are currently exempted from the requirement to of the Government’s policy approach to-date. demonstrated by an audit. pay excises. The elimination of these exemptions Stakeholders especially noted that while much has Barbados has a long tradition of providing fiscal would enhance the efficiency of tax collections been done to potentially elicit changes in consumer incentives to support various environmental and In order to encourage the re-use and refurbishment of and improve the government’s fiscal position. The behaviour, the main challenge to the take-up rate economic goals. One of the most successful in existing buildings, especially those of some historic, introduction of a new tax or a further increase in the remains public awareness and low investment relation to eliciting behavioural change to date has cultural or aesthetic value, it is suggested that a excise tax is possible. As at 4 December 2011, the capacity due to poverty. been the tax rebate that individuals receive for revolving fund be set up to encourage such practices price of gasoline per litre in Barbados was US$ 1.54
170 171 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 55. Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, opportunities and relative effectiveness – training and capacity (educational) enhancements
compared to US$ 2.09 in the United Kingdom. A Existing policy implementation mechanisms tax that equates the price of unleaded fuel in these Key findings from stakeholder meetings and experts’ workshops two countries, based on the elasticities of demand Local/National Regional/International used by Government in its budgetary forecasting, • Government Institutional Systems • UWI Cave Hill Campus Strengths could net an additional US$ 45 million. Obviously • There is a remarkable plethora of information the distributional consequences of such a tax would • National Development Scholarship • CARIBSAVE Scholarship Program already from studies, research, policy, etc., to have to be taken into account; however, these can • Samuel Jackman Prescod Polytechnic • OAS Scholarships increase capacity be addressed via a system of needs-based rebates (SJPP Courses) • Specialized green economy related capacity • Chevening Fellowship and as well as through significant improvements in the building programs exist • Barbados Community College Scholarship Program • Several Industry Associations exist that can quality of public transport on the island. (including its Industry Services Unit) facilitate sectoral capacity building programs UWI Cave Hill’s CERMES. Photo: Travis Sinckler • Bilateral Agreements • Barbados Vocational HRD Strategy • Several Institutional Strengthening projects are • MEAs and the Global Environment underway (BNSI, CZMU, NAFHSA, Statistical Facility (National Capacity Self Service, etc.) 4.1.5 Education, Assessment) applied to the design, construction and operation • Barbados Accreditation Council Challenges training and capacity of the built environment, and this has been • There are weaknesses in the cycle of policy enhancement amply emphasized in this report. This shortage • UN System (UNITAR, United Nations development-implementation-evaluation- also includes expertise in the spatial planning University, UNEP-FI, UNIDO and refinement UNEP-DTIE) • Key government agencies are institutionally discipline. The country, though, has a pool of challenged to move the Government’s GE • Basel Convention Regional Centre for The importance of education, training, research, intelligent professionals, so that it is not a lack Agenda (Fisheries Division, Environmental the Caribbean communication and sensitisation to green economy of persons that is the problem, rather, it is one of Engineering Department, The Barbados Building is paramount. Indeed, investing in training and a lack of knowledge. Consequently, a programme • City and Guilds- Green Skills Program Authority, Natural Heritage Department, education helps smooth the transition to a green of capacity building needs to be developed in Environmental Protection Department, Folkestone Park and Marine Reserve of the NCC, economy for the work force through enabling workers partnership with professionals such as architects, Policy Research, Planning and Information Unit) to exploit new job opportunities and, generally, engineers, planners and others to ensure that through enhancing the productivity of labour in practitioners are equipped with the necessary skill Opportunities current occupations. To date, the sentiment often sets, and that this programme becomes, in the • Training and capacity development regarding expressed by businesses and workers is that there is short run, a continuing professional development green economy is critical at the primary school level a significant ‘gap’ in terms of know-how and so there requirement, and, in the long run, a requirement • green economy training and capacity building is a need not only to increase awareness about the for professional accreditation. This, however, has to should be broken down and based on efficiency, necessity to green the economy, but also to upgrade be complemented by a regulatory requirement that sustainable resource use and other basic current skill levels so that opportunities presented construction developments be in accordance with elements by greening the economy can be seized (see Table sustainable principles. Needless to say, enforcement • Focus National Development Scholarships on green economy 55). of any such regulation would necessitate formation • Professional Associations (such as the BIA, of a cadre of regulatory officers who understand what BAPE, Contractors Association) should provide Gaps in the level of awareness, knowledge the statutory requirements are and have the skills to incentives and continuing professional and capacity to respond to new agro-industrial engage with professionals, contractors and artisans development opportunities in line with opportunities in the agriculture and fisheries sub- involved in all stages of building development in Barbados Green Economic Policies) • Social Partnership can propel the development sector have been identified. It is clear that there is order to ensure that such requirements are met. of a comprehensive capacity building program a gap in the national ability to provide the requisite • Develop synergies with UNEP-FI and UWI Cave level of training and support to these sectors. Other areas identified in this report as having Hill School of Business in Environmental and Thus, the feasibility of providing vocational training potential to contribute to a transition towards Social risk Analysis- already piloted in 2009 for the agricultural and fisheries sub-sectors to a Green economy for Barbados include the Responses/Effectiveness address these shortcomings needs to be considered. development and adoption of renewable energy • Need to generate public buy-in Without knowledge and training and the general technologies (PV, wind, anaerobic digesters, etc.), • Fiscal space is limited and impacts institutional professionalising of these sectors, transitioning wastewater treatment plants, rainwater harvesting, strengthening exercises in government them to become export as well as domestic market and auditing and evaluation of resource use orientated will not be realised. Such training does efficiencies. While some skills already exist in the consider ways in which the necessary skills training not have to be undertaken by the government alone work force, these will not be sufficient to meet the andSource: development Stakeholder discussions can be and provided. authors’ analysis. This may well but it does need to create a supportive environment expected demand for the range of technologies and that motivates the private sector to supply such services required for greening the economy. training and skills development. Indeed, the report has highlighted examples where Within the housing and building sector, there is the uptake of new technologies is being hampered an obvious shortage of professionals who possess by a shortage of skilled personnel. Thus, one of the the necessary knowledge and understanding to necessary enabling conditions will be to identify the ensure that green or sustainable principles are nature and extent of demand for such skills and to
172 173 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Figure 17. Core principles of Collaborative Standards Initiative consider ways in which the necessary skills training association promoting the application of RE and certify products, commodities and processes that and development can be provided. This may well EE technologies in Barbados. There are currently conform to national standards; and promote the use require the development of partnerships with extra- around ten companies offering RE and EE solutions of standardisation as a tool for enabling sustainable regional institutions and support from UNEP and the on Barbados. They serve both the public and private development. To date, the BNSI has assisted a United Nations Industrial Development Organization sector and their activities include; energy auditing; number of companies to achieve international (UNIDO) in the establishment of a National Cleaner solar PV + thermal power installation; small- certification: Harris Paints (ISO 9001-Quality Production Centre to foster sustainable production scale wind installation; system design; biodiesel Management Systems), BL&P (ISO 9001 - Quality and consumption, as well as the development of a production; and consultancy. It is hoped that the Management Systems), The Rum Refinery of Mount national network of internships and local training association will provide a collective voice to these Gay Ltd. (ISO 14001 - Environmental Management providers. RE + EE companies. Systems) and Arawak Cement Company Ltd. (IS0 9001 - Quality Management Systems and ISO A comprehensive Public Information and There is a need to put appropriate education 14001 - Environmental Management Systems). Communication Strategy based National Knowledge, and training arrangements in place such that the There should be incentives put in place to encourage Attitudes and Perception Survey should be necessary skills and expertise can be developed. It the greater uptake of certification schemes such as established. The Social Partnership in collaboration is clear that the training needs span several levels, the ISO 14000 environmental management series with the Environmental Education Committee of some of which can be met locally whilst others and the European Union’s Eco-Management and the Ministry of Environment and Drainage should might require a regional approach. These levels Audit Scheme (EMAS), even to the extent that it drive that Strategy. Elements of that Strategy should include a focus on vocational training, trade schools, becomes a requirement in some instances. There is include: universities, and on-the-job training in the workplace. yet significant pent up demand for such certification Solid Research and Development, engineering, schemes, despite the number of large companies that (3) training, and (4) the establishment of a national • Public showcases and manufacturing capacities are a critical aspect have already been certified; however, financing the and regional information system, and the training of • Award schemes for communities and business of building green industries and jobs. Indeed, process is one of the challenges being encountered. country experts involved in standardisation work. • School education some occupations in the renewables sector or in • Celebration of Best Practices energy efficiency require highly educated and even Other standards such as Leadership in Energy Recognising the potential marketing benefits of • Government demonstration projects quite specialized personnel, including a variety of and Environmental Design (LEED) for the built environmental certification, many hotels in the • Financial mechanisms (GEF-SGP, CSR strategies, technicians, engineers, and skilled trades. And green environment should also be mandated. Indeed, there island have also been pursuing the Green Globe and Ministry grants to non-profit organizations) employment is not limited to high-end skills. There needs to be a review of those areas of production, Certification,68 which operates under a worldwide • Constituency Empowerment Councils are many positions that demand a broad array of manufacturing and the provision of services ten-year license from Green Globe Limited, the • GIS-driven monitoring and reporting structures skill and experience levels, especially in installation, where pro-green standards are upheld with the owner of the Green Globe brand worldwide. This • National governance nechanisms operations, and maintenance (see Table 55). goal of adopting them after making any requisite rating/certification attempts to promote energy modifications to make them more comprehensive. efficiency, water conservation, reduction in the The GEF-Funded National Capacity Self-Assessment Moreover, it is critical that any such review be production of pollutants and generally contributing should also be honed to provide focus on priority 4.1.6 Standards and extended to those areas where no standards currently to healthier environments. To date only a small institutions and areas relevant to a green economy exist but which must embrace pro-green initiatives proportion of the total number of hotels on the island (see Appendix). That committee, in tandem with the regulation if greening the economy is to become a reality, for has pursued Green Globe Certification. The Green three Rio Convention Focal Points should ensure example, the transportation sector (see Table 45). Building Initiative (GBI) is another organization complementarity with the Government’s green Standardisation and regulations, if properly utilised, that seeks to “accelerate the adoption of building economy objectives. provide end-users of the service or good with practices that result in energy-efficient, healthier and confidence in their purchase. The consumer knows environmentally sustainable buildings by promoting There is evidence that this process has already that the producer has used consistent standards credible and practical green building approaches begun; with solar PV installation courses taught when producing the product and this process has for residential and commercial construction”.69 by experts, being arranged by BNOC and William been subject to external assessment. Within recent Buildings can achieve one, two, three or four Green Hinds of the Energy Division, renewable energy years, collaborative standards initiatives (CSI) The BNSI is currently working on standards Globes® where one Green Globe “demonstrates modules are now being offered at undergraduate have been growing in importance as an instrument in relation to various green technologies and movement beyond awareness and a commitment to level at the University of the West Indies (UWI), of global governance arena (Litovsky, Rochlin, management systems. These include such areas as good energy and environmental efficiency practices” the DIREKT and INEES projects at the UWI are Zadek, & Levy, 2007). These CSIs attempt to solar heating systems for domestic hot water, the to four Green Globes “reserved for select buildings encouraging renewable energy knowledge transfer address shortcomings in market systems, and even method of thermal testing of solar collectors, energy that serve as national or world leaders in reducing between other SIDS and developed countries, and regulations, by building consensus in relation to management systems - specification with guidance environmental impacts and efficiency of buildings”. the establishment of two postgraduate master’s rule setting. Five core principles, as illustrated in for use (re. ISO 14001), and energy labelling of courses in Renewable Energy and Renewable Energy Figure 17 underpin these CSIs. appliances and products. Through the CROSQ/IDB- The Government in 2007 explicitly expressed Management are planned for 2012-13. MIF Project67 the BNSI is also seeking to enhance support for environmental certification programmes At the local level, the Barbados National Standards the competitiveness of small and medium-sized such as International Standard Operations (ISO) Elsewhere, evidence of private sector capacity Institution (BNSI) was established in 1973 as a enterprises through industry, country and region-wide 14001, Green Globe Certification and Leadership building available: the Barbados Renewable joint venture between Government and the private standardisation. The project has four components: in Environmental and Energy Design (LEED) Energy Association (BREA) was formed in the sector to prepare and implement national standards; (1) awareness-raising, (2) development of technical or its equivalent. To this end, it was proposed spring of 2011, and is a non-governmental encourage education and training in standardisation; standards and conformity assessment guidelines, that the costs incurred by a company to achieve
174 175 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 56. Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, opportunities and relative effectiveness – standards and regulations
Existing policy implementation mechanisms and customer service regulatory framework. selecting a consultant to carry out the project Key findings from stakeholder meetings and With respect to solid waste, and in particular reused entitled “The Modernisation of the Barbados experts’ workshops Local/National Regional/International and recycled products, there is a need to ensure that National Procurement System”. It is expected that the necessary testing and certification standards and this consultancy, in alignment with the Marrakech • Barbados National Standards • CARICOM Regional Organisation Strengths Institute (BNSI) for Standards and Quality (CROSQ) • A standards review process is conducted by procedures are developed and in place and that they Task Force proposed approach, investigate the (such as CRS 14: 2010- Requirements the BNSI every five years to assess the impact conform to international standards. This will include legal framework with the goal of integrating green • Various Environmental-related for Good Management Practices and effectiveness of standards developed. having the necessary testing standards, facilities procurement as well as assess the overall readiness legislation and associated regulations for Micro, Small and Medium (such as Barbados Marine Reserve and diagnostic capabilities in place as well as the of the market with respect to green procurement. It Enterprises) Challenges enforcement of standards capabilities to make such is also envisioned that the consultant would work Regulations 1981 (28/1981), • There is limited capacity for enforcement of Fisheries Regulations, etc.) • MEAs including Cartagena standards/regulations measures meaningful. There would also be a need closely with a national steering committee that Convention for the Protection of the to develop standards and codes of practice for the would address issues in relation to: • 1993 Barbados National Building Wider Caribbean Sea Code and Barbados Building Act Opportunities installation and operation of biodigestors. In all • International Standards Organization • Local standards could be developed to of this the Barbados National Standards Institute • product/service groups; • National Agriculture Health Food (ISO 9000, 14000, etc.) complement the sometimes more rigorous would have to play a role. There is a significant body • baseline inventory; Control programme international standards • Leadership in Energy and of regulatory provisions. However, many of these • target setting; • National Biosafety Framework • Local standards must be driven by national Environmental Design (LEED) policy/priorities and be country specific still need to be updated, integrated, adopted and/ • development of an action plan; • Green Business Certification by • Bilateral Agreements • Social Partnership should be involved in or operationalized in order to meet the requirements • implementation of an action plan; and, Future Centre Trust (FCT) driving the uptake of standards and standards for greening the building/housing • monitoring and reporting procedures. industry as a specific integrated policy objective. Responses/Effectiveness • There is the perception by the private sector The Public Sector Energy Conservation Programme and decision-makers that more rigorous was started in 2006 to reduce the cost of energy in standards will retard development/profitability, 4.1.7 Government the public sector. Key provisions of the programmes when in fact this is mostly a misconstrued include mandates to increase fuel efficiency in perception procurement government vehicles, install energy efficiency lighting and appliances, and to do energy audits Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. Like most countries around the world the public on government buildings. The programme also sector is the single largest purchaser of goods and envisages establishing conservation obligations services in Barbados. In 2010, Net Government for various public entities and departments, and internationally recognised environmental certification promote energy conservation and efficiency and the Expenditure amounted to US$ 834 million or about enforcing penalties for non-compliance. should be a tax write-off at a rate of 150 per cent of suitable provision of facilities for disabled people. 20 per cent of GDP in that year (GOB, 2010d). the costs incurred.70 The BBSA will administer the standards system, This expenditure is usually on acquisitions of goods One of the potential hurdles towards the enforcing regulations as approved by parliament. such as office equipment, fixtures and fittings, implementation of a green procurement policy in The Future Centre Trust, a local NGO, has also The enforcement of the standards of the Barbados vehicles, building maintenance, transport, cleaning, Barbados is the relatively high cost of these goods as developed its own certification programme71 for National Building Code 1993 is one of the primary catering, and others. Government can therefore act well as their unavailability (Table 57). business desirous of greening their operations. The functions of the BBSA. However, the empowering as a catalyst for the production and consumption of Trust certifies a business as a “green business” legislation, the Barbados Building Act, is yet to be greener goods by shifting its purchasing policy. It is important that green policies for procurement if it meets certain benchmarked goals: waste approved by Government. The proposed Barbados also incorporate life cycle concepts as well. reduction and recycling, energy conservation and Building Act will provide the legislative framework In 2007, the then Ministry of Environment, Water Such an approach would incorporate the impact renewable energy development, pollution control for the establishment and operation of the Barbados Resources and Drainage produced a Procurement at the purchasing stage (delivery, installation, and management, water conservation, and education Building Standards Authority and the mandatory use Brief that outlined the current status of procurement commissioning and insurance), use (energy losses, and outreach. After the initial certification, the of the Barbados National Building Code 1993. policy in the island, the rationale behind green maintenance, repair and replacement), end-of-life Trust reassesses the company on an annual basis, procurement and a programme schedule for the (removal, recycling, refurbishment and disposal) as thereby helping the company to develop a green The regulations pertaining to the operation of implementation of a green procurement policy. well as longevity and warranty time frames. strategy and action plan; offers recommendations wastewater treatment plants and the uses to which Purchases of some of goods used by Government on further green initiatives that can be undertaken, treated water can be put requires revisiting to ensure Ministries/Departments are secured through the such as green training for employees; and provides that they properly balance the needs of public health Central Purchasing Department. The Department’s 4.1.8 Governance and businesses with a green business logo than can and the environment without being unnecessarily budget (around US$ 1.75 million), however, be used to promote green business within the prescriptive. There is a need to ensure that the Water represents just a small proportion of all the institutions organization. This is wholly a NGO driven initiative Reuse Act and Regulation is placed on the statute purchases made by Government. Most of the items and the demand for the certification is robust. book. It is imperative that a National Water Policy purchased are cleaning products, office stationery Central to an integrated approach to Government’s and Water Resources Management and Development and hardware (brooms, batteries, and others). green economy endeavours is the role of governance There is the potential for the integration of green Plan are drawn up and put in place and supported and the effectiveness of the supporting institutional building initiatives through the work of the Barbados by the necessary legislation. This would include The Government has taken steps recently to framework. The GESS has highlighted several Building Standards (Table 56). The purpose of separating responsibility for water service provision modernise the Department and enhance the polices and mechanisms already in place that the Building Standards Authority is to safeguard from water resource management, environmental procurement process. Financed with a loan from can assist in enabling Barbados’ green economy people in and around buildings, and also to regulation and putting in place a sound economic the IDB, the government is in the process of transition. However “experts” highlighted several
176 177 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 57. Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, challenges, Table 58. Summary of existing enabling mechanisms and experts’ analyses of strengths, opportunities and relative effectiveness – government procurement challenges, opportunities and relative effectiveness – governance and institutions
Existing policy implementation mechanisms Existing policy implementation mechanisms Key findings from stakeholder meetings and Key findings from stakeholder meetings and experts’ experts’ workshops workshops Local/National Regional/International Local/National Regional/International • Central Purchasing Department and • 2010 Ministers of Environment Strengths • Social Partnership and Social • CARICOM Strengths Protocols • Existence of the Social partnership the Financial Administration and of LAC Decision on Sustainable • Green procurement has already been discussed • Ministers of Environment Forum Audit Act Consumption and Production re at the highest levels • Ministry of Environment and • High-ranking in Transparency International for LAC st Sustainable Procurement Drainage Corruption Perception Index (Ranked 1 in LAC and • Public Investment Programme Challenges • UNEP Governing Council 16th world wide of 183 countries surveyed in 2011) • UNEP Marrakech Task Force on • Ministry of Finance and Economic • GOB/IDB Procurement Project • The government procures on the basis of ‘least Affairs • UWI Sustainable Procurement cost’, which can lead to harmful effects on the Challenges • MEA Committees • Public Sector Energy Conservation environment and human health • UNGA-SIDS Decisions • Publication of annual reports by government-owned Programme • Procurement is often seen as an administrative • Constituency Empowerment entities • Weak feedback mechanisms • Greening Government Initiative function, when actually it is a technical Councils function • Green economy Technical Steering Committee Opportunities Opportunities • The Social Partnership is a potential strength, as it • Cabinet (and its various brings together workers, as well as the employers in • Development of a Procurement Policy that committees including feeds into a green building strategy the private and public sector Infrastructure, Governance, and • Resource efficiency pursuit should be integrated into • Establishment of standards Economic) • Demonstration projects in housing, agriculture the island’s competitiveness strategy and tourism • Parliament • Partnering with development partners such as • Tourism Advisory Council (DEFRA UK, Taskforce on Sustainable Lifestyles, etc.) and UWI in assessing “environmental behaviour” as Responses/Effectiveness • Fisheries Advisory Committee • Policies have to be compliant with international the basis for environmental education programming trade commitments and standards • Town Planning Act • Reforming the public sector enhances the • Fair Trading Commission management of the country’s natural resources • Professional associations and base - focus on resource management agencies as Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. legislative provisions (Architects a priority Registration Act, etc.) Responses/Effectiveness • Environmental Education • Standards set/imposed by various external economic Committee governance challenges that might affect its in Protocol Five and fully supporting initiatives that and environmental organizations, processes and realisation. Those issues include: seek to reduce the country’s carbon footprint and multilateral frameworks health and safety matters. The specific clauses are: • stakeholder buy-in; Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis. • whole-of-government approach and singularity of “7.40 The Social Partners acknowledge and vision; reaffirm Barbados’ commitment to the full • responsiveness of government institutions; implementation of the Programme of Action for • institutional cohesion and collaboration, Sustainable Development of Small Island Developing With respect to the latter mentioned clause (7.44), GESS Stakeholder Consultation process should be • policy prioritisation; States agreed to by the global community at the principles of sustainable development articulated established. The purpose of that body should be to • policy impact analysis capability; the 1994 United Nations Global Conference on in the National Sustainable Development Policy, provide support to the Social Partners in relation to • harmonisation of government reporting systems Sustainable Development of Small Island Developing should be built on to establish the required criteria for mainstreaming green economy initiatives. (economic reporting is separate to financial States, held in Barbados. sustainability. These principles include improvements reporting); in the quality of life, conservation of resources, • timely reporting and feedback systems; 7.41 The Social Partners fully subscribe to the economic efficiency, economic instruments, science 4.1.9 Data, information • public information and accountability; and concept of a low carbon resource-efficient Green and technology, equity, participation and respect. • public sector-private sector trust and cooperation. economy and the goal of Barbados becoming the and communication most environmentally advanced green country in A Sustainability Policy Impact Assessment Table 58 highlights some of the strength, as well as Latin America and the Caribbean and therefore Framework (SIAF) should be developed. That SIAF Closely related and intertwined with the role of opportunities for addressing the above challenges. support the principles of the United Nations should be developed and administered by the “Governance and Institutions” is that of “Data, Environmental Programme and therefore fully Social Partnership for the purpose of evaluating Information and Communication. The European The Social Partnership was considered by the support the promotion of all aspects of a green the strategic effect of newly articulated sector- Commission (2008) estimates that using ICT in a Experts’ Meeting as having a major role in economy in Barbados. specific policies. The SIAF would provide a smart way could help reduce energy consumption in overseeing the implementation of Barbados’ green consultative-based, structured means to identifying buildings (by 17 per cent), transport and logistics economy agenda. Of particular note is the Social 7.44 The Social Partners therefore fully support gaps and articulating interventions for aligning (by 27 per cent), and save 15 per cent in total Partnership’s May 2011 declaration with respect those policies which acknowledge agreed criteria policies towards the “Operational Principles”. To carbon emissions by 2020. ICT can improve energy to pursuing sustainable development in Protocol for sustainability and which seek to implement buttress the Social Partnership in operationalizing efficiency in several ways: Six. Environmental protection and green economy those principles and practices specifically designed the SIAF, a 10-member Sustainability Strategic were specifically integrated in current Protocol by to ensure that economic growth and development do Advisory Group chosen from institutions involved • Monitoring and controlling energy used in, and strengthening those clauses already subscribed to not occur to the detriment of ecological capital.” in Cabinet-appointed GETSC and in the wider produced by, buildings;
178 179 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
the UN Testing Programme for Sustainable Development (Singh, A., pers. comm.). The latter Conventions and green economy, the NCSA project Development Indicators for Sustainable effort should be developed with a view to inform the should be utilised strategically to assess and build Development; MBSS. the Barbados GIS capabilities. Data processing • Convening of a National Workshop in 2000 on department of government should be strengthened Indicators for Sustainable Development with aim The Government has also made several attempts at to support a central policy and government-wide ICT of developing the “Indicators for Sustainable integrating Geographical Information Systems (GIS) and GISS processes. Development for Barbados”; in environmental, social and economic planning • Establishment of Steering Committee on systems. The most successful effort to date has Table 59 highlights the outputs of the Experts Indicators of Sustainable Development; been the Environmental Management and Land Use Workshop Sub-group on Data, Information and • Participation in the OAS Project: Capacity Project (EMLUP). The application of cartographic Communication. Building in Creating Information Management information systems can improve the efficiency Systems to Improve Decision-Making on and effectiveness of Green Economic evidence- Sustainable Development- Issues and Challenges based policy processes in Barbados. However, the for Caribbean SIDS, constraints highlighted above will transcends to the • Production of a State of Environment Report; application of GISS. iven the crosscutting nature • Consultation on developing Indicators for the of data and information systems to the three Rio 2006-2025 National Strategic Plan, including indicators for Goal 4, Building a green economy- Strengthening the Physical Infrastructure and Preserving the Environment. Communication tower at the Caribbean Institute of Table 59. Summary of Existing Enabling Mechanisms and Experts' Analyses of Strengths, Challenges, Opportunities and Relative Effectiveness – Data, Information and Communication Meteorology and Hydrology. Photo: Anne Gonsalez The government is also engaged in: Existing policy implementation mechanisms • the Working Group on Environmental Indicators Key findings from stakeholder meetings and experts’ workshops • Optimising energy and reducing carbon called for by the Forum of Ministers of Local/National Regional/International footprint in the logistics industries, in particular Environment of Latin America and the Caribbean; • Barbados Statistical Service • ILAC under UNEP ROLAC Strengths transportation and storage requirements; and and supporting legislation • Systematic approach to collecting social, economic and basic • Improving production efficiency control, energy • various initiatives by CARICOM Secretariat on • GEO environmental data • Data processing Department distribution, and consumption through smart environmental statistics. • UN CSD Reporting • Structures exist for the sharing of information- reporting systems, and Barbados Government Government Information Service metering and smart grids. With smart meters in Information Services and Structures- National homes, for example, consumers could reduce Singh and Sealy (2007) outlined several challenges reporting Portal (BGIS Portal) Challenges their energy consumption by as much as 10 to institutionalising environmental indicators and • Government Information • UN Stats • Government is still largely paper-based per cent; specifically to data collection, including: Service • CARICOM Statistics • Limited human resources- lack of dedicated personnel for • Helping consumers to understand better how management of information in line departments • Annual Social and Economic much energy they consume, how much it costs, • Lack of dedicated personnel; • Policy impact analysis capability is limited Report • Information not being shared in a timely manner and how it varies during the day, for example • Fragmentation of institutions involved in data • Current legislative system limits public access to information through a website such as www.welectricity. collection; • EMLUP and the development of Geographic Information • Keeping websites updated com, which was set up by the St Vincent and the • Variation in media-type used to collect data; System (GIS) capabilities in • Sensitivity of information Grenadines-based Herbert Samuel; • Sensitivity of some data-types collected; and Government • The rollout of broadband networks facilitating • Lack of coherent data-request structures among Opportunities • Application of ICTs and data sharing protocol for greater the increased use of online public services and regional and international institutions. public access- Data Processing Department should have lead applications could save at least 1–2 per cent of responsibility for executing a government wide-policy total energy use worldwide by 2020. For an island As previously mentioned, Government is currently • GOB-IDB Modernisation of the Barbados Statistical Service such as Barbados where online public services are implementing the GOB-IDB Funded Modernisation • Partnership with UWI in preparing Sustainable Development limited, further savings would be expected. of the Barbados Statistical Service Project Indicators under the ILAC 72 • NCSA and a focus on assessing and building GISS Capability (MBSS). The US$ 6.25m project, currently • Training in Policy Impact Analysis An evidence-based approach to policy development underway, presents a significant opportunity for • Policy on the sale of data should be established and evaluation will require an effective green mainstreaming environment in core social and • ICTs should be seen as Resource –Efficient and GE strategy economic, or sustainable development indicators economic data and statistical systems. The MBSS Responses/Effectiveness built on sound According to (Singh and Sealy, can assist in addressing the above constraints. • Fiscal constraints and effect of not increasing staff complement- 2007) several initiatives have been undertaken The Ministry of Environment and Drainage is opportunity to upgrade and transfer within existing resources to date with respect to establishing a system of also collaborating with UNEP (ROLAC) and the • Need for constantly updating security protocol and systems sustainable indicators, including: University of the West Indies Cave Hill Campus regarding public access- requires dedicated highly skilled resources in the production of a national sustainable • Need for high-level buy-in and direction • Establishment of the National Indicators development indicators report under the Latin Programme 1997, including participation in America and the Caribbean Initiative for Sustainable Source: Stakeholder discussions and authors’ analysis.
180 181 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
4.2 Enabling Conditions 4.3 CONCLUSIONS for Identified Sectoral Opportunities Although the sector reports suggest that there is Chapter 3 of this study identified a number of some benefit from greening agriculture, fisheries, potential sectoral opportunities, and bringing these transport, building and tourism, enabling conditions ideas to fruition will require support in relation to are still an integral part of the process. In this some of the enabling conditions identified above. section, the study identified nine key policymaking As a preliminary assessment of these opportunities, areas that are needed for greening the economy: Table 60 presents an overview of the key supporting 1. finance and investment; elements that might be necessary and suggests 2. development, access, and transfer of clean recommendations in relation to finance, taxation, technology; incentives and fiscal reform and education, training 3. tariffs and trade policy; and capacity enhancement. 4. taxation, incentives and fiscal reform; 5. education, training and capacity enhancement, 6. standards and regulation; 7. government procurement; 8. governance and institutions; and 9. data, information and communication.
One of the most important components of the emerging green economy will be finance. In this regard, stakeholders identified a number of existing policy implementation mechanisms including the government’s Consolidated Fund, the Enterprise Growth Fund, the Energy Smart Fund, the IDB Country Strategy, the Central Bank Credit Guarantee Financing is key element in a green economy transition. Photo: Travis Sinckler Scheme and the Industrial Credit Fund. With all of these existing mechanisms, financing a green economy transition should be feasible once it is effectively packaged. Such financing mechanisms These enabling conditions, while supporting the are also sustained by a broad array of fiscal transition to a green economy, are also closely incentives that can support greening in virtually all aligned with the United Nations Convention on spheres of economic activity. Biological Diversity, the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and the United This chapter also discussed the importance of Nations Convention to Combat Desertification. The education, training and capacity enhancement to mechanisms available under these three MEAs can enable workers to not only take advantage of new also address any investment gap that may exist job opportunities offered by green economy but also in terms of supporting the transition to a greener to enhance the productivity of current occupations. economy. Local policymakers should therefore now There are already a number of mechanisms that can attempt prioritise at both the country and industry be utilised, including the National Development level the strategies that are aligned with existing Scholarship, the Samuel Jackman Prescod commitments. Polytechnic, the Barbados Community College’s Industry Services Unit and the Barbados Vocational Training Board to name a few. At the regional and international level, the University of the West Indies, the CARIBSAVE Scholarship Programme and the City and Guild Green Skills Programme are just some of the schemes available.
Government headquarters – Providing the policy environment for a green transition. Photo: Steve Devonish
182 183 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 60. Synoptic table of an assessment of opportunities identified at the sectoral level with respect to required and available policy support mechanisms
Development, access Information, Finance and transfer of clean Trade, tariffs and Taxation, incentives and fiscal Education, training and Standards and Government Governance and data analysis and technology investment reform capacity enhancement regulation procurement institutions communication REQ AVA REQ AVA REQ AVA REQ AVA REQ AVA REQ AVA REQ AVA REQ AVA REQ AVA
Agriculture Agriculture
Cooperatives PR PA – – – PA PR – PR – SR – PR PA PR – SR – Cooperatives
Fish offal as organic Fish offal as organic PR PA PR PA – – PR – PR – SR – SR – – – – – fertilizer fertilizer Use of household waste Use of household PR PA PR – – – PR – PR – PR – SR – – – – – as fertilizer waste as fertilizer
Fisheries Fisheries
Process fish offal into Process fish offal into higher value-added PR PA PR – – – PR – – – SR – – – – – SR – higher value-added products products
El Dorado skin into fish El Dorado skin into PR PA PR – – – PR – – – SR – – – – – SR – leather fish leather
Clean technologies PR PA PR – PR PA PR PA PR – SR PA – – – – SR – Clean technologies
Building/Housing Building/Housing
Convert derelict sugar Convert derelict sugar factories into waste-to- PR – – – – – PR – PR – SR – – – – PA – – factories into waste- energy plants to-energy plants
Provisions and Provisions and PR PA – – – – PR – PR – PR – SR – PR PA – – subventions subventions
Recycling Recycling communities PR – – – – – PR – PR – SR – – – PR PA – – communities
Transport Transport
Integrated approach to Integrated approach PR – – – – – PR – PR – PR – SR – PR PA SR – public transport to public transport Standards for fuel Standards for fuel mixes PR – PR PA – – PR – PR – PR PA* SR – PR PA SR – mixes
Green vehicles PR – PR PA PR PA PR – PR – PR PA* SR PA PR – SR – Green vehicles
Tourism Tourism
Marketing Barbados as a Marketing Barbados PR PA – – PR – PR PA PR PA SR PA* – – PR – SR PA green destination as a green destination
Develop heritage tourism Develop heritage PR PA – – PR – PR PA PR – SR – – – PR PA SR PA sites tourism sites Creation of marine Creation of marine PR PA – – – – PR – PR – PR PA – – PR PA SR – protected areas protected areas
184 185 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
CONSIDERATIONS FOR A GREEN ECONOMY POLICY ROADMAP
5.1 Operational principles of 5 sustainability for building a resource efficient green economy
5.2 Policy cohesion, governance and institutions
5.3 Public sector leadership and public procurement
5.4 Private sector commitment
5.5 Public education
5.6 Partnerships and synergies
5.7 Periodic monitoring
5.8 Promote SIDS-SIDS Knowledge transfer of green economic policies and practices
5.9 Capacity building
5.10 Building a science policy research platform
186 Children at Daycare – A SIDS Green Economy must enable development opportunties for the next 187 generation. Photo: Travis Sinckler BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY 5.1 Operational principles of sustainability to building a resource efficient green economy
While Barbados’ definition of a green economy in conservation and sustainable procurement, also recognizes ecological limits as the basis for private sector commitment through financing, deploying the country’s factors of production, investment and innovation, public investment, it is important to note that at the core of this public education and engagement, a horizontally Scaling up efforts to integrate renewable technologies in public infrastructure – The new Sharon Primary is the requirement of an integrated approach and vertically integrated partnership platform, profits School. Photo: Natural Heritage Department to development.. Building a green economy, as invested towards social upliftment and cultural articulated in the 2006-2025 National Strategic heritage development, periodic monitoring and Plan, remains a key development goal for Barbados. assessment, and global promotion of the country’s introduction nature-based tourism initiatives, to finance a green achievements. Through our consultations over green economy transition; At the launch of the GESS on the 9th March the study period and the findings presented herein, • Implement standards to support clean technology 2012, the Prime Minister noted that the roadmap the following considerations are offered towards the The study has highlighted the progress Barbados has transitions; for Barbados should encapsulate the following development of a strategic roadmap for achieving the made in relation to greening its production system. • Reduce tariffs on resource efficient products; ; foci for the short- to medium-term: principles of goal of Barbados in becoming an environmentally The study, however, identified a number of sectoral • Include green objectives when regulating utilities; sustainability, policy cohesion and appropriate advanced green country (see Figure 18). investment gaps that, if implemented, would support • Set-up a revolving fund to support re-use and governance mechanisms, public sector leadership the green transition: refurbishment of existing buildings (especially those of historic, cultural or aesthetic value) ; • Institutional strengthening in agriculture and • Consider the use of green taxes to elicit fisheries; behavioural change; • Standards and regulations for fisheries; • Support vocational training, trade schools, Figure 18. Strategic Roadmap for Barbados • Develop training programmes to provide a cadre university and on-the-job training initiatives that of persons to support green building/housing; address green training and capacity needs; Policy cohesion, • A policy framework that addresses issues in • Integrate green building standards into the Operational governance and Public sector relation to public attitudes in support of greening Barbados building code; principles institutions leadership transportation; • Develop standards for the operation of wastewater (P) (P) (A) • Mainstream adaptation to climate change in treatment plants; tourism; and • Include the environmental and human health • Consult with stakeholders to address the problem effects in government procurement decisions; and Private sector Partnership and Public education of low occupancy rates in the tourism industry. • Consider institutionalising the Green Economy commitment synergies (A) Steering Committee to steer the national green (P) (P) The study also identified a number of critical objectives. enabling conditions, such as: Promote SID-SIDS • Public sector demonstration projects in the area Periodic monitoring knowledge transfer Capacity building of social housing; (A) (A) (A) • Resource-use fees can be employed, when linked with various heritage, community and marine/ Science-policy research platform (A,P)
Note: “P” indicates policy and “A” indicates activities.
188 189 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
5.2 Policy cohesion, Barbados Community College and the Barbados- projects in the transportation and building based Bellairs Research Institute of McGill sectors. Governance and University. • Given the ecosystems service value, exploration • Execution of an institutional strengthening by Government of the options within the current institutions programme for the Fisheries Division and policy and legislative frameworks to expedite the harmonisation of the supporting legislative establishment of the Barbados National Park and The national principles of sustainable development umbrella responsibility for monitoring, reviewing and framework. System of Protected Areas because of its potential expounded in the 2004 Barbados Sustainable reporting on Barbados’ green economy roadmap. for tourism marketing gains and local economic Development Policy provides a philosophical Moreover, a sustainability policy impact assessment • Creation and implementation of a sustainable development. underpinning for a green economy. Those principles framework (SIAF) should be developed from the business and financial model to support the are: operational principles stated above. SIAF should development and management of marine • Review and upgrade of Barbados’ Integrated Solid be formulated and administered by the Social protected areas. The recommendations of the Waste Management Programme. This should • Quality of Life; Partnership for the purpose of evaluating the Marine Management Authority should be reviewed include a rationalisation of the role of the Solid • Conservation of Resources; strategic effect of newly articulated sector-specific and acted on in the near-term. Waste Project Unit relative to the Sanitation • Economic Efficiency; policies. SIAF would also provide a structured Service Authority. • Equity; and consultative mechanism for identifying gaps and • Creation of fiscal incentives and innovative • Participation articulating interventions that would result in an financial mechanisms to promote the use of • Expediting the implementation of the Water and alignment of policies with the operational principles. fish waste in agriculture. Alternatively, the Sanitation Upgrade Project. In developing a roadmap, it is further recommended To buttress the Social Partnership in activating Global Environment Facility (GEF) Small Grant that a set of operational principles be established the SIAF, a 10-member Sustainability Strategic Programme could be utilized if pursued as a Although various legal instruments exist, the as the basis for policy development, education, Advisory Group should be established. These persons cooperative undertaking. A potential research following are recommendations that incorporate monitoring and evaluation. Such principles should would be chosen from among those serving in the partnership could be established with the the findings of the sectoral analysis and are offered be easily translated into measurable criteria. Cabinet-appointed GETSC and participants in the Barbados Manufacturers Association, the to further buttress the legislative base of a green wider GESS stakeholder consultation process. The Barbados Agriculture Society and Barbados economy: The following six operational principles are purpose of that body would be to provide support to National Union of Fisherfolk Organizations recommended: the Social Partnership in relation to mainstreaming (BARNUFO), with technical support from the • Finalisation of environmental management green economy initiatives. Ministry of Agriculture. legislation and operationalization of the 1. Advancing the well-being of society, particularly Environmental and Natural Resources vulnerable groups; Moreover, it is essential that the Social Partnership • Expediting the establishment of the National Management Plan; be afforded a research secretariat to support the Agricultural Food and Health Safety Authority and 2. Achieving protection and/or restoration of above-mentioned functions. The Social Partnership the laboratory infrastructure upgrade project to • Establishment of water reuse regulations; ecosystem health; could develop a co-funding strategy for this support the development and export of seafood secretariat. Furthermore, the Social Partnership value-added products. • Development of groundwater provisions 3. Enabling efficiency in resource use and should be commissioned to publish a biannual legislation; management; report regarding Barbados’ progress in implementing • Undertaking the feasibility of creating a the green economy roadmap. Other institutional sustainable agriculture and fisheries micro- • Development of solid waste management 4. Promoting participatory governance ; interventions recommended are the following: credit scheme. Such a scheme should focus on legislation; accessing clean and more efficient technologies. 5. Enabling responsive institutions; and • Establishment of an overarching programme A strengthened extension service should be • Finalisation of legislation dealing with greening for strengthening agricultural cooperatives in considered in the design of such a scheme. the building/housing sector and operationalization 6. Promoting research, development and innovation. Barbados. The Commonwealth Secretariat’s of the Barbados Building Code, and Commonwealth Fund for Technical Cooperation • Development of an integrated public Barbados’ world-renowned Social Partnership, a should be considered in this regard. transportation policy and investment programme • Strengthening of the policy guidelines framework tripartite mechanism established in the early 1990s consistent with the Physical Development Plan as outlined in the Physical Development Plan to formulate a united response to the country’s • During stakeholder consultations, it was (Amended 2003) and the Barbados Sustainable (Amended 2003). economic and social challenges, was represented noted that there was a need for training and Development Policy. effectively throughout the GESS process. It was retraining of technical personnel in agriculture. identified during stakeholder workshops as the Consideration, therefore, should be given to • Establishment of a vehicle emission testing most appropriate mechanism to oversee Barbados’ conducting an institutional strengthening facility. green endeavour. The Social Partnership, given its programme for agricultural extension services. configuration – business, labour and government Additionally, establishment of an agricultural • Preparation of Barbados‘ Second National – and strategic role in national development, as college and field school should be considered. A Communication to the United Nations Framework well as its new emphasis on green economy and partnership framework with existing institutions Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) with a the implementation of the Barbados Plan of Action with a core competence in this area should also view to identify technological interventions and (BPOA) as articulated in Protocol VI, should have be established, such as UWI-St. Augustine, the climate financing opportunities for mitigation
190 191 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
5.3 Public Sector Leadership 5.4 Private sector commitment and Public Procurement
The GESS highlights several examples of public • Warrens Suburban Centre should be enabled The GESS highlights several examples of private • With respect to marine protected areas, sector innovation and initiative in operationalizing and promoted as a ‘Green Urban Centre’. Efforts sector innovation and initiative in operationalizing partnerships with the local tourism fraternity, various aspects of green economy. It is critical that to achieve this by the Ministry of Transport and various aspects of green economy. It is critical that possibly through the BHTA and marine based such efforts be intensified in the following areas: Works (MTW), with support from the Beautify such efforts be intensified in the following areas: non-governmental organizations such as the Barbados Programme that has as its core newly formed Friends of Folkestone, should • Implementation of the Public Sector Energy competence landscape design and planning, • A comprehensive policy impact analysis of be encouraged. The GEF Small Grants Facility Conservation Programme under the coordination should be intensified. Other elements for the existing fiscal instruments to support should be approached for seed financing to of the Cabinet Secretary. The Renewable Energy consideration should include: Environmental Management should be undertaken facilitate such conservation and education and Energy Efficiency Unit should be the – Solar street lighting; by the Director of Finance and Economic Affairs efforts. The recommendations of the Folkestone technical secretariat for this initiative. – Small scale photovoltaic applications on with the purpose of reforming and strengthening Redevelopment Programme should be reviewed existing infrastructure; such measures. and implemented. • Establishment of sustainable design criteria for – Wastewater treatment systems; public sector social housing initiatives based on – Infiltration technologies; • The Green Business Programme (see appended • The Barbados Chamber of Commerce and the stated operational principles. Government – Secure sidewalks/pedestrian routes; and Best Practices) administered by the Future Centre Industry’s (BCCI) effort to green its facilities should undertake demonstration projects for – Solar-lit bus stations (in progress). Trust should be evaluated for establishment as a should be promoted across the private sector. the development of sustainable communities national certification scheme and development over the short term. Such communities would • Consistent with its strategic plans, the BIDC agencies approached in that regard. In addition, • In addition, there is a need for a Prime Minister’s serve to demonstrate key elements of the vision should spearhead a Warrens Industrial Park Eco- the environmental and social risk analysis Corporate Social and Environmental Annual articulated by housing and building stakeholders. Innovation Initiative with a focus on improvising training undertaken by the Barbados Banking Award Scheme. The Sustainability Strategic Data and information should be gathered and resource efficiency. Association, UNEP-Finance Initiative and the Advisory Group (referred to above in the Policy reported throughout the life cycle of these Ministry of the Environment of the Government of Cohesion section of this study) and the BCCI’s projects. In this regard, the Eckstein Village • The Pubic Investment Unit, as the coordinating Barbados should be expanded to include all other Green Committee should constitute the evaluation housing project, identified during Client meetings agency for capital expenditure, should, in financial institutions in Barbados and the Eastern committee for the Award Scheme. by the National Housing Corporation, and the consultation with technical agencies (such as Caribbean. The University of the West Indies – Urban Development Commission should be given the TCDPO, EPD and MTW) and professional Cave Hill could be approached as an academic • The BIDC’s Business Catalyst should continue to priority. associations (such as the Barbados Institute of partner in this regard. showcase green business initiatives and trends. Architects, the Town Planning Association and • A public sector social and environment reporting Barbados Association of Professional Engineers), • A feasibility study for the establishment of the • BIDC should also consider the market feasibility pilot project should be established that should integrate sustainability principles Resource Efficiency and Technology Innovation for establishing an Eco-Innovation Industrial Park focuses on statutory corporations. The National throughout the procurement process. The Centre (RETIC), following the call by the Prime at a greenfield site with emphasis on attracting Conservation Commission within the Ministry of feasibility of establishing “A Sustainability Design Minister, is currently being undertaken. With investment in the production of environmental the Environment and Drainage should pilot this Brief” as a standard requirement for all tenders support from the British High Commission, the goods and services. undertaking given its ’greening’ focus. should be undertaken. The brief should be based study is expected to be completed by mid-2012. on the operational principles stated earlier. The involvement of the Barbados Chamber of • Incentives should be developed to encourage • Additionally, the Urban Development’s ’Go Green’ Commerce and Industry will be critical to the research and development by local enterprises Programme should be applied to housing estates • The Pubic Investment Unit, as the lead agency success of this endeavour. Given the potential into cost-effective, alternative renewable energy and expanded to include wider use of sustainable for capital infrastructure programming, should be role of RETIC in assisting businesses in meeting options under a joint private–public sector technologies such as rainwater harvesting and strengthened. A multiplicity of skill sets should be environmental obligations, while reducing arrangement. technologies to prevent erosion (reinforced acquired to support the agenda of the Unit. their cost of doing business through resource cellular in situ—cast on site—concrete in which efficiency measures, it is proposed that the natural grass can be grown). IDB’s Competitiveness Programme be accessed for implementation support through its Cluster • A Government-wide adoption of technologies to Facility. It should be noted, though, that the control erosion should be undertaken. All new budget for the feasibility study is of the order government-financed projects should integrate of BBD 100,000, with contributions in kind of this technology where applicable to enable technical assistance valued at approximately ground water recharge. The Ministry of Transport BBD 200,000, and this in just one area. This and Works should coordinate this initiative. As might therefore suggest that actual support a climate change adaptation measure, external required could be at least BBD 1 million, with up financing should be sought for this undertaking. to twice that from in-kind contributions.
192 193 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
5.5 Public Education 5.6 partnerships and synergies
The GESS highlights several examples of innovation motif as an umbrella theme during its month of Achieving a transition to a green economy is not The development of certification programmes and and initiative in public education to operationalize raising awareness about the environment. something that a government can hope to achieve accreditation, in particular, will require partnerships various aspects of green economy. It is critical that by itself, nor should it attempt to do so. One of the with certifying bodies. A programme identifying what such efforts be intensified in the following areas: • The focus of the Ministry of the Environment’s implicit approaches of sustainable development, within certification schemes Barbados should seek to adopt grant fund to non-profit organizations should be which a green economy is situated, is the involvement or emulate and who the potential partners in this • A national public education and information redirected towards green economy initiatives at of stakeholders. In this respect, the involvement of might be should be put in train. As part of this, there strategy to promote green economy was echoed the local community level. That fund currently stakeholders must go beyond that of consultation, as is a need to identify particular projects that would throughout the stakeholder process. The Social manages BD$ 100,000 but this sum should there has to be recognition that they have an active support transitioning sectors of Barbados’ economy. Partnership and the Ministry of the Environment be doubled in the next two years. The current rather than a passive role to play. What is required is and Drainage through its Environmental procedures for utilising the government’s a partnership approach where the respective skills of At the local level, the Social Partnership will be Education Committee should drive that strategy Environmental Education Committee as well parties can be harnessed to best effect. critical to securing a national consensus. For jointly. Professional marketing companies should as showcasing the impact of the grants via this reason, consideration should be given to the also be engaged. the Government Information Service are key Governments have the important role of setting goals, following: information dissemination and accountability expectations and the conditions, which implies • The Government Information Service (GIS) should measures that should be maintained. defining the environment and ensuring that there are • Barbados’ GEF Small Grant Country Programme undertake to produce an annual television series systems of incentives that reward compliance. Civil Strategy should be aligned to support green on Barbados’ Best Practices identified in the • Government’s Constituency Empowerment society and the private sector have their roles to play economy priorities in the spirit of enabling country GESS. Councils should create and implement especially with regard to implementation. Given the ownership. constituency-wide environmental enhancement pioneering nature of transitioning to a green economy • Given the success of the Green Economy Solution initiatives. An annual day to celebrate successes and the paucity of prior knowledge as to what this • At a national project level, specific actions could Panel Series conducted in the GESS process, the in this regard should also be established. The entails, it is imperative that the process draws on include piloting of green building projects by Ministry of the Environment through the Policy umbrella ministry, the Ministry of Social Care and examples and experience of best and emerging private and public sector agencies; the NHC Research, Planning and Information Unit should Constituency Empowerment, should drive this practices that support a green economy. For this, it is keen to participate in such a process. These convene a similar forum on a bi-annual basis. process through existing budgetary allocations. will be necessary not just to draw on national players, green building projects must include community Regional and international participants should be Moreover, additional support to such undertakings but to look beyond national borders and partner with building designs and arrangements (such as at the invited to participate. should be provided by the pertinent government actors in the international community. Coverley Development) that seek to integrate the agencies. socioeconomic needs of community members into • The Ministry of the Environment and Drainage In the areas of capacity building and knowledge the concepts. should continue promoting its ’Living Sustainably’ transfer, partnerships with international bodies will be advantageous to Barbados. These could include • The development of the agricultural sector is partnering with UNEP in its Cleaner Production hampered, among other things, by the small Centres Programme and, through this Programme, size of most farms that curtails any benefits with national centres across the globe to help to be derived from economies of scale. One develop local approaches to green technologies. The solution to this is to encourage the formation of UNEP Sustainable Production and Consumption farmer’s cooperatives and the adoption of a more Programme is also a likely candidate for cooperation, commercially orientated approach to farming information sharing and technical support. as a business. In order to advance this process, partnerships involving farmers, Government, the Other partnerships that should be explored FAO, agricultural suppliers, service suppliers for the purpose of capacity building are the and the banking sector would have to be formed. European Union—for assistance with developing This should be actively investigated and pursued green accounts coming out of The Economics of especially given the potential it holds to advance Ecosystems and Biodiversity (TEEB) Project, as Barbados’ food security. well as other countries that have embarked upon similar exercises. This would include partnerships • The proposals of the Coalition for the with the Barbados National Standards Institute and Revitalization of the Economy (CORE), which the Statistical Service Division to assist them in brings together small and medium sized preparing such accounts as well as assistance with manufacturers and interested parties from developing appropriate national green standards. To the agro-industry sector with the intention of support this, specific assistance might be available developing an export orientated manufacturing through the GEF. and agro-industry subsector, should be given Children at play – The environmental education programme of the Environment Division reaches out to primary, secondary and tertiary education institutions. Photo: Steve Devonish
194 195 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 61. recommended national focal points for existing partnerships
serious consideration. Whilst this involves as already discussed. One of the features of Sector/Policy Focus Partnership Platform Recommended Focal Point collaboration between local businesses and the dysfunctional nature of these institutional Ministry and Associations farmers, it will also necessitate other forms of frameworks is the lack of opportunities for Agriculture FAO/UNEP Agri-food Task Force Ministry of Agriculture institutional support as mentioned above along stakeholder involvement and the absence of a on Sustainable Consumption and with assistance from, inter alia, the FAO and clear role for the private sector. Whilst much Production (SCP) international transportation and trading bodies. has been done to address this in the waste Transport Partnership for Clean Fuels and Vehicles • Ministry of Transport and Works management sector, the transportation and water • Environmental Protection Department • The Energy Smart Fund is an important and management sectors, in particular, require urgent Tourism UNEP- Global Partnership for • Barbados Hotel and Tourism very useful concept, but it is also important that action. Clearly defined roles and responsibilities, Sustainable Tourism Association Government continues to work with partners risk sharing and an understanding of who pays • Ministry of Tourism in private finance to support the growth and for what are a prerequisite to fostering sound Building/Housing UNEP The Sustainable Building and • Ministry of Transport and Works implementation of green technologies. economic partnerships, and more especially so in Climate Initiative • Barbados Institute of Architects relation to an important emerging objective such Green Building Council • Barbados Institute of Architects • The Sustainable Finance Initiative highlighted as a green economy. • Public Investment Unit the relatively small role that the banking sector Public Procurement Marrakech Task Force on Sustainable Central Purchasing Department is playing in support of the greening of the • The continued development of small-scale, locally Public Procurement economy as well as the potential it has to expand owned tourism businesses that are well linked Education The Partnership for Education and • Ministry of Environment/Ministry of its contribution. More needs to be done to bring to the community can result in greater focus on Research about Responsible Living Education this sector into the green economy initiative, and finding local solutions and therefore increase the • UWI the ways in which this could be done should be resource efficiency of the industry. • Erdiston Teacher Training College explored in a follow-up to this Scoping Study, through the GETSC. • Additionally, the GOB’s partnership with UNEP for building a resource-efficient green economy can • The stakeholder consultations uncovered evidence be further realised through a number of existing that there are pockets of good practice and a UNEP-supported partnership initiatives. Greening of the economies is considered a priority willingness to participate in transitioning the for Caribbean SIDS. It is therefore necessary to economy by actors in all the sectors that were As technology transfer mechanisms, Barbados should expand the current initiatives in transforming researched. At the same time, the majority of avail itself for membership in the areas described in existing economies into more environmentally- sectoral players have very little understanding Table 61. friendly ones by for example, building capacity of the green economy concept or even how for trade and export in environmental goods and current sectoral practices are undermining the The regional context for pursuing a resource efficient services, especially through providing incentives overall sustainability of Barbados economically, and green economy is also important to advancing for small and medium enterprises; promoting environmentally and socially. The prevailing implementation of the Programme of Action for the sustainable consumption and production patters, perception is that greening the economy is too Sustainable Development of Small Island Developing building capacity in valuation and costing of difficult, too costly and unprofitable, an opinion States and the Follow-up Mauritius Strategy for ecosystems resources and ecosystem services. that needs to be challenged. Furthermore, there the Further Implementation of the Programme of is a lack of understanding of how different sectors Action. Barbados is located within a fragile ecologic Since that time, ministers at the Special Meeting relate to, depend on and influence each other island chain, one that is extremely vulnerable to of CARICOM’s Council for Trade and Economic and, therefore, what the available synergies might the impacts of climate change and other natural Development (COTED) on the Environment and be. This is a systemic problem that will take time phenomena. These issues were highlighted in the Sustainable Development endorsed the undertaking to address and requires a concerted effort to Outcome Statement from the Caribbean Regional of a harmonised regional approach to tackling create the conditions for intercommunication and Review Meeting of the Five Year Review of the challenges related to the environment and cooperative learning. It is recommended that a Mauritius Strategy for the Further Implementation sustainable development, including climate change study be launched to ascertain how this problem (MSI) of the Barbados Programme of Action that was (as recent as September 2011). Thus, a partnership might be overcome through developing local held in St. Georges, Grenada, on March 18th 2010 for building a CARICOM-inclusive green economy information sharing, dissemination and cross- (CSD 18/2010/BP8). It will therefore be critical to seems to be under consideration. To date, UNEP has sectoral exchanges. In this regard, involvement by develop a SIDS-specific approach to green economy formulated proposals to support CARICOM countries. the Chamber of Commerce and Industry, the Hotel in the context of the BPOA and MSI, which is The Green Economy Forum held on 26-28 March and Tourism Association and other professional consistent with the regional pursuit of a CARICOM 2012 in Barbados suggested that there was a need and trade associations needs to be pursued. Single Market and Economy, for which Barbados has for deeper consultations and research on green lead responsibility. The meeting specifically noted economy in the Caribbean. • In some key sectors, institutional frameworks that: are not working effectively and require reform,
196 197 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
5.7 periodic monitoring 5.8 Promote SIDS-SIDS knowledge transfer of
The establishment of targeted indicators for Steering Committee should be established. green economy policies purposes of monitoring and evaluating the impact • It is also recommended that Barbados update and trends associated with sector-specific green its State of the Environment Report following and practices economic policies and the broader sustainable development of the indicators. development policy is urgently required. • In collaboration with the Barbados Statistical Service and the Ministry of the Environment The study highlighted on-going initiatives led by • The Folkestone Park and Marine Reserve was • As a follow-on to the GESS, it is therefore and Drainage, the University of the West Indies various institutions consistent with green economy. established in 1981 by the Designation of recommended that the UWI, with the support should undertake a Green Accounting Project Examples include: Restricted Areas Order (1981) and the Marine of the ILAC (Initiative for Latin America and in Barbados (please see the appendix on Green Areas Regulation (1981). The Park and Reserve the Caribbean) led by UNEP’s Regional Office Accounting). • The Barbados Sustainable Finance Group is are located on the West Coast of the island and for Latin America and the Caribbean (ROLAC), reflective of the societal stakeholder approached stretches a total distance of 2.2 km and extends produce sustainable development core indicators. pursued by the island. The group is a partnership a distance offshore of 950m at its widest point • To support this process, a technical advisory between Government, the UNEP Finance and 660m at its narrowest. The Reserve is in the group drawn from the Green Economy Technical Initiative and the banking community. The middle of the tourist belt and has been modified partnership seeks to raise the level of awareness significantly from its natural state due human and education among stakeholders in the local use. The Reserve has four zones: a scientific financial sector in relation to the constraints zone, Northern and Southern water sports zone, and potential opportunities associated with the and recreational zone. The area has an extensive adoption of a sustainable finance agenda. The area of intertidal sandy beach habitat with main results of the partnership to date include associated interstitial fauna. stakeholder training, preliminary research and dialogue fora. A repository of several case studies is appended to this report. Beyond there catalytic value at the local • The Renewable Energy Rider is a pilot level, they are apt to other Small Island Developing programme to customers of the BL&P that States. It is therefore recommended that the best allows customers to feed electricity back into the practices be submitted to the Rio+20 website. national grid from approved renewable energy sources. All kWh supplied to the grid at 1.8 Additionally, the Prime Minister, in his statement times the fuel clause adjustment or 31.5 cents/ of 9 March 2012, suggested the establishment kWh, which ever is greater. Billing is done on net of a Green Economic Policy Institute for Small basis, with rolling credit and buyback approach Island Developing States. The Principal of UWI-CH used. At the end of each calendar year, if the has since commenced discussion with GOB and customer has accumulated a renewable energy UNEP in this regard. Upon its establishment, it is credit they can rollover into the subsequent year recommended that the Institute host a SIDS-SIDS or receive a refund. Knowledge Transfer Platform of Green Economy Policies and Practices.
UWI consultation on establishing a Resource Efficiency and Technology Innovation Centre. Photo: Steve Devonish
198 199 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
5.9 capacity building
A critical component of the green economy initiative schemes. Incentives could range from the is having the right mix of skills and knowledge to application of lower tax rates for a limited period support the transition. In numerous stakeholder of time; say 5 years, to profits from the provision consultations, it was noted that government of accredited training programmes. departments that interface with businesses or the • Based on the above, a human resource capacity- public and implement policy are often short-staffed. building programme directed towards the goal of Many private sector actors also mentioned the need greening the economy should be developed via for government to build capacity. This would enable the Social Partnership. them to play their part in the country’s transition • Given the importance of data collection, the need to a green economy and engage in new economic for green economy indicators and the proposed opportunities, as noted in the previous section. It development of green national accounts, capacity is evident that having the human capital for this to undertake these activities needs to receive purpose is a critical enabling condition, which will special attention. For this reason, it is important have to be met. that the Statistical Service Modernisation Programme be completed so that it can make a Moreover, it is clear that there are new areas of need, significant contribution to this goal. i.e. certification, which will require support. All of • The opportunities for emerging green economy these will require capacity building at different levels related-jobs should be catalogued and widely and by different types of institutions in the form publicised. A regional outlook relative to the of vocational and technical training, graduate and realisation of the CARICOM Single Market and postgraduate training, and continuing professional Economy should be integrated in this exercise. development. There is an exigency, therefore, for • A strategy and policy for on-going education, Nature hikes are important tools for raising public awareness Photo: Anne Gonsalez a better understanding of the capacity-building outreach and information of targeted publics needs to support a green economy as well as the must be put in place to facilitate change in identification of who should provide what sort of behaviours within the public and private sectors. capacity building. • The Environmental and Social Risk Analysis – Sustainable/Organic Agriculture • In addition to the above, specific areas requiring Training undertaken by the Barbados Banking – Biotechnology capacity building include: The following further recommendations are Association, UNEP-Finance Initiative and the – Food Processing Technology – Customer service in the public transport advanced: Ministry of the Environment of the Government – Urban Planning service, of Barbados should be expanded with a view – Environmental Planning – Government’s Electrical Engineering • Facilitate greater private sector research and to systematically including all other financial – Transport Planning Department in the sphere of installation of development – this could be achieved by offering institutions in Barbados and the Eastern – Tourism Planning - emphasis on Nature, renewable energy technologies, a wider range of tax and investment measures Caribbean. The University of the West Indies’ Heritage or Community Tourism – The Environmental Protection Department that would encourage businesses to invest in Cave Hill School of Business could be – Marine Spatial Planning in fields related to air quality and emission research and development. approached as an academic partner in this – Protected Areas Management standards and wastewater treatment, and • The staff of departments/agencies such as the regard. – Environmental Design – Environmental awareness of the public and Town and Country Development Planning Office, • A short course in a resource efficiency – Industrial Ecology/Resource Efficiency tourist. The CZMU’s Sun-Down Walks and the the Building Authority, The Environmental programme for property and operations managers – Sustainable Building Technologies National Heritage Department’s (NHD’s) “de Protection Department, the Sanitation Services should be developed in the short to medium – Electrical Engineering heart uh Barbados” 10K and 5K Nature Events Authority, the Electrical Engineering Department, term. The tourism sector should be targeted – Public Health Engineering/Environmental should be viewed as part of this endeavour and departments servicing agriculture and fisheries for recruits in the first instance. The Barbados Engineering receive full support from the BHTA and BTA. and the Barbados Water Authority need to be Community College Industry Services Unit should – Development Economics • Given the synergies among the multilateral trained or retooled in the areas of green design, be approached as well. – Sustainable Supply Chain/Logistics environmental agreements, the GOB should green standards, and monitoring and evaluation • Some consideration should be given to integrate Management proceed to redirect the focus of its GEF National of the process. a resource efficiency stream in UWI-CERMES’ – Trade and Climate Change Capacity Self-Assessment Project towards • Incentives for retraining and retooling should be postgraduate offering with an emphasis on water, – Cartographic Information Technology/Systems strengthening pertinent capacities within developed for use both within the private and waste and energy. Design government, the private sector and civil society public sector. As an aid to this, professional • The National Development Scholarship should institutions in the context of green economy associations are to be encouraged to incorporate include five of the following areas in its annual priorities. requirements for continuing professional postgraduate offerings: development as part of their accreditation
200 201 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
5.10 Building a science-policy Table 62. Further areas of research proposed by stakeholders Sector Proposed Green Economy Research
research platform Agriculture • Undertake the Feasibility of establishing a Payment for Ecosystem Services in the Agricultural Sector • Undertake the Feasibility for Establishing an Agri-Insurance Scheme for Small Scale Producers (Fisheries and Farmers) • Research into waste to energy options utilising the current derelict sugar cane factories. Fisheries • Undertake a Systematic technical and Economic Feasibility of Utilizing Fish Skin as Leather for Niche Products • Undertake the feasibility of establishing a regional eco-label scheme for sustainably harvested fish in The University of the West Indies is the technical Barbados and the Caribbean partner in advancing Sustainable Development and the green economy priorities in Barbados and the Building/Housing • Analysis of trends in land converted from agriculture to meet the needs of residential and other building development needs over the last 10 years. CARICOM region. The GESS is testimony. Given its • Research on the social, cultural and economic impacts of high-rise communities so as to document the core competencies, several areas for further studies pitfalls and successes of these types of developments. have been identified (see Table 62). • Development of best practice guidelines for harvested rainwater, wastewater treatment systems or on site solid waste management facilities. Every effort should be made to encourage • Analysis of investment data for public and private sector for energy efficiency in both residential and commercial buildings. partnerships with development agencies and • Evaluate the economics of alternatives to local sand resources in the building and construction industry governments facilitate create a Science-Policy • Explore opportunities to extend community level recycling programmes by building on the experiences of Platform for enabling green economy and the Future Centre Trust and the Solid Waste Project Unit of the Ministry of the Environment and Drainage. sustainability targeted postgraduate research. • Conduct socio-environmental cost-benefit analysis on green low cost housing options to meet demand for social housing. Transport • Assess the cost of retrofitting existing bus fleet(s) to make them compatible with the new green technology. • Health benefits of switching existing fleet of public service vehicles to run on cleaner fuels • Design and implement a mode-switching programme (shifting travel from the private vehicle to other sustainable modes, such as public transit, park and ride systems, carpooling, cycling and walking), within a specified zone. • Develop a master plan/planning strategy that guides the use and integration of a non-motorized mode of transport over a medium-term period. • Conduct a cost – benefit analysis of alternative fuel options for the transport industry. This assessment could help to significantly reduce the foreign exchange spent on fossil fuels. • Develop government incentives to encourage the private sector to get involved in research and development in the green transport industry. • Develop and implement climate change adaptation plans for the air and seaports. • Feasibility study of switching to electric vehicles in the public sector Tourism Development of a system of tradable permits as a market-based solution to environmental management for the tourism sector. Policy support • A study on the impact of integrating sustainable criteria in the Central Purchasing Department’s mechanisms procurement process on SMEs should be undertaken. The Barbados Chamber of Commerce and Industry should be consulted in this regard; • Dialogue on carrying capacity and limits to growth; • The role of the Fair Trading Commission in regulating Economic Performance and Consumer Service in the Delivery of Transport, Water and Solid Waste Services; • An assessment of the status of trade in Environmental Goods and Services in Barbados with a view to developing an Environmental Goods and Services Index; • In-depth sector specific study of fiscal policy options for supporting green industries and technologies, taking into consideration the impact of international trade and WTO rules, regulatory impacts and other factors; • Analysis of national energy costs of production and importation of main raw materials (concrete, aluminium, wood, steel) used in the construction industry with the purpose of developing a sustainable Collecting samples in the Scotland District. Photo: Anne Gonsalez energy plan and best practice guidelines. • Assess need for curricular changes in tertiary facilities to support a green building industry. This would represent an extension of public education and training efforts that currently include the activities at the Barbados Training Board where vocational opportunities are available for local skill enhancement such as instructional training for prospective Solar Water Heater Technicians. • Refinement of the term green jobs and further analysis based on specific industry targets and indicators • Develop a system of effluent charges as a payment for environmental services.
202 203 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY 6 CONCLUSIONS
204 205 View from the North_The Barbados National Park. Photo: Gail Fitzmartyn/Calgary Canada BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
As a small island developing state, Barbados and government procurement. To this end, an While quite useful for data scarce countries, the faces special challenges in relation to its small investment plan should be seen as a key input into methodological approach utilised in this study also size, remoteness from large markets, and high the islands future green policy plans. This would requires coordination and planning. Ideally, the vulnerability to economic and natural shocks. help to coordinate investment and reduce overlap. strengths, opportunities, challenges, responses and Barbados also has a high dependence on imported effectiveness analysis should be undertaken in a fossil fuels and relatively fragile ecosystems. The Given the importance of the above-mentioned symbiotic way by the technical team in consultation green economy concept offers the possibility of sectors, and the already existing legislation that with the stakeholders. The stakeholder consultation reducing these vulnerabilities, enhancing resource supports behavioural change by consumers, it is process provides verification of the technical efficiency and improving livelihoods. It is, however, likely that there would be a spill over effect to other analysis and ensures that all views are fully captured important to ensure that green efforts do not industries. In the 1950s and 1960s, Barbados in the report. displace ecological and environmental impacts embarked on a plan to diversify its economy away in space or time (i.e. shifting impacts from one from sugar towards tourism. This vision resulted in The GESS was also constrained by data country to another or from one generation to the transformation of the island and provided its shortcomings, particularly in relation to another). The Barbados approach to conceptualising citizens a relatively comfortable standard of living. environmental statistics. Ideally, the methodological green economy has been to actively seek out the A green economy portends a similar moment in approach employed in this study could have been opinions of stakeholders (business, labour, NGOs history, whereby the country can enable the next supplemented with econometric modelling to and policymakers). They were of the opinion that great economic transformation that benefits both quantify some of the potential impacts identified in a green economy transition could not be divorced current and future generations. the study. The importance of providing, dollar values from fundamental issues in relation to energy, of the benefits of a green economy transition is a key water, waste and land all set against the context of Table 63 provides a summary of the main element of generating buy in at all levels and is an an island that is by and large highly susceptible to recommendations from the study. The area that should not be under-estimated. external shocks. recommendations are classified as immediate (0-2 years), medium (2-5 years) or long-term targets (over The study highlighted numerous opportunities 5 years) that would allow Barbados to continue on in relation to agriculture, fisheries, building, the path towards a greener economy. transportation and tourism. A green economy transition can therefore be seen not only as a way If the methodological approach identified in this to encourage environmental sustainability, but also study is to be used in future studies, the constraints as an opportunity to diversify the economy, generate faced by the authors of this study and suggested new business opportunities, jobs and support solutions should also be discussed. One of the poverty alleviation. In many sectors, this transition most important factors in building consensus on has already begun with positive results. Since the the issue of greening a firm, industry or economy 1970s, solar water heaters largely supported by tax is stakeholder buy-in. The GETSC, the body that incentives for consumers have dominated Barbados’ provided technical oversight for this project was water heating industry. In the tourism sector, many an important part of this process. The membership hotels have sought to achieve green certification of the Steering Committee was quite broad-based, as a means of enhancing demand and increasing with members pulled from Government, industry, profitability. It is expected that these and other academia and civil society. initiatives will penetrate the economy in a way that will benefit the island. As a gauge of the study’s significance and gravity, stakeholder consultations were held for each In order to exploit these potential opportunities, industry and cross-cutting issue as well as on their Barbados will have to address various sector corresponding enabling conditions to foster a green specific challenges, such as lack of research and economy transition. Holding the consultations development in agriculture, standards legislation and ensuring that the views of participants were in fisheries, lack of training programmes and fully reflected in the current study signified that regional experts in building/housing, limited public the document would have a life after publication. awareness of green initiatives in transportation The time needed to achieve adequate stakeholder and the heavy dependence on imports as well consultation should not be underestimated. The as low occupancy rates in tourism. It will also administrative team for the GESS spent numerous be necessary to develop the supporting enabling hours planning and ensuring that key individuals conditions to facilitate the transition in the areas of were present at stakeholder meetings. While this financing, development access and transfer of clean process somewhat held up the completion of the technology, trade tariffs and investment, taxation, Statue of Right Excellent Errol Walton Barrow, Barbados’ Father project within the deadline, the legacy benefits more incentives and fiscal reform, education, training and of Independence. Photo: Wikimedia than outweighed the potential costs. capacity enhancement, standards and regulation,
206 207 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Table 63. Prioritisation of recommendations Table 63. Prioritisation of recommendations (continued)
Category Specific target Immediate Medium- Long-term Immediate Medium- Long-term target term target target Category Specific target target term target target Governance and institutions Establishment of a sustainability strategic advisory x Provisions and subventions to support greening the x group Taxation, incentives and fiscal reform housing and building sector Taxation, incentives and fiscal reform Fiscal incentives to promote the use of fish waste and x Policy cohesion, governance and Social Partnership given umbrella responsibility for x fish leather in agriculture institutions monitoring the Green Economy Roadmap Policy cohesion, governance and Review and upgrade of Barbados’ Integrated Solid x Periodic monitoring Report on green economy progress x institutions Waste Management Programme Policy cohesion, governance and Strengthen agriculture cooperatives x Expediting the implementation of the Water and x institutions Idem Sanitation Upgrade Project Capacity building Training of technical personnel in Ministries x Finalisation and operationalization of environmental x Idem management legislation Policy cohesion, governance and Sustainable financial model for marine protected x institutions areas and Idem Development of solid waste management legislation x Public sector leadership and public Establishment of the National Food and Health x Idem Strengthen policy guidelines in the PDP x procurement Safety Authority Government procurement Public Sector Energy Conservation Programme x Partnerships and synergies Sustainable agriculture and fisheries micro-credit x Promote SIDS-SIDS Knowledge Resource Efficiency and Technology Innovation x scheme Transfer Centre Policy cohesion, governance and Establishment of water use regulations x institutions Public education Public education campaign promoting green x economy Idem Development of groundwater provisions legislation x Include resource efficiency areas in National x Idem Operationalization of Barbados Building Code x Capacity building Development Scholarship Public sector leadership and public Government-wide infiltration technology project x Building a Science-Policy Research Development of science policy platform x procurement Platform Public sector leadership and public Warrens Industrial Park Eco-Innovation Initiative x Capacity building Facility training in environmental risk assessment x procurement Partnerships and synergies Undertake the GEF NCSA in the context of green x Corporate Social and Environmental Annual Award x economy Public education Scheme Periodic monitoring Completion of the ILAC Indicators Report x Periodic monitoring Development of green indicators x Partnership and synergies GEF Country Programme Strategy x Policy cohesion, governance and Update of the Barbados State of the Environment x Enhance cooperation with the United Nations, in x institutions Report Idem particular with the United Nations Environment Public sector leadership and public Increase the Ministry of the Environment’s grants to x Programme (UNEP) on green economy procurement NGOs in support of green economy initiatives Promote SIDS-SIDS Knowledge Support implementation of Caribbean-wide Green x Idem Heritage tourism sites x Transfer Economy Initiative Public sector leadership and public Standards of fuel mixes x Public education Green Economy Solutions Panel Series x procurement Policy cohesion, governance and Implement the Folkestone Redevelopment x Integrate clean technologies into the fisheries sub- x institutions Programme Private sector commitment sector Institute the Barbados National Park and System of x Partnerships and synergies Household waste in agriculture x Idem Protected Areas Private sector commitment Biodigesters at the farm level x Integrate the principles of sustainability into x Idem macroeconomic policy programming Policy cohesion, governance and Integrated public transportation policy x institutions Partnerships and synergies Market Barbados as a green destination x Idem Establishment of a vehicle emission testing facility x Idem Develop agri-tourism products x Sustainable design criteria for public sector housing x Public sector leadership and Public Greater recycling materials in road construction x Idem initiatives Procurement Private sector commitment Promotion of Warrens as a green urban centre x Partnerships and synergies Recycling materials from scrap shops x Public sector leadership and public Integration of sustainability principles in public x Private sector commitment Green communities x procurement procurement process > Convert derelict sugar factories into waste to energy x Partnerships and synergies plants
208 209 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
7 notes for Barbados. GOB-IDB. Final Report Volume 1. June Island Engineer Group and Environmental Planning Group. 2010. http://bajan.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/barbados- National Transport Plan. 1996. sustainable-energy-framework-vol-i.pdf. Accessed 8 March 61 Crumb rubber is recycled rubber from automotive and 1 In this scoping study, it will not be possible to assess and scientific description of the ecosystem in terms of 2012. truck scrap tyres. the effectiveness of the current approach in its entirety, scale, extent, structure, functioning; (2) assessment of its 41 Division for Sustainable Development. Sanitation 62 www.barbadosentrepreneurshipfoundation.org. although aspects of it will frequently be encountered in state in terms of health or integrity as defined by what is Country Profile: Barbados. United Nations Department of 63 Travers Morgan International in collaboration with Island the sectoral analyses and in the treatment of crosscutting acceptable to society; (3) assessment of threats; and (4) Economic and Social Affairs. 2004. Engineer Group and Environmental Planning Group. 1996. issues. Given the limits of time and resources, it is maintenance, protection, mitigation, rehabilitation, etc., 42 http://www.United Nations.org/esa/agenda21/natlinfo/ National Transport Plan. necessary for this study to make the assumption that, in using (5) adaptive management strategies. Fisheries and countr/barbados/sanitation.pdf. Accessed 12 November 64 Data requested from Ministry of Public Works. pursuing a green economy, the country is fully cognisant Aquaculture Department. Terminology and Paradigms. FAO 2011. 65 Op. Cit. Travers Morgan International et al. 1996. of the key role of ecosystem services and that these will be Corporate Document Repository. 2003. 43 UNEP. Towards a Green Economy: Pathways to 66 Further consultation to be held with the BCC. treated as foundational. 19 http://www.fao.org/DOCREP/006/Y4773E/y4773e03. Sustainable Development and Poverty Eradication. p. 354. 67 UITP. Employment in public transport: 13 million people 2 The GOB decided not to levy the commensurate htm. Accessed 7 March 2012. 2011. worldwide! Report 1. 2011. charge on domestic producers necessary to ensure WTO 20 Government of Barbados. 1998b. Integrated Coastal 44 http://www.unep.org/greeneconomy/Portals/88/ 68 http://www.uitp.org/public-transport/business_human/ compatibility due to concerns over eroding the fiscal base. Zone Management Plan for Barbados. Government Printing documents/ger/ger_final_dec_2011/Green%20 pdf/observatoire_emploi.pdf. Accessed 11 March 2012. 3 Sea Water Air Conditioning. Department. EconomyReport_Final_Dec2011.pdf . Accessed 9 March 69 BRT is a flexible, rubber-tired rapid-transit mode that 4 http://www.pnuma.org/documento/DISCURSO%20 21 Government of Barbados. 1998a. Draft Environmental 2012. combines stations, vehicles, services, running ways, and PRIMER%20MINISTRO%20BARBADOS.pdf. Management Plan. Government Printing Department. 45 Worldwatch Institute and Cornell University. Green Jobs: Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) elements into an 5 Accessed 19 March 19 2012. 22 Government of Barbados. 2003. Physical Development Towards Decent Work in a Sustainable, Low-Carbon World. integrated system. BRT applications are designed to be 6 The analysis of the MEAs was subsumed in the report Plan. p. 2-1. UNEP. 2008. appropriate to the market they serve and their physical and Addendum 4 presents the analysis with respect to the 23 National Commission on Sustainable Development. 46 http://www.unep.org/labour_environment/PDFs/ surroundings, and they can be incrementally implemented enabling conditions. 2004. The Barbados National Sustainable Policy. Ministry Greenjobs/UNEP-Green-Jobs-Report.pdf . Accessed 9 in a variety of environments. In brief, BRT is an integrated 7 Embodied energy refers to the energy that is used in of Housing, Lands and the Environment. March 2012. system of facilities, services, and amenities that the production process. It includes such things as the 24 Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs. 2006. 47 Worldwatch Institute and Cornell University. Green Jobs: collectively improves the speed, reliability, and identity manufacturing process, transportation, and all other The National Strategic Plan of Barbados 2005 -2025. Towards Decent Work in a Sustainable, Low-Carbon World of bus transport. (TRB, 2003). http://www.gobrt.org/ aspects that are required to get the good to the consumer. Government Printing Department. - Policy Messages and main findings for policy makers. CaseStudies.pdf. Accessed March 12, 2012. 8 http://www.caricom-fisheries.com/LinkClick.aspx?fileticke 25 Op. Cit . Government of Barbados. 2003. pp. 3-16. UNEP. p. 10. 2008. 70 United Nations Environmental Program. 2001. Towards t=eeRVRXUBWGA%3D&tabid=37 26 The Ministry of Energy and the Environment. 2006. The 48 http://www.unep.org/labour_environment/PDFs/ a Green Economy: Transport Investing in Energy and 9 http://www.unep.org/pdf/GreenEconomy_SuccessStories. National Energy Policy of Barbados. 2006. Greenjobs/UNEP-Green-Jobs-Towards-Sustainable- Resource Efficiency. p. 399. pdf 27 Ministry of Economic Affairs, Empowerment, Innovation, Summary.pdf . Accessed 9 March 2012. 71 Alert, C. July 2011. Chronic Diseases and the Barbadian 10 http://www.pnuma.org/documento/DISCURSO%20 Trade, Industry and Commerce. 2011. Medium-Term 49 Comma, J. and T. Gaskin. National Emphasis on Quality National Health Budget. http://www.caribgp.org/article/ PRIMER%20MINISTRO%20BARBADOS.pdf Development Strategy. 2010 - 2014. Education at All Levels. Business Barbados. March, 2011. chronic diseases. 11 www.ifoam.org 28 www.sustainabilityhub.net/2010-indicators/green- 50 http://businessbarbados.com/industry-guide/export- 72 Ibid. 12 Biogas comprises primarily methane (CH4) and carbon buildings/ services/national-emphasis-on-quality-education-at-all- 73 CRSTDP. Regional Policy Framework for a more 29 dioxide (CO2), and may have small amounts of hydrogen Ibid. levels-2/. Accessed 9 March 2012. Sustainable Tourism Development in the Caribbean. CTO. 30 51 sulphide (H2S), moisture and siloxanes. http://www.unep.org/greeneconomy/SuccessStories/ Ministry of the Environment, Nature Conservation and 2007. 13 To transform and reposition the Agricultural Sector SolarEnergyinBarbados/tabid/29891/Default.aspx Nuclear Safety, Government of Germany. 2002. Revised 74 http://www.onecaribbean.org/content/files/ in Barbados through the promotion of an agri-business 31 Ibid. End-of-life Vehicle Ordinance of 21st June 2002. Federal draftregionalpolicyframework.pdf. Accessed 12 March approach to farming, with particular attention being paid 32 LH Consulting Ltd (in association with Mostafa Warith; Official Gazette Part I No. 41, 2002. Bonn. 2012. to the effective use of resources, as well as the adoption of Simmons and Associates Inc. and EGARR Associates) 52 Government of Barbados. 1998. Integrated Coastal 75 http://czmedia.org/uploads/Barbados_Sustainable_ appropriate technology and sound management practices Solid Waste Characterization, Draft Report #3 by prepared Zone Management Plan for Barbados. Government Printing Development_Policy.pdf. Accessed 14 March 2012. in order to achieve internationally competitive production, for The Sewerage and Solid Waste Project Unit, Ministry of Department. 76 https://crosq.org/index.php?option=com_content&vie processing and marketing enterprises, which contribute Health. 53 Government of Barbados. 2003. Physical Development w=article&id=10:crosqidb-mif-sme&catid=28:idb-sme- significantly to social and economic development and food 33 Numerical estimates of the size of reduction are Plan. Government Printing Department. pp. 5-1 – 5-2. project&Itemid=63 security, as well as to the sustainable management of the currently not available. 54 Ibid., pp. 5-6. 77 http://greenglobe.com/register/standard/. Accessed natural resource base of the country. 34 Government of Barbados, 1968. Town and Country 55 Ibid. p. 5-5. March 15, 2012. 14 Transmigration refers to the movement of labour from Development Planning Act CAP 240. 56 National Commission on Sustainable Development. 78 http://www.thegbi.org/about-gbi/. Accessed 15 March one sub-sector or sector to another sub-sector or sector in 35 Manifesto of the Barbados Labour Party 2008: Pathways 2004. The Barbados National Sustainable Policy. Ministry 2012. the economy. to Progress. p44. of Housing, Lands and the Environment. pp. 31-32. 79 Alleyne, Y. 2010. Green Business in Barbados. Business 15 http://www.unep.fr/shared/publications/pdf/2481-CPfish. 36 Alleyne, Y. 2010. Green Business in Barbados. Business 57 Government of Barbados. 2005. National Strategic Plan Barbados 2010. Miller Publishing Ltd. pdf Barbados 2010. Miller Publishing Ltd. 2005 – 2025. Government Printing Department. p. 177. 80 http://futurecentretrust.org/main/wp-content/ 16 Stakeholder vision statement reflects views captured in 37 Government of Barbados Printing Department. Town and 58 Ministry of Economic Affairs, Empowerment, Innovation, uploads/2010/03/GBB-Brochure-August-2010.pdf. the development of the Fisheries Management Plan. Country Planning Act. Cap 240. Trade, Industry and Commerce. 2010. Medium-Term Accessed 15 March 2012. 17 http://www.sed.manchester.ac.uk/research/iarc/ediais/ 38 Ibid. Development Strategy. 81 http://idbdocs.iadb.org/wsdocs/getdocument. pdf/BriefingNote1.pdf 39 Op. Cit. Government of Barbados. 2001. p. xxvii. 59 Op. Cit. Travers Morgan International et al. 1996. aspx?docnum=1589333 18 In general, EAF is taken as requiring: (1) definition 40 Castalia and Stantec. Sustainable Energy Framework 60 Travers Morgan International in collaboration with
210 211 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
8 works cited for Sustainable Development. (1992). Business Transport Through the GEF. Global Environmental Strategies for Sustainable Development: Leadership Facility. and Accountability for the 90s. Manitoba: Gill, T. (2000). Waste from Processing Aquatic Animals Agard, J., Cropper, A., Aquing, P., Attzs, M., Arrias, F., Partnership - Caribbean, 3 (1), pp. 1-2. International Institute for Sustainable Development. and Animal Products: Implications on Aquatic Beltran, J. et al. (2007). Caribean Sea Ecosystem Cashman, A., & W. Moore. (2012). “A Market-Based Dobermann, A. (2007). Nutrient Use Efficiency - Animal Pathogen Transfer. Rome: FAO Fisheries Assesment (CARSEA). Caribbean Marine Studies, Proposal for Encouraging Water Use Efficiency in a Measurement and Management. Fertilizer Best Circular. 85. Tourism-Based Economy” in International Journal of Management Practices: General Principles, Strategy Government of Barbados and IADB. (2010). Albuquerque, K., & J. McElroy. (1999). Tourism and Hospitality Management, 31 (1), 286-294. for their Adoption and Voluntary Initiatives vs Sustainable Energy Framework for Barbados. Crime in the Caribbean. Annals of Tourism Research, Castalia Ltd. (2010). Sustainable Energy Framework for Regulations (pp. 1-28). Paris: International Fertilizer Washington: Inter-American Development Bank. 26 (4), 968-984. Barbados. Bridgetown, Barbados. Industry Association. Government of Barbados. (2010a). Medium-Term Alcamo, J. (1994). IMAGE 2.0: Integrated Modeling of CBB. (2009). Economic Review - December. Dodds, R., Graci, S., & M. Holmes. (2010). “Does the Development Strategy of Barbados: 2010- Global Climate Change. Springer, December 1994. Bridgetown: Central Bank of Barbados. Tourist Care? A Comparison of Tourists in Koh Phi 2014. Research and Planning Unit. Bridgetown: Alcamo, J., Shaw, R., & L. Hordijk. (1990). The RAINS CBB. (2011). Press Release - March 2011. Phi, Thailand and Gili Trawangan, Indonesia” in Government of Barbados. Model of Acidification: Science and Strategies in Bridgetown: Central Bank of Barbados. Journal of Sustainable Tourism, 18 (2), 207-222. Government of Barbados. (2010b). Medium-Term Europe. Dordrecht: Kluwer. Convention on Biological Diversity. (1992). Text of the ECLAC. (2011). An Assessment of the Economic Fiscal Strategy: 2010-2014. Ministry of Finance. Alston, J., Wyatt, T. J., Pardey, P., Marra, M., & C. CBD. http://www.cbd.int/convention/text/ Impact of Climate Change on the Coastal and Bridgetown: Government of Barbados. Chan-Kang. (2000). A Meta-Analysis of Rates CERMES. (2009). National Adaptation Strategy to Human Settlements, Tourism and Transport Sectors Government of Barbados. (2010c). Barbados National of Return to Agricultural R&D. Washington: Address Climate Change in the Tourism Sector of in Barbados. Port of Spain: Economic Commission Assessment Report of Progress made in addressing International Food Policy Research Institute. Barbados. Belmopan: Caribbean Community Climate for Latin America and the Caribbean. Vulnerabilities of SIDS through Implementation of Axys Environmental Consulting (B’dos) Inc., Change Centre. Elkington, J. (2009). “The Triple Bottom Line” in M. the Mauritius Strategy for Further Implementation Environmental Planning Group, Gillespie and Steel Charara, N., Cashman, A., Bonnell, R., & R. Gehr. Russo, Environmental Management: Readings and (MSI) of the Barbados Programme of Action. Associates and Bellairs Research Institute. (2000). (2011). “Water Use Efficiency in the Hotel Sector of Cases (pp. 49-66). California: Sage Publications Inc. Bridgetown: Ministry of Environment and Drainage. Feasibility Studies of Harrison’s Cave and Associated Barbados” in Journal of Sustainable Tourism, 19 (2), EPA. (2008). US EPA’s 2008 Report on the Government of Barbados. (2010d). Social and Cites, Carlisle Bay, and Folkestone Park and Marine 231-245. Environment. United States Environmental Economic Report. Bridgetown: Economic Affairs. Reserve: Baseline Report. Special Projects Unit. Chouchani, C. (2010, May 18). Economic Commission Protection Agency . Government of Barbados and IADB. (2010e). Bridgetown: Ministry of Environment, Energy and for Latin America and the Caribbean. Retrieved European Commission, Enterprise and Industry. Sustainable Energy Framework for Barbados. Natural Resources. March 11, 2012 from Statement on the Green (2008). The Implications of ICT for Energy Washington: Inter-American Development Bank. Badjeck, M.-C., Allison, E., Halls, A., & N. Dulvy. Economy to UNCSD PrepCom 1: Consumption. Brussels: European Commission. Government of Barbados. (2007). Public Sector Energy (2009). Impacts of Climate Variability and Change http://www.eclac.org/cgi-bin/getProd.asp?xml=/ Fanning, L., Mahon, R., & P. McConney. (2009). Conservation Programme. Bridgetown: Government on Fisheries-Based Livelihoods. Marine Policy, 1-9. dmaah/noticias/noticias/0/39550/P39550.xml&xsl=/ “Focusing on Living Marine Resource Governance: of Barbados. Barbados Museum and Historical Society. (2011). dmaah/tpl/p1f.xsl&base=/dmaah/tpl/top-bottom.xsl The Caribbean Large Marine Ecosystem and Government of Barbados. (2005). National Strategic Annual Report 2010-2011. Bridgetown: Barbads CIRP. (2008). Cane Industry Restructuring Project. Adjacent Areas Project” in Coastal Management, 37, Plan for Barbados: 2006-2025. Research and Museum and Historical Society. http://www.bb.undp.org/uploads/file/pdfs/energy_ 219-234. Planning Unit. Bridgetown: Government of Barbados. Ben, N. (2008). Corporate Income Tax Competition in environment/Barbados%20Cane%20Industry%20 FAO and World Fish Center. (2008). Small-Scale Government of Barbados. (2005). Third National the Caribbean. Washington: International Monetary Restructuring.pdf Capture Fisheries - A Global Overview with Report to the Convention on Biological Diversity. Fund. City of Bloomington. (2011). Green Building Benefits. Emphasis on Developing Countries. Rome: Food and Ministry of Energy and the Environment. Bridgetown: Berkes, F., Mahon, R., McConney, P., Pollnac, R., Retrieved September 21, 2011 from The City of Agriculture Organization and World Fish. Government of Barbados. & R. Pomeroy. (2001). Managing Small-Scale Bloomington: FAO. (2012). Fisheries and Aquaculture Department. Government of Barbados. (2003). Physical Fisheries: Alternative Directions and Methods. http://bloomington.in.gov/green-building-benefits From Further Processing of Fish Development Plan. Bridgetown: Government of Ontario: International Development Research Centre. Commonwealth Secretariat. (2010). Marlborough http://www.fao.org/fishery/topic/12325/en Barbados. Blenman, J. (2009). The Management of House Small States Consensus. London: FAO. (1995). Living Marine Resources and their Government of Barbados. (2001). Barbados State of Environmental Risk as a Sustainable Finance Commonwealth Secretariat. Sustainable Development: Some Environmental the Environment Report 2000. Ministry of Physical Practice with Barbadian Financial Institions. CRFM. (2002). Agreement Establishing CRFM. From and Institutional Perspectives. Rome: Food and Development and Environment. Bridgetown: Bridgetown: Barbados Sustainable Finance Group. Caribbean Regional Fisheries Mechanism Agriculture Organization. Government of Barbados. Bray, D., Sanchez, J., & E. Murphy. (2002). “Social http://www.caricom-fisheries.com/LinkClick.aspx?file FAO. (2003). Report of the Twenty-Fifth Session of the Government of Barbados. (2001). First National Dimentions of Organic Coffee Production in Mexico: ticket=k2y%2b0jOz%2ffY%3d&tabid=124 Committee on Fisheries. Rome: Food and Agriculture Greenhouse Gas Inventory. Bridgetown, Barbados. Lessons for Eco-Labeling Initiatives” in Society and CTO. (2010). Individual Country Statistics. Organization. Graves, T. (2006). Tetradian. Retrieved March 11, Natural Resources: An International Journal , 15 (5), www.onecaribbean.org/statistics/countrystats/ FAO. (2008). Small-Scale Fisheries. From Small-Scale 2012 from Tetradian: The Futures of Business: 429-446. Cumberbatch, J. (2001). Case Study of the Folkestone Fisheries Around the World. http://tetradian.com/download/intro-to-score.pdf BSS. (2000). Population and Housing Census - 2000. Marine Park and Reserve, Barbados. Bridgetown: http://www.fao.org/fishery/ssf/world/ed Grobecker, A. V., Coroniti, S. C., & Cannon, R. H. Bridgetown: Government of Barbados. Caribbean Natural Resource Institute (CANARI). Fisheries Division. (2004). Barbados Fisheries (1974). The Effects of Stratospheric Pollution Cas, S., & R. Ota. (2008). Big Government, High Debt, Davies, A., & Mullin, S. (2011). “Greening the Management Plan (2004-2006). Bridgetown: by Aircraft. Washington DC: Department of and Fiscal Adjustment in Small States. Washington: Economy: Interrogating Sustainability Innovations Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development. Transportation. International Monetary Fund. Beyond the Mainstream” in Journal of Economic FTC Barbados. (n.d.). Retrieved August 11, 2011 from Hoegh-Guldberg, O., Mumby, P., Hooten, A., Steneck, Cashman, A. (2012, March). Water Financing Geography, 11 (5), 793-816. Fair Trading Commission: www.ftc.gov.bb R., Greenfield, P., Gomez, E. et al. (2007). “Coral Experiences in the Caribbean. Global Water Deloitte and Touche and the World Business Council GEF. (2009). Advancing Sustainable Low-Carbon Reefs Under Rapid Climate Change and Ocean
212 213 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Acidification” in Science, 318 (5857), 1737-1742. in Supporting Collaborative Standards Initiatives. and Food Security in Philosophical Transactions of Tovey, H. (1997). “Food, Environmentalism and Rural Holder, L. (2003). The Sugar Cane Industry in London: AccountAbility . the Royal Society: Biological Sciences , 360, 5-12. Sociology: On the Organic Farming Movement in Barbados as a Source of Renewable Energy. Maestad, O. (1998). “On the Efficiency of Green Perez, R. (1995). “Fish Silage for Feeding Livestock” Ireland” in Sociologia Ruralis, 37 (1), 21-37. Bridgetown: Barbados Agricultural Management Co. Trade Policy” in “Environmental and Resource World Animal Review, 82 (1995): 34-42. United Nations. (2009). Water Issues: Contributing Ltd. Economics”, 11, 1-18. Porter, M., & van der Linde, C. (1995). “Toward a New to the Success of the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Hong, W. (2009). “Essential Factors and Sustainable Mahon, R. et al. (2007). The Value of Barbados’ Conception of the Environment-Competitiveness Sessions of the Commission on Sustainable Development of Green Agriculture” in Journal of the Fisheries: A Preliminary Assessment. Bridgetown: Relationship” in Journal of Economic Perspectives, Development. United Nations Secretary-General Northeast Agricultural University, 16 (2), 83-90. Fisheries Division. Fisheries Management Plan 9 (4), 97-118. Advisory Board on Water and Sanitation. Hulme, M., Raper, S. C., & T.M. Wigley. (1995). “An Public Information Document No. 2. Revell, A., & Rutherfoord, R. (2003). “UK United Nations. (2007). Sustainable Consumption and Integrated Framework to Address Climate Change Mahon, R., Parker, C., Sinckler, T., Willoughby, S., & J. Environmental Policy and the Small Firm: Production: Promoting Climate-Friendly Household (ESCAPE) and Further Developments of the Global Johnson. (2007). The Value of Barbados’ Fisheries: Broadening the Focus” in Business Strategy and the Consumption Patterns. Washington, DC: , United and Regional Climate Modules (MAGICC)” in Energy A Preliminary Assessment. Bridgetown: Fisheries Environment 12, 26-35. Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs. Policy, 23 (4-5), 347-355. Division. Ruijs, A. (2009). “Welfare and Distribution Effects United Nations. (2004). Freshwater Country Profile. Husbands, J. (2009). Financial Benefits of Solar Hot Mahon, R., & Jones, R. (1998). Report on Tourism of Water Pricing Policies” in “Environmental and New York: United Nations Sustainable Development Water Systems to Barbados. Bridgetown: Solar Development Programme, Sub-Program B Resource Economics”, 43, 161-182. Knowledge Platform. Dynamics. - Additional Services Relating to Fisheries. Schlegelmilch, K. (2010). Fiscal Reform in EC United Nations. (2002). Johannesburg Plan of IAASTD. (2009). Agriculture at a Crossroads: Latin Bridgetown: CERMES. Development Cooperation. Brussels: European Implementation. UNDESA. America and Caribbean Report. Washington: McConney, P., Mahon, R., & H. Oxenford. (2003). Commission. United Nations. (2000). Integrated Environmental and International Assessment of Agricultural Knowledge, Barbados Case Study: The Fisheries Advisory Sheng, Fulai. (2010). Green economy: Conceptual Economic Accounting - An Operational Manual. Science and Technology for Development. Committee. Bridgetown: Caribbean Conservation Issues. Paris: United Nations Environmental Washington, DC: United Nations. IISD Reporting Services. (2011). Summary of the Assocation. Programme. United Nations. (1995). Environment and Sustainable UNCSD Sub-Regional Preparatory Meeting for the McConney, P., Mahon, R., & R. Pomeroy. (2007). Sheng, Fulai, Flomenhoft, G., Downs, T., Grande- Development: Implementation of the Outcome of the Caribbean: 20 June 2011. Manitoba: International Challenges Facing Coastal Resources Co-Managment Ortiz, M., Graef, D., Scholtens, B. et al. (2011). Global Conference on the Sustainable Development Institute for Sustainable Development. in the Caribbean. In D. Armitage, F. Berkes, & N. “Is the Concept of a Green economy a Useful of Small Island Developing States. Geneva: United IMF. (2010). Article IV Consultation. Washington: Dougleday, Adaptive Co-Management: Collaboration, Way of Framing Policy Discussions and National Nations General Assembly. International Monetary Fund. Learning and Multilevel Governance (pp. 105-124). Policymaking to Promote Sustainable Development?” United Nations. (1994). Report of the Global IPCC. (2000). Methodological and Technological Issues Vancouver: UBC Press. in Natural Resources Forum, 35 (1), 63-72. Conference on the Sustainable Development of in Technology Transfer. Geneva: Intergovernmental Mills, L. (2011). Institutional Review of the Barbados Slaper, T., & Krause, R. (2009). “The Green Economy: Small Island Developing States. Bridgetown: Global Panel on Climate Change. Sugar Industry. Bridgetown: Government of Barbados What Does Green Mean?” in Indiana Business Conference on Sustainable Development of Small IUU. (2005, March 12). The 2005 Rome Declartion on and European Union. Review, 12 (4), 9-30. Island Developing States. Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated Fishing. From Montero, J. (2002). “Permits, Standards and Springer, B. (2010). Barbados: Public-Private Sector UNCTAD Secretariat. (1998). Environmental Financial Food and Agriculture Organization: Technology Innovation” in Journal of Environmental Partnership. Port of Spain: Economic Commission Accounting and Reporting at the Corporate Level. ftp://ftp.fao.org/fi/document/ministerial/2005/iuu/ Economics and Management, 44.1 (2002): 23-44. for Latin America and the Caribbean. Geneva: United Nations Conference on Trade and declaration.pdf MoT. (2001). Green Paper on the Sustainable Srinivasan, T. (1986). “The Costs and Benefits of Being Development. Jones, I., & Banner, J. (2003). “Hydrogeologic and Development of Tourism in Barbados - A Policy a Small, Remote, Island, Landlocked or Ministate UNCTAD. (2011). The Road to Rio+20: The Climatic Influences on Spatial and Interannual Framework. Bridgetown: Ministry of Tourism. Economy” in World Bank Economic Review, 1 (2), Development-Led Green Economy. New York and Variation of Recharge to a Tropical Karst Island Munday, P., Leis, J., Lough, J., Paris, C., Kingsford, 205-218. Geneva: United Nations Conference on Trade and Aquifer” in Water Resources Research, 39, 1253- M., Berumen, M. et al. (2009). “Climate Change Streetan, P. (1993). “The Special Problems of Small Development. 1263. and Coral Reef Connectivity” in Coral Reefs, 28 (2), Countries” in World Development, 21 (2), 197-202. UNDESA. (2010). World Population Prospects, the Kirchmann, H., & Thorvaldsson, G. (2000). 379-395. Strobl, E. (2012). The Economic Growth Impact of 2010 Revision. United Nations, Economic and “Challenging Targets for Future Agriculture” in Neves, L., Converti, A., & T. Penna. (2009). “Biogas Natural Disasters in Developing Countries: Evidence Social Affairs, Population Division. Washington: European Journal of Agronomy, 12 (3-4), 145-161. Production: New Trends for Alternative Energy from Hurricane Strikes in the Central American United Nations Department of Economic and Social Klohn-Crippen Consultants Ltd. (1997). Barbados Sources in Rural and Urban Zones” in Chemical and Caribbean Regions. Journal of Development Affairs. Water Resources Management and Water Loss Engineering and Technology, 32 (8), 1147-1153. Economics , 97 (1), 130-141. UNEP. (2011c). Agriculture: Investing in Natural Studies. Bridgetown: Government of Barbados. North Sea Foundation. (2011). Seas at Risk for Swarbrooke, J. (1999). Sustainable Tourism Capital. Geneva: United Nations Environmental Liburd, J., & Edwards, D. (2010). Understanding the Protection and Restoration of the Marine Management. Oxon: CABI Publishing. Programme. the Sustainable Development of Tourism. Oxford: Environment. From TEEB. (2010). A Quick Guide to the Economics of UNEP and WTO. (2011). Tourism: Investing in Energy Goodfellow Publishers. http://www.seas-at-risk.org/n3.php?page=138 Ecosystems and Biodiveristy for Local and Regional and Resource Efficiency. Geneva: United Nations Litman, T. (2006). “Transportation Market Distortions” Padel, S. (2001). “Conversion to Organic Farming: A Policymakers. Environment Programme. in Berkeley Planning Journal, 19, 19-36. Typical Example of the Diffusion of an Innovation” in TEEB. (2010). The Economics of Ecosystems and UNEP. (2011a). Enabling Conditions: Supporting the Litman, T., & Burwell, D. (2006). “Issues in Sociologia Ruralis, 41 (1), 40-61. Biodiversity: Mainstreaming the Economics of Transition to a Global Green economy. Geneva: Sustainable Transportation” in International Journal Pardey, P., & Beintema, N. (2006). Agricultural Nature - Synthesis of the Approach, Conclusions and United Nations Environmental Programme. of Global Environmental Issues, 6 (4), 331-347. Research: A Growing Global Divide? Washington: Recommendations of TEEB. Malta: Progress Press. UNEP. (2011b). Finance: Supporting the Transition to Litovsky, A., Rochlin, S., Zadek, S., & B. Levy. (2007). IFPRI. Tol, R. (2009). “The Economic Effects of Climate a Global Green Economy. Geneva: United Nations Investing in Standards for Sustainable Development: Pauly, D., Watson, R., & J. Alder. (2005). Global Trends Change” in Journal of Economic Perspectives, 23 Environmental Programme. The Role of International Development Agencies in World Fisheries: Impacts on Marine Ecosystems (2), 29-51. UNEP. (2007). Global Environment Outlook: GEO
214 215 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Annex 1 Terms of Reference for the green 4 - Environment for Development. Valletta: United Tourism Management, 33 (5), 1038-1041. economy Scoping Study Nations Environment Programme. Weeratunge, N., Synder, K., & C. Poh Sze. (2010). UNEP. (2009). Global Green New Deal. Paris: United “Glearner, Fsher, Trader, Processor: Understanding Nations Environment Programme. Gendered Employment in Fisheries and The “Green Economy Scoping Study” is a broad macroeconomic objectives of income growth, UNEP. (2010a). Green economy. Retrieved March Aquaculture” in Fish and Fisheries, 11, 405-420. assessment of opportunities and challenges to economic development/diversification, and job 11, 2012 from United Nations Environmental WEF. (2009). Travel and Tourism Competitiveness promote a green economy at the macroeconomic creation, following a path that also contributes to Programme: Report - 2009. Geneva: World Economic Forum. level. It should take stock of existing natural capital social equity and environmental improvement. http://www.unep.org/greeneconomy/AboutGEI/ Welch, P. (2005). “Exploring the Marine Plantation: stocks, the status of investment in green economic WhatisGEI/tabid/29784/Default.aspx An Historical Investigation of the Barbados Fishing sectors, with a view to identify priority areas for The specific objectives are to: UNEP. (2008). Green Jobs: Towards Decent Work in Industry” in Journal of Caribbean History, 39, 19- promoting a green economy, existing constraints a Sustainable, Low-Carbon World. United Nations 37. and policy enabling conditions, and finally pointers • Analyze opportunities and challenges of a green Environmental Programme. Weyant, J., Davidson, O., Dowlatabadi, H., Edmonds, towards key policy reforms where applicable. economy focusing on four priority sectors: UNEP. (2010b). Report of the Secretariat on the J., Grubb, M., Parson, E. A. et al. (1996). tourism, agriculture, transport, and housing/ Implementation of the 2008-2009 Regional Action “Integrated Assessment of Climate Change: An The GESS will also include a stocktaking and review buildings; Plan of the Forum of Ministers of Environment Overview and Comparison of Approaches and of green economy-related policies and initiatives • In addition, due to their transversal nature, of Latin America and the Caribbean. Panama Results” in J. P. Bruce, H. Lee, & E. F. Haites, already existing in the country. Such an exercise analyse the cross-sectoral issues of water City: United Nations Environmental Programme Climate Change 1995, Economic and Social should enable the development of synergies with resources, energy, and waste. - Regional Office for Latin America and the Dimensions of Climate Change (pp. 183-224). on-going processes, avoid duplication and provide • Analyse trends and patterns and gaps in green Caribbean. Cambridge MA: Cambridge University Press. an opportunity to build partnerships to fill existing investments, covering public spending and UNEP. (2011). Towards a Green Economy: Buildings WHO. (2009). Statistical Reports on Road Safety. gaps. private investment in terms of gross domestic Investing in Energy and Resource Efficiency. Global Health Observatory. Geneva: World Health product focusing on the four priority sectors and United Nations Environmental Program. Organization. The total length of the GESS report should be three cross-sectoral issues indicated above; UNEP. (2011d). Towards a Green Economy: Buildings Williams, A. (2008). The Challenge of Conservation approximately 50 pages in A4 following Editorial • Analyse and quantify the direct and indirect Investing in Energy and Resource Efficiency. Policy. Bridgetown: Graeme Hall Nature Sanctuary. Guidelines in Annex 5. The duration for producing benefits of such green investments, with United Nations Environmental Program. WMO. (1997). Comprehensive Assessment of the the report is expected to be 6 months from the date reference to economic growth, employment UNEP. (2011e). Towards a Green Economy: Pathways Freshwater Resources of the World. Stockholm: of contracting authors. creation, and environmental improvement and to Sustainable Development and Poverty World Meteorological Organization and Stockholm other spill over effects; Erradication - A Synthesis for Policy Makers. Paris: Environment Institute. 1. Background and context • Identify opportunities and challenges (barriers) United Nations Environmental Programme. World Bank, FAO and WorldFish Centre. (2010). The to green investments, including an estimation UNEP. (2001). Towards a Green Economy: Transport Hidden Harvests: The Global Contribution of This section outlines the background and context of required additional investment required to Investing in Energy and Resource Efficiency. Capture Fisheries. Washington, DC: World Bank. for undertaking a Green Economy Scoping Study achieved existing or desirable policy targets; United Nations Environmental Program. Wright, A., Burgess, A., Peter, S., Lescott, A., Skinner, (GESS). It should place the GESS exercise in the • Identify and develop recommendations on key United Nations, European Commission, International S., & L. Agard. (2011). “Estimating Average context of a partnership between UNEP and the enabling conditions and related policy reforms in Monetary Fund, Organisation for Economic Co- Intended Length of Stay of Tourist Arrivals to Government of Barbados. order to support and facilitate green investments operation and Development and World Bank. Barbados 2004-2011” in Economic Review, 37 (e.g., taxation, subsidies, laws, standards, tariffs, (2003). Integrated Environmental and Economic (4), 25-42. The background section would ideally frame the procurement policies, etc.) Accounting. Washington: United Nations. GESS assessment within the context of national UNWTO. (2010). UNWTO Tourism Highlights 2010 greening initiatives and overall sustainable 3. Expected outcomes Edition. World Tourism Organization. development strategy, so as to be in line with, USDA. (1980). Report and Recommendations on and complement key strategies, policies and • A macroeconomic assessment of the potential Organic Farming. Washington, DC: U.S. Department programmes being implemented or considered for benefits and challenges of investment in priority of Agriculture. implementation in Barbados. economic sectors that offer the largest potential USDA. (2008). Urban Soil Erosion and Sediment to promote a transition to a green economy; Control. USDA, Natural Resources Conservation The development of the GESS is expected to • A set of policy recommendations to address Service and Association of Illinois Soil and Water complement and reinforce the past and on- policy and capacity gaps and needs, through Conservation Districts. going activities within the area of Sustainable specific policy reforms, programmes and van der Sluijs, J. P. (2002b). “A Way Out of the Consumption and Production (SCP). projects; Credibility Crisis of Models Used in Integrated • A contribution to the formulation of a national Environmental Assessment” in Futures, 34 (2), 2. Study objective strategy on green economy. 133-146. van der Sluijs, J. P. (2002a). “Integrated Assessment” The overall objective of this study is to support and 4. Structure and content of the report in T. Munn, Encyclopedia of Global Environmental complement national initiatives on green economy, Change (Vol. 4, pp. 250-253). Chichester: John through macroeconomic economic assessments The GESS could be based on the structure and Wiley & Sons. and policy analysis with a view to better understand content outlined below. Weaver, D. (2012). “Organic, Incremental and Induced how government policies and public and private Paths to Sustainable Tourism Convergence” in investment can help achieve the fundamental
216 217 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Summary for policymakers of use of main resources and their evolution over fiscal and monetary targets such as price stability limited to a descriptive presentation, but should also The summary should focus on the main the last 10-20 years. References to cases where and public debt levels. include an explanatory part on the basis of proposed recommendations of the GESS written in a substantial gains or losses on resource efficiency SWOT strategies (S/O, S/T, W/O, W/T). It should be policy language and avoiding as far as possible have been observed. Forecasts for the resource Enabling conditions highlighted that this should be a SWOT analysis technical terms. The summary should include a use and status over the next 20 years. This section will identify and analyse the key factors of the potential for greening the national economy green economy vision for Barbados in the sectors • Ecosystem services, their effect on GDP and their and conditions that are required at the local and and not a SWOT analysis of the country’s economic studied, main priorities and challenges, policy importance for the poor. national levels to facilitate a transition to a green development potential. recommendations with a focus on macroeconomic economy in the sectors identified, in addition policies and suggestions for further work, Sectoral analysis to increased investment. The enabling factor of 6. Process programmes and projects that are needed. This part of the study provides an assessment of the emphasis is capacity enhancement, with a focus status of investment, gaps and needs for increased on strengthening capacities for natural resources For the production of the GESS, UWI and the Introduction and background investment in the identified priority sectors. The management, resource pricing and ecosystem team of experts involved will be guided by a GESS The report will start with a brief introduction of Government of Barbados indicated to UNEP its valuation. Other factors to be considered relate Technical Steering Committee (GTSC) to be chaired the concept of green economy, its relevance to willingness to focus the sectoral analysis on four to the development, access and transfer of clean by the Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of the Barbados in the context of its economic, social and key sectors: agriculture, building/housing, transport, technology; reforms of taxation, incentives and Environment, Water Resources and Drainage. The environmental situation. It will present a description and tourism. The analysis of the sectors will have fiscal policies; the mobilisation of domestic and UWI-based GESS Study team will report via the of the scope of the study, the main audience to be undertaken taking into account three cross- foreign public and private financing; standards Team leader, to the Steering Committee throughout targeted and the process of undertaking the study. sectoral aspects, which are water, waste and energy and regulations; and tariffs and trade policies. This the study. management. section will review and discuss policies and reforms Macroeconomic and country profile already being undertaken in Barbados and focus on This section should give a short but comprehensive The assessment will focus on potential returns how such reforms could be furthered, with a specific overview of the macroeconomic profile of the partner in terms of economic growth, development, and focus on delivering green economy objectives. country including: poverty reduction and improved livelihoods; the • Basic macroeconomic figures (GDP and income, potential for green jobs creation; and the potential Policy recommendations including if possible income inequality measures; for environmental improvement, including resource This last section will include a set of employment; CPI; investment statistics), their and material efficiency, mitigation of and adaptation recommendations that could form the basis of a evolution over the last 5 years and (if available) to climate change, better valuation of resources; green economy strategy in the selected sectors for forecasts for the coming years. sustainable use and conservation. The sectoral Barbados, including the following elements: • A brief description of the most important analysis will cover the following issues: • Policy recommendations. A brief but concrete economic sectors in terms of GDP, employment, a. How policies and public and private set of policies that are required to achieve a investments, resource use and GHG emissions. investment will help achieve the fundamental transition towards a green economy. These • A brief description of main economic macroeconomic objectives of income growth, recommendations should respond to the findings development vision, policies, and plans, as well economic development/diversification, and job of the economic assessment and focus on the as programmes of international institutions and creation, following a path that also contributes to macro level. international donors. social equity and environmental improvement. • Capacity strengthening. A draft proposal • Stock-taking of green economy-related initiatives, a. Make a case for reshaping and refocusing identifying the capacity building needs together programmes, and projects (e.g., GEF supported policies, investments and public spending to with a preliminary set of proposed capacity programmes and projects, Marrakech process reconfigure businesses and infrastructure that strengthening activities, building on local on Sustainable Consumption and Production, can yield improved flows of income – higher and knowledge and capacity. Resource Efficiency projects, sustainable finance sustainable – from produced capital, natural • Partnerships. A list of main partners and types of best-practices.) capital and intangible capital. partnerships needed. • Resource status. Reference to the availability a. This income stream derived from the asset • Further work. A brief list of follow up activities, and use of main natural resources and their base – representing returns on a new portfolio including programmes, projects, studies with importance for the economy. of investments and policies considered at the an approximate time planning and potential • Policies for resource use and management. macroeconomic scale – could be measured in institutions responsible for each activity. Specific emphasis should be given to current terms of the following macroeconomic indicators: fiscal and legislative framework affecting i. Growth of national income (GDI/GDP) 5. Methodology resources under regulated management status or ii. Creation of employment/livelihoods for resources for which an oligopoly, or other type iii. Poverty reduction The study will rely on quantitative and qualitative of imperfect market (e.g., bilateral monopoly, iv. Stock of natural capital. economic analysis. The overall purpose is to duopoly, etc.) exists. focus on a macroeconomic assessment in order to • Impact of economic development to the The analysis will in particular show that progress in generate policy advice and recommendations. The resource status including as far as possible terms of (b), (c) and (d) need not be at the expense authors are encouraged to make use of quantitative data on GHG emissions, indexes of atmospheric of (a) and vice-versa. Given the focus on reorienting economic tools such as regression analysis, input- quality, indicators of land and water quality and investments and spending between both private and output tables, and cost-benefit analysis to the information on waste production. public sectors, the reforms analyzed and proposed extent possible. These can be complemented by a • Resource intensity. Basic indexes on the intensity should also take account of the implications for SWOT analysis. The SWOT analysis should not be
218 219 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Annex 2 Methodology sheet for stakeholder Annex 3 Green Accounting discussions
HOW DO WE ARRIVE AT OUR VISION? A measure of a country’s development is often given functions of ecosystems be characterized and, in terms of its Gross Domestic Product (GDP), which who estimates the accounting prices of ecosystem is said to reflect the value of all goods and services services. While monetary values of the services CURRENT SITUATION produced, as measured by the System of National can be readily assessed when they support revenue Accounts (SNA). Since the SNA was introduced generating activities, assessment of non-market Challenges Strengths and Opportunities in the 1940’s it was recognized that it does not services is more challenging (Boyd 2007), and the reflect the impact of environmental pollution and discount rates that should be applied in assessing natural resource depletion that results from the their future value are largely a matter of societal production of goods and services. Thus, it is argued choice. Nonetheless, as the non-market value the true value is not reflected and that these of these services may often exceed their market accounts ignore scarcities of natural resources, value, this is an area that requires focused policy which threaten to undermine the sustainability attention. Green accounting is an area that should of economic performance and growth, and treat be given priority attention in moving towards a green environmental degradation as an ‘external’ (social) economy. cost of economic activity. This has led to increasing interest in and calls for the adoption of green For explicit consideration of the value of ecosystem accounting through which the full cost associated services to become a part of the national with development is reflected. development strategy will require a policy change towards inclusion of full ecosystem value in Green accounting incorporates the value of assessing development options. This in turn will VEHICLES FOR MOVING FORWARD environmental assets (Natural Capital, Costanza et require considerably more information about the al 1997) into national accounts. In recognition of value of these services and consideration for the Financial and fiscal measures – consider Capacity building – training, education, job this Agenda 21, which came out of the Rio Summit weight that they are given in national accounting – taxation, governance, investment (capital creation in 1992 included a commitment to establish a green accounting. The idea of ecosystem services infrastructure), financing, standards and system for integrated environmental and economic and the importance of recognizing their value regulations, export and import policy accounting thus expanding the national accounts. In were introduced in section 2.3.1. Examples of the 1993, the UN published The Handbook of National valuation of these services in Barbados appear in Accounting: Integrated Environmental and Economic the sectoral analyses; but are few. Accounting or SEEA that set out a methodology for treating the environment within economic Complementary to national green accounting is accounts. The handbook was revised in 2003 social and environmental accounting (SEA) which and jointly published by the UN, IMF, OECD and considers the effects of organizations’ economic the World Bank with the intention that this would activities and holds that these effects should be become an international standard. It represents one accounted for as part of standard accounting approach to addressing the problem of recognizing practices. Whilst there are few examples of SEA and incorporating environmental assets, goods and being a formal requirement on companies and services within a national accounting framework. organizations its adoption would assist in gauging OTHER CRITICAL the extent to which actors in the national economy CONSIDERATIONS The actual mechanics of producing a system of are contributing to the greening of the economy. Resource efficiency strategies Climate change resilience Who benefits and who loses accounts that reflect environmental values is a Thus any discussion of national green accounting when we “go green” complex one. Mäler et al. (2008) in reviewing should also include consideration of green green accounting identified two challenges to the accounting at the sub-national level. inclusion of natural capital; how can the production
220 221 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
Annex 4 (continued)
Annex 4 Synergies between Enabling Table 64. Multilateral environmental agreements and green economy
Conditions for a green economy and UNCBD UNFCCC UNCCD Multilateral environmental agreements FINANCE AND INVESTMENT 1. Access financial resources provided via the 1. Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) N/A financial mechanism of the convention and/or Implementation other donors DEVELOPMENT, ACCESS 1. Develop and introduce measures regulating 1. Development and transfer of technology 1. Transfer, adaptation, acquisition and devel- AND TRANSFER OF CLEAN the access to genetic resources and to provide opment of environmentally sound, economically TECHNOLOGY access for and transfer to other parties viable and socially acceptable technology As mentioned in Chapter 1, Barbados is a signatory to several Multilateral Environmental Agreements of technologies that are relevant to the 2. Research and development conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity 3. Joint research programmes (also involving (MEAs). These include the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity (UNCBD), the United public and private sector) for the development Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the United Nations Convention to of improved, affordable and accessible Combat Desertification (UNCCD). Each of these conventions have implementation/action plans (developed technologies for sustainable development in most instances through a participatory approach, similar to the one use for the Barbados GESS, that TARIFFS AND TRADE POLICY 1. Take legislation, administrative or policy N/A N/A involves government ministries/departments, scientific institutions and local community groups). These measures, as appropriate, with the aim of sharing in a fair and equitable way the implementation plans are very closely aligned to the goal of greening the economy and should be leveraged. results of research and development and the An assessment of the synergies between the UNCBD, UNFCCC and UNCCD is provided in Table 67. benefits arising from the commercial and other utilisation of genetic resources TAXATION, INCENTIVES AND 1. Develop and introduce economically and 1. Enhancement and/or creation of an enabling N/A FISCAL REFORM socially sound measures that act as incentives environment for the conservation and sustainable use of components of bio-diversity EDUCATION, TRAINING AND 1. Establish and maintain programmes for 1. Institutional capacity building, including 1. Education, training and public awareness CAPACITY ENHANCEMENT scientific and technical education and training the strengthening or establishment of national 2. Training and technology regarding the use climate change secretariats or focal points of alternative energy, renewable energy sources 2. Capacity building for implementation of (aimed particularly at reducing dependence o adaptation measures wood or fuel) 1. Education and public awareness 3. Promotion of alternative livelihoods, including training in new skills 4. Training of decision-makers, managers and personnel responsible for collection and analysis of data for dissemination and using early warning information on drought conditions, water resources and for food production 5. Technological and scientific co-operation in the fields of combating desertification and mitigating the effects of drought through appropriate national, sub-regional and international institutions STANDARDS AND 1. Develop and introduce appropriate measures N/A N/A REGULATION to ensure safety regulations in handling living modified organisms resulting from biotechnology GOVERNMENT N/A N/A N/A PROCUREMENT GOVERNANCE AND 1. Effective national biodiversity planning 1. National climate change programmes 1. Training of decision-makers, managers and INSTITUTIONS 2. Improved decision-making, including personnel responsible for collection and analysis assistance for participation in international of data for dissemination and using early negotiations warning information on drought conditions, water resources and for food production 2. Effective early warning and advance planning for periods of adverse climatic variation (provided in appropriate forms) DATA, INFORMATION AND 1. Identification and monitoring of components 1. National communications 1. Training of decision-makers, managers and COMMUNICATION of bio-diversity important for its conservation 2. Greenhouse gas inventories, emission personnel responsible for collection and analysis and sustainable use database management, and systems for of data for dissemination and using early collecting, managing and utilising activity data warning information on drought conditions, and emission factors water resources and for food production 3. Research and systematic observation, 2. Information collection, analysis and including meteorological, hydrological and exchange (relevant short- and long-term climatologically services data and information; particularly to ensure 4. Information and networking, including the systematic observation of land degradation in establishment of databases affected areas and to better understand and access the processes and effects of drought and desertification)
222 223 BARBADOS GREEN ECONOMY SCOPING STUDY
224 225 Government of Barbados Permanent Secretary Ministry of the Environment and Drainage, Environment Division Warrens Tower 2 9th and 10th Floors Warrens, St. Michael Barbados T: +1 (246) 467 5721/5700 F: +1 (246) 437 8859 E: [email protected] www.gisbarbados.gov.bb Scoping Study
University of the West Indies Office of the Pro Vice-Chancellor and Principal University of the West Indies Cave Hill Campus St. Michael Barbados T: +1 (246) 417 4030-32 BARBADOS F: +1 (246) 417 0246 E: [email protected] www.cavehill.uwi.edu
UNEP Division of Technology, Industry & Environment Economics and Trade Branch 11-13, chemin des Anémones 1219 Châtelaine / Geneva Switzerland T: +41 (0)22 917 8243 F: +41 (0)22 917 8076 E: [email protected] www.unep.org/greeneconomy
Job No. DTI/1801/GE